#LyX 2.4 created this file. For more info see https://www.lyx.org/ \lyxformat 614 \begin_document \begin_header \save_transient_properties true \origin /systemlyxdir/doc/ \textclass scrbook \begin_preamble % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!! % % This preamble is designed to ensure that the manual prints % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble, % parts of the manual may not print out as expected. If you % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact % the documentation team % email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org % the pages of the TOC are numbered roman % and a PDF-bookmark for the TOC is added \pagenumbering{roman} \let\myTOC\tableofcontents \renewcommand{\tableofcontents}{% \pdfbookmark[1]{\contentsname}{} \myTOC \cleardoublepage \pagenumbering{arabic}} % extra space for tables \newcommand{\extratablespace}[1]{\noalign{\vskip#1}} \end_preamble \options bibliography=totoc,index=totoc,BCOR7.5mm,titlepage,captions=tableheading \use_default_options false \begin_modules logicalmkup theorems-ams theorems-ams-extended multicol shapepar graphicboxes enumitem hanging initials \end_modules \maintain_unincluded_children no \language english \language_package default \inputencoding utf8 \fontencoding auto \font_roman "lmodern" "default" \font_sans "lmss" "default" \font_typewriter "lmtt" "default" \font_math "auto" "auto" \font_default_family default \use_non_tex_fonts false \font_sc false \font_roman_osf false \font_sans_osf false \font_typewriter_osf false \font_sf_scale 100 100 \font_tt_scale 100 100 \use_microtype false \use_dash_ligatures true \graphics default \default_output_format pdf2 \output_sync 0 \bibtex_command default \index_command default \float_placement class \float_alignment class \paperfontsize 12 \spacing single \use_hyperref true \pdf_title "LyX's Additional Features manual" \pdf_author "LyX Team" \pdf_subject "LyX's additional features documentation" \pdf_keywords "LyX, Documentation, Additional" \pdf_bookmarks true \pdf_bookmarksnumbered true \pdf_bookmarksopen false \pdf_bookmarksopenlevel 1 \pdf_breaklinks false \pdf_pdfborder false \pdf_colorlinks true \pdf_backref false \pdf_pdfusetitle false \pdf_quoted_options "linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue, pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true, pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false" \papersize a4 \use_geometry false \use_package amsmath 1 \use_package amssymb 1 \use_package cancel 1 \use_package esint 1 \use_package mathdots 1 \use_package mathtools 1 \use_package mhchem 1 \use_package stackrel 1 \use_package stmaryrd 1 \use_package undertilde 1 \cite_engine basic \cite_engine_type default \biblio_style plain \use_bibtopic false \use_indices false \paperorientation portrait \suppress_date false \justification true \use_refstyle 0 \use_minted 0 \use_lineno 0 \notefontcolor #0000ff \index Index \shortcut idx \color #008000 \end_index \secnumdepth 3 \tocdepth 3 \paragraph_separation indent \paragraph_indentation default \is_math_indent 1 \math_indentation default \math_numbering_side default \quotes_style english \dynamic_quotes 0 \papercolumns 1 \papersides 2 \paperpagestyle headings \tablestyle default \tracking_changes true \output_changes false \change_bars false \postpone_fragile_content false \html_math_output 0 \html_css_as_file 0 \html_be_strict true \docbook_table_output 0 \docbook_mathml_prefix 1 \author -712698321 "Jürgen Spitzmüller" \author 177693 "x" \author 5863208 "ab" \author 244031559 "Yuriy" \author 274215730 "scott" \author 564990737 "John Lyx" \author 630872221 "Jean-Pierre Chrétien" jeanpierre.chretien@free.fr \author 1075283030 "Thibaut" \author 1119979965 "Joel A. Kulesza" \end_header \begin_body \begin_layout Title Additional \SpecialChar LyX Features \end_layout \begin_layout Subtitle Version 2. \change_deleted 630872221 1622909155 3 \change_inserted 630872221 1622909155 4 \change_unchanged .x \end_layout \begin_layout Author by the \SpecialChar LyX Team \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \noindent Principal maintainer of this file is \noun on Richard Kimberly Heck \noun default . If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the \SpecialChar LyX Documentation mailing list, \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \end_layout \end_inset . \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset CommandInset toc LatexCommand tableofcontents \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 5863208 1672865652 \begin_inset Note Note status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \change_inserted 5863208 1672865674 Note to all translators: \end_layout \begin_layout Plain Layout \change_inserted 5863208 1672865817 This manual was restructured for LyX 2.4. Attached are notes for translators to help them to find their way round the new structure of Additional.lyx. This note itself will be deleted in the final 2.4 release. \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Plain Layout \change_inserted 5863208 1672865801 \series bold Additional.lyx 2.4 Changes \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_inserted 5863208 1672865801 Chapter 1: none \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_inserted 5863208 1672865801 Chapter 2: none \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_inserted 5863208 1672865801 Chapter 3: Document classes: new chapter \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Itemize \change_inserted 5863208 1672865801 AMS LaTeX: moved and minor edits \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_inserted 5863208 1672865801 Extra font styles: new \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_inserted 5863208 1672865801 Hebrew: new \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_inserted 5863208 1672865801 Japanese: new \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_inserted 5863208 1672865801 KOMA-Script: moved and significant edits \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_inserted 5863208 1672865801 Polish: moved and minor edit \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_inserted 5863208 1672865801 Tufte: new \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_inserted 5863208 1672865801 A&A Paper: moved and minor edits \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_inserted 5863208 1672865801 AASTeX: moved \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_inserted 5863208 1672865801 Chess: new \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_inserted 5863208 1672865801 Elsevier: new \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_inserted 5863208 1672865801 Paper: new \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_inserted 5863208 1672865824 RevTeX: moved \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_inserted 5863208 1672865831 Springer: new \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_inserted 5863208 1672865831 Memoir: moved \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_inserted 5863208 1672865831 Recipe Book: new \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_inserted 5863208 1672865831 Curricula vitae: all new \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_inserted 5863208 1672865831 Letters: all new \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_inserted 5863208 1672865831 Beamer: new \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_inserted 5863208 1672865831 Foils: moved with minor edits \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_inserted 5863208 1672865831 Powerdot: new \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_inserted 5863208 1672865831 Seminar: new \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_inserted 5863208 1672865831 Slides: moved with minor edits \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_inserted 5863208 1672865831 Reports: new \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_inserted 5863208 1672865831 Broadway: moved \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_inserted 5863208 1672865831 Hollywood: moved \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_inserted 5863208 1672865831 (Note that document classes which appeared in 2.3 but do not appear in 2.4 were either removed previously or have been removed during this revision because they are no longer available anywhere.) \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Itemize \change_inserted 5863208 1672865831 Chapter 4: Modules: new chapter \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Itemize \change_inserted 5863208 1672865831 All module descriptions new except: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_inserted 5863208 1672865831 Customizable lists: moved with minor edits \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_inserted 5863208 1672865831 Custom header/footer text: moved with minor edits \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_inserted 5863208 1672865831 Multiple columns: moved with minor edits \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_inserted 5863208 1672865831 Custom paragraph shapes: moved with minor edits \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_inserted 5863208 1672865831 Initials: moved with minor edits \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Itemize \change_inserted 5863208 1672865831 Chapter 5: Bibliography: new chapter \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Itemize \change_inserted 5863208 1672865831 Content moved but unchanged \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Itemize \change_inserted 5863208 1672865831 Chapter 6: Bullets: new chapter \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Itemize \change_inserted 5863208 1672865845 Content moved but unchanged \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Itemize \change_inserted 5863208 1672865845 Chapter 9: DocBook output: new chapter and content \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_inserted 5863208 1672865845 All other chapters unchanged but renumbered except: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_inserted 5863208 1672865845 section 11.3 Literate programming: minor edits \change_unchanged \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Chapter Introduction \end_layout \begin_layout Standard This manual is essentially Part II of the \emph on User's Guide\SpecialChar endofsentence \emph default The reason for separating the two documents is simple: the \emph on User's Guide \emph default is already quite lengthy, and it contains information on all of the basic features one needs to know in order to prepare most documents. However, the \SpecialChar LyX Team has worked to make \SpecialChar LyX extensible through various configuration files and external packages. That means that if you want to support the Fizzwizzle \SpecialChar LaTeX package, you can create a layout file (or module) for it without having to alter \SpecialChar LyX itself. We've already had contributions of several new features this way, and some of them are documented here. There are also some more `advanced' features, such as how to control the presentation of bibliographies and how to work with multi-part documents, that are not covered in the \emph on User's Guide \emph default and are discussed here. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard This manual also documents some special features, like fax support \change_deleted 244031559 1603802929 , \change_inserted 244031559 1603802931 and \change_unchanged version control \change_deleted 244031559 1603802954 , and SGML support \change_unchanged , which require additional software to work properly. There is also a chapter on \SpecialChar LyX 's support for HTML. And lastly, there's a chapter of \SpecialChar LaTeX tools and tips, things you can use to spruce up your documents by directly using the powerful features of \SpecialChar LaTeX . After all, \SpecialChar LyX \emph on is \emph default only WYSIWYM and will only ever interface to some, not all, \SpecialChar LaTeX features. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard If you haven't read the \emph on Introduction \emph default yet, you are definitely in the wrong manual. The \emph on Introduction \emph default is the first place to go, since it describes the notation and format of all of the manuals. You should also be thoroughly familiar with the \emph on User's Guide \emph default and all of the basic features of \SpecialChar LyX before attempting to read this one. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Since many of the topics in this manual depend heavily on \SpecialChar LyX 's interaction with \SpecialChar LaTeX , this first chapter covers the inner workings of \SpecialChar LyX and how to direct \SpecialChar LyX to generate exactly the \SpecialChar LaTeX code you want. It is obviously for more seasoned \SpecialChar LyX users. \end_layout \begin_layout Chapter \SpecialChar LyX and \SpecialChar LaTeX \end_layout \begin_layout Section How \SpecialChar LyX Uses \SpecialChar LaTeX \end_layout \begin_layout Standard This chapter is for both \SpecialChar TeX -nicians and the \SpecialChar LaTeX -curious. In it, we'll explain how \SpecialChar LyX and \SpecialChar LaTeX work together to produce printable output. This is the only place in any of the manuals where we assume you know something about \SpecialChar LaTeX . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard At one time, \SpecialChar LyX was called a \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset WYSIWYM frontend to \SpecialChar LaTeX , \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset but that's no longer true. There are frontends to \SpecialChar LaTeX out there. \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Some familar ones are \SpecialChar TeX maker and kile, on Linux, and \SpecialChar TeX shop, OSX. There are also the \SpecialChar LaTeX modes for vi and emacs, of course. \end_layout \end_inset These are basically text editors with the ability to run \SpecialChar LaTeX and mark any errors in the file you're editing. Although \SpecialChar LyX \emph on is \emph default an editor, and it \emph on does \emph default run \SpecialChar LaTeX , and it also indicates errors in the file, it also does much, much more. For one thing, you don't need to know \SpecialChar LaTeX to use \SpecialChar LyX effectively. And \SpecialChar LyX has added its own extensions to \SpecialChar LaTeX . Try the following sometime: select \begin_inset Flex Noun status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Export\SpecialChar menuseparator LaTeX \end_layout \end_inset from the \begin_inset Flex Noun status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout File \end_layout \end_inset menu (or \begin_inset Flex Noun status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout View\SpecialChar menuseparator Source \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Pane \end_layout \end_inset ), then look at the preamble of the resulting \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout .tex \end_layout \end_inset file. You'll notice a variety of new macros defined specifically by \SpecialChar LyX . These macros are defined automatically, according to the features you use in the document. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard There are several commands that automatically invoke \SpecialChar LaTeX . They are: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \begin_inset Flex Noun status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Document\SpecialChar menuseparator View \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \begin_inset Flex Noun status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Update \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard They will only invoke \SpecialChar LaTeX if the file has changed since the last time \SpecialChar LaTeX was run. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard When \SpecialChar LyX runs \SpecialChar LaTeX on the file you're editing, it performs these steps: \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate Convert the document to \SpecialChar LaTeX and save to a file with the extension \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout .tex \end_layout \end_inset in place of \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout .lyx \end_layout \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate Run \SpecialChar LaTeX on the \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout .tex \end_layout \end_inset file (maybe several times), and run any other commands (such as \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout bibtex \end_layout \end_inset or \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout makeindex \end_layout \end_inset ) needed to compile the \SpecialChar LaTeX file. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate If there are any errors, show the error log. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard If you have run \SpecialChar LaTeX using \begin_inset Flex Noun status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout View\SpecialChar menuseparator DVI \end_layout \end_inset , \SpecialChar LyX then runs a DVI viewer to display the DVI-file. If you have used \begin_inset Flex Noun status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout View\SpecialChar menuseparator PostScript \end_layout \end_inset , \SpecialChar LyX performs further steps: \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate Run \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout dvips \end_layout \end_inset to convert the DVI file to PostScript. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate Run a PostScript viewer, such as \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout ghostview \end_layout \end_inset , to display the PostScript file. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \SpecialChar LyX does similar things when viewing, or exporting, other formats. \end_layout \begin_layout Section Translating \SpecialChar LaTeX files into \SpecialChar LyX \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You can import a \SpecialChar LaTeX file into \SpecialChar LyX by using the \begin_inset Flex Noun status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout File\SpecialChar menuseparator Import\SpecialChar menuseparator LaTeX \end_layout \end_inset command in \SpecialChar LyX . This will call a program named \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout tex2lyx \end_layout \end_inset which will create a file \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout foo.lyx \end_layout \end_inset from the file \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout foo.tex \end_layout \end_inset . \SpecialChar LyX will then open that file. \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout tex2lyx \end_layout \end_inset can also be run from the command line, of course. \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout tex2lyx \end_layout \end_inset will translate most legal \SpecialChar LaTeX , but not everything. It will put things it doesn't understand into \SpecialChar TeX code, so after translating a file with \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout tex2lyx \end_layout \end_inset , you can look for \SpecialChar TeX code and hand-edit it until it looks right. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard If you don't know what \SpecialChar TeX code is, read the next section. \end_layout \begin_layout Section \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sec:Inserting-TeX-Code" \end_inset Inserting \SpecialChar TeX Code into \SpecialChar LyX Documents \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Anything you can do in \SpecialChar LaTeX you can do in \SpecialChar LyX , for a very simple reason: You can always insert \SpecialChar TeX code into any \SpecialChar LyX document. \SpecialChar LyX cannot, and will never be able to, display every possible \SpecialChar LaTeX construct. If ever you need to insert \SpecialChar LaTeX commands into your \SpecialChar LyX document, you can use the \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \SpecialChar TeX Code \end_layout \end_inset box, which you can insert into your document with \begin_inset Flex Noun status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator \family sans TeX \family default Code \end_layout \end_inset or the keyboard shortcut \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "ert-insert" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Here's an example of inserting \SpecialChar LaTeX commands in a \SpecialChar LyX document. The code looks like this: \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code \backslash begin{tabular}{ll} \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \backslash begin{minipage}{5cm} \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset This is an example of a minipage environment. You \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset can put nearly everything in it, even (non-floating) \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset figures and tables. \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \backslash end{minipage} \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset & \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \backslash begin{minipage}{5cm} \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \backslash begin{verbatim} \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \backslash begin{minipage}{5cm} \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset This ... \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \backslash end{minipage} \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \backslash end{verbatim} \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \backslash end{minipage} \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \backslash end{tabular} \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \SpecialChar TeX Code \end_layout \end_inset box containing this text is directly after this paragraph. Those of you reading the manual in \SpecialChar LyX will only see the \SpecialChar TeX code inset. Those reading a printed version of the manuals will see the actual results: \begin_inset VSpace bigskip \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash begin{tabular}{ll} \end_layout \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash begin{minipage}{5cm} \end_layout \begin_layout Plain Layout This is an example of a minipage environment. You can put nearly everything in it, even (non-floating) figures and tables. \end_layout \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash end{minipage} \end_layout \begin_layout Plain Layout & \end_layout \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash begin{minipage}{5cm} \end_layout \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash begin{verbatim} \end_layout \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash begin{minipage}{5cm} \end_layout \begin_layout Plain Layout This ... \end_layout \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash end{minipage} \end_layout \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash end{verbatim} \end_layout \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash end{minipage} \end_layout \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash end{tabular} \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset VSpace bigskip \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard In addition to using \SpecialChar TeX code, you can also create a separate file containing some complex \SpecialChar LaTeX structure and then use \begin_inset Flex Noun status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator Child \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Document \end_layout \end_inset to include your file (you should select the type \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Input \end_layout \end_inset ). We recommend that you only do this if you have a \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout .tex \end_layout \end_inset file which you \emph on know \emph default works already. Otherwise, you'll have a big job tracking down \SpecialChar LaTeX errors. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard There are a few last points to emphasize: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \SpecialChar LyX \emph on does not \emph default check if your \SpecialChar LaTeX code is correct. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize Beware of reinventing the wheel. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard On that last point, \SpecialChar LyX does have quite a few features tucked into it, and more are coming. Be sure to check the manuals to make sure that \SpecialChar LyX doesn't have such-and-such feature before you decide you have to do it by hand. Moreover, there are numerous \SpecialChar LaTeX packages out there to do all sorts of things, from labels to envelopes to fancy multipage tables. Check out \change_inserted 244031559 1603815732 \begin_inset CommandInset href LatexCommand href name "CTAN" target "https://www.ctan.org/" literal "false" \end_inset \change_deleted 244031559 1603815732 \begin_inset CommandInset href LatexCommand href name "CTAN" target "http://www.ctan.org/" literal "false" \end_inset \change_unchanged for details. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard If you do need to do some wild and fancy things within your document, be sure to check out a good \SpecialChar LaTeX book for assistance. There are a number of them listed in the bibliography of the \emph on User's Guide \emph default . \end_layout \begin_layout Section \SpecialChar LyX and the \SpecialChar LaTeX Preamble \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection About the \SpecialChar LaTeX Preamble \end_layout \begin_layout Standard If you already know \SpecialChar LaTeX , there is no need to explain here what the preamble is good for. If you don't, the following will give you some ideas— we recommend again that you consult a \SpecialChar LaTeX book for further information. In any case, you should read the points below, because they explain what you can do and what you don't need to do in the \SpecialChar LaTeX preamble of a \SpecialChar LyX document. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The \SpecialChar LaTeX preamble comes at the very beginning of a document, \emph on before \emph default the text. It serves to: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize Declare the document class. \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \SpecialChar LyX already does this for you. If you're a seasoned \SpecialChar LaTeX -nician, and you have a custom document class you want to use, check out the \emph on Customization Manual \emph default for information on how to make \SpecialChar LyX interface to it. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize Declare the usage of packages. \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \SpecialChar LaTeX packages provide special commands, which are only available within a document when the package has been declared in the preamble. In addition to providing special commands, the inclusion of a package can change the document. For example, the package \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout indentfirst \end_layout \end_inset forces all paragraphs to be indented. There are other packages for labels, envelopes, margins, etc. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize Set counters, variables, lengths and widths. \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset There are several \SpecialChar LaTeX counters and variables that \emph on must \emph default be set globally from within the preamble in order to have the desired effect. (There are variables that you can set and reset inside the document, too.) Margins are a good example of something that must be set in the preamble. Another example is the label format for lists. You can actually set these just about anywhere, but it's best to do it just once, inside the preamble. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize Declare user defined commands (with \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash newcommand \end_layout \end_inset or \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash renewcommand \end_layout \end_inset ). \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset These are abbreviations for \SpecialChar LaTeX commands which appear very often inside a document. Although the preamble is a good place to declare such commands, they \emph on can \emph default be declared anywhere (before they are used for the first time, of course). This can be useful if there is a lot of raw \SpecialChar LaTeX code in your document, which normally should not be the case. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \SpecialChar LyX adds its own set of definitions to the preamble of the \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout .tex \end_layout \end_inset file it produces. This makes \SpecialChar LaTeX files generated by \SpecialChar LyX portable. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Changing the Preamble \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The commands which \SpecialChar LyX adds to the preamble of a \SpecialChar LaTeX file are fixed; you can't change them without patching \SpecialChar LyX itself. You can, however, add your own stuff to the preamble by selecting \begin_inset Flex Noun status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \SpecialChar LaTeX \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Preamble \end_layout \end_inset in the \begin_inset Flex Noun status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Settings \end_layout \end_inset dialog. \SpecialChar LyX adds anything in the \begin_inset Flex Noun status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Preamble \end_layout \end_inset dialog to its own built-in preamble. Before adding your own declarations in the preamble, you should make sure that \SpecialChar LyX doesn't already support what you want to do. (Remember what we said about reinventing the wheel?) Also, \emph on make sure your preamble code is correct \emph default . \SpecialChar LyX doesn't check it for you. If there is an error, you're likely to get an error like \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Missing \backslash begin{document} \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . If you see this error, check your preamble. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Examples \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Here are some examples of what you can add to a preamble, and what they do. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Example #1: Offsets \end_layout \begin_layout Standard There are two variables under \SpecialChar LaTeX that control page position: \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash hoffset \end_layout \end_inset and \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash voffset \end_layout \end_inset . Their names should be self-explanatory. These variables are useful if you think for a moment about computer labels. Sometimes, the size of a print medium and the area of the medium that you can actually print on aren't the same. This is where \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash hoffset \end_layout \end_inset and \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash voffset \end_layout \end_inset come in. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The default values for \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash hoffset \end_layout \end_inset and \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash voffset \end_layout \end_inset are both 0 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset points, i. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset e. \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset the page isn't shifted. Unfortunately, some DVI drivers always seem to shift the page. We have no idea why, or why the sysadmin hasn't fixed such behavior. If you're using \SpecialChar LyX on a system that you don't personally maintain, and your sysadmin is a doofus, \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash hoffset \end_layout \end_inset and \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash voffset \end_layout \end_inset can save the day. Suppose your left and top margins are always 0.5 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset inches too big. You can add this to the preamble: \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code \backslash setlength{ \backslash hoffset}{-0.5 in} \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code \backslash setlength{ \backslash voffset}{-0.5 in} \end_layout \begin_layout Standard and your margins should now be correct. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Example #2: Labels \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Speaking of labels, suppose you wanted to print out a bunch of address labels. There's a rather nice package, available at your nearest CTAN archive, for printing sheets of labels: \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout labels.sty \end_layout \end_inset . Now, your system may not have this package installed by default. We leave that up to you to check. You'll also want to read the documentation for it; we're not going to do that for you. Since this is an example, however, we'll give you an example of how you use this package. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard First, make sure you're using the \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout article \end_layout \end_inset document class. Next, you need to put the following in your preamble: \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code \backslash usepackage{labels} \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code \backslash LabelCols=3 \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code \backslash LabelRows=7 \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code \backslash LeftBorder=8mm \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code \backslash RightBorder=8mm \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code \backslash TopBorder=9mm \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code \backslash BottomBorder=2mm \end_layout \begin_layout Standard This sets things up for Avery label sheets, stock #5360. You're now ready to print labels, but you'll need to insert \SpecialChar LaTeX code, placing the commands \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash begin{labels} \end_layout \end_inset and \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash end{labels} \end_layout \end_inset around each label text. This and other special features of \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout labels.sty \end_layout \end_inset are explained in its documentation. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Someday, someone may write a \SpecialChar LyX layout file to support this package directly. Maybe that someone is you. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Example #3: Paragraph Indentation \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Americans are trained to indent the first line of \emph on every \emph default paragraph. As with all of their other weird quirks, most Americans will whine and moan until they can have their way and indent the first line of all paragraphs. (Yes, we're joking. (We are?) \emph on Yeah \emph default , we are.) \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Of course, this behavior isn't standard typography. In books, you typically only indent the first line of a paragraph \emph on if \emph default it follows another one. The idea behind indenting the first line of a paragraph is to distinguish neighboring paragraphs from one another. If there is no previous paragraph— for example, if it follows a figure or is the first paragraph in a section— then there is no need for indentation. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard If you're a typical American (we're still joking!), though, you don't care about such esoteric things; you want your indentation! Add this to the preamble: \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code \backslash usepackage{indentfirst} \end_layout \begin_layout Standard If your \SpecialChar TeX distribution isn't braindead, you'll have this package, and all of your paragraphs will get the indentation the Founding Fathers intended they should have. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Example #4: This Document \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You can also check out the preamble of this document to get an idea of some of the advanced things you can do. \end_layout \begin_layout Section \SpecialChar LyX and \SpecialChar LaTeX Errors \end_layout \begin_layout Standard When \SpecialChar LyX calls \SpecialChar LaTeX , it tells \SpecialChar LaTeX to blithely ignore any errors and keep going. It then uses the logfile from the \SpecialChar LaTeX run to do a post-mortem. After analyzing the logfile, \SpecialChar LyX displays a dialog listing the errors. Clicking on any one of them will take you to the position in your \SpecialChar LyX file where the error occurred. \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Well, usually. Analyzing the logfile is a tough job, and \SpecialChar LyX doesn't always go to the right line. There are also cases where \SpecialChar LaTeX reports the error on one line, but the actual error is earlier. This is not unlike forgetting a closing brace in a program: You'll get an error, but only later. \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Some folks also like to look at the log file directly: It is available from \begin_inset Flex Noun status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Document\SpecialChar menuseparator LaTeX \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Log \end_layout \end_inset . There are some fairly common error messages and warnings. We'll cover those here. You should look at a good \SpecialChar LaTeX book for a complete listing. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout LaTeX Warning \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset Anything beginning with these words is a warning message for the purpose of \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset debugging \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset the \SpecialChar LaTeX code itself. You'll get messages like this if you added or changed cross-references or bibliography entries, in which case, \SpecialChar LaTeX is trying to tell you that you need to make another run. You can by-and-large ignore these. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout LaTeX Font Warning \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset Another warning message, this time about fonts which \SpecialChar LaTeX couldn't find. The rest of the message will often say something about a replacement font that \SpecialChar LaTeX used. You can safely ignore these, too. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Overfull \backslash hbox \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \SpecialChar LaTeX absolutely \emph on loves \emph default to spew these out. It seems to generate at least one of these messages for just about any document you write. They are warnings about lines that were too long and run past the right margin. This happens if \SpecialChar LaTeX does not find a reasonable way to break the lines (notoriously often with typewriter font, since this does not allow for automatic break points). In many cases, this is unnoticeable in the final output. (It can be just a point or two.) Sometimes, however, the lines run rather visibly into the margin; something you will not want to have in your final print. \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset There are several global ways to try to minimize the overfull lines. Clicking \family sans Enable micro-typographic extensions \family default in \family sans Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator Fonts \family default might already improve things a lot. Furthermore, \SpecialChar LaTeX code such as the following in \family sans Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator Preamble \family default usually reduces the overfull lines drastically (we use this in the preamble of this document): \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout LyX-Code \backslash tolerance 1414 \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \backslash hbadness 1414 \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \backslash emergencystretch 1.5em \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \backslash hfuzz 0.3pt \end_layout \begin_layout Standard In some cases, however, you eventually have to rewrite the text to get the line breaking right. \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout For more information, see \begin_inset Flex URL status open \begin_layout Plain Layout http://www.tex.ac.uk/FAQ-overfull.html \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard In any case, you should check the respective lines, at least for the final version of your document. Your eyes will tell you if there's a problem with something that's too wide. \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout You can also enable the `draft' option in \begin_inset Flex Noun status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Settings \end_layout \end_inset , and then \SpecialChar LaTeX will draw a black box in the margin of lines that are overfull. \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Itemize \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Underfull \backslash hbox \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset Not quite as common as its cousin. This happens again if \SpecialChar LaTeX does not find a reasonable break point and consequently generates too loose lines. As with the overfull lines, you should check if this is a visible problem. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Overfull \backslash vbox \end_layout \end_inset and \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Underfull \backslash vbox \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset Warnings about troubles breaking the page. Once again, just look at the output. Your eyes will tell you where something has gone wrong. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout LaTeX Error: File \begin_inset Quotes els \end_inset Xxxx \begin_inset Quotes ers \end_inset not found \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset The file \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Xxxx \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset isn't installed on this system. This usually appears because some package your document needs isn't installed. If you didn't touch the preamble or didn't use the \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash usepackage{} \end_layout \end_inset command, then one of the packages \SpecialChar LyX tried to load is missing. Use \begin_inset Flex Noun status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Help\SpecialChar menuseparator \SpecialChar LaTeX Configuration \end_layout \end_inset to get a list of packages that \SpecialChar LyX knows about. This file is updated whenever you reconfigure \SpecialChar LyX (using \begin_inset Flex Noun status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator Reconfigure \end_layout \end_inset ) and tells you which packages have been detected and what they do. \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset If you did use the \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash usepackage{} \end_layout \end_inset command and the package in question isn't installed, then you'll need to install it yourself. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout LaTeX Error: Unknown option \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset Error messages beginning with this are trying to tell you that you specified a bad or undefined option to a package. Check the package's documentation. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Undefined control sequence \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset If you've inserted \SpecialChar LaTeX code into your document, but made a typo, you'll get one of these. You may have forgotten to load a package. In any case, this error message usually means that you used an undefined command. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard There are other error and warning messages. Some are self-explanatory. These are usually \SpecialChar LaTeX messages. Others are downright cryptic. These are usually \SpecialChar TeX error messages, and we really have \emph on no clue \emph default what they mean or how to decipher them. No-one does. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard There's a general sequence you should follow if you get error messages: \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate Look at the \SpecialChar LaTeX code you inserted for typos. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate If there are no typos, check that you used the command(s) correctly. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate If you get a bunch of error boxes piled up at the very top of the document— and especially if you see a \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Missing \backslash begin{document} \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset error— it means that there are errors in the preamble. Start debugging your preamble. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate If you didn't add anything to the preamble and didn't add any \SpecialChar LaTeX code to the document, the first suspect is your \SpecialChar LaTeX distribution itself. Check for missing packages and install them. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate Okay, so there are no missing packages. Did you use any of the fine-tuning options in \SpecialChar LyX ? Specifically, did you \emph on misuse \emph default any of them, like trying to manually insert lots of \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \change_deleted 177693 1654669036 Protected \change_inserted 177693 1654669038 Non-Breaking \change_unchanged \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \change_deleted 177693 1654669040 Blanks \change_inserted 177693 1654669041 Spaces \change_unchanged \end_layout \end_inset , \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Linebreaks \end_layout \end_inset , or \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Pagebreaks \end_layout \end_inset ? Did you try to kludge something together with these instead of using the appropriate paragraph environment? \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate All right, you didn't use any of the fine-tuning options, you played by the rules. Did you try to pull a fancy maneuver? Did you do something funky inside a table or an equation, like inserting a graphic into a table cell? \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate Do you have long sections of text where \SpecialChar LaTeX cannot find a place to break a line? By default, \SpecialChar LaTeX is rather strict about how much extra inter-word spacing it will add in order to break a line. Preferably, you should rework the paragraph to avoid the problem. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate Did you go overboard with the nesting? \SpecialChar LyX (currently) doesn't check to make sure you're in the limits for nesting environments. If you nested a bunch of environments to the \begin_inset Formula $17^{\mathrm{th}}$ \end_inset level, that's the problem. (The limit in \SpecialChar LaTeX is five.) \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate Okay, you didn't get any error messages, but your output looks awful. If you have a table or figure that's too wide or long for the page, you need to: \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Enumerate rescale the figure so it fits. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate trim down the table so it fits. \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Enumerate If something else is wrong with the output, and you didn't try to pull anything fancy or kludge the fine-tuning options, we're not sure what's wrong. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard If all this doesn't help— well, then \emph on perhaps \emph default you might have found a bug in \SpecialChar LyX \SpecialChar ldots . \end_layout \begin_layout Chapter \change_inserted 564990737 1672345271 Document classes \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1672345272 As explained in the \emph on User's Guide \emph default , \SpecialChar LaTeX originally offered four standard document classes, article, report, book and letter, but individuals and organizations, most notably the American Mathematical Society in the early days, have made many contributions to extending the range of document classes. In this chapter we summarize the main externally maintained classes, some of which are marked “Unavailable:” in the pull-down \family sans Document \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \bar under c \bar default lass \family default list in the \family sans \bar under D \bar default ocument\SpecialChar menuseparator \bar under S \bar default ettings\SpecialChar menuseparator Document \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset class \family default dialog and which you will need to install as described in the \emph on Installing New Document Classes \emph default chapter of the \emph on Customization \emph default manual if you want to use them. \end_layout \begin_layout Section \change_inserted 564990737 1670439533 \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sec:Collections" \end_inset Collections \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection \change_inserted 564990737 1672345298 \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "subsec:AMS-LaTeX-(American-Mathematical" \end_inset AMS-\SpecialChar LaTeX (American Mathematical Society) \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1672345298 The \SpecialChar LyX supported document classes \family sans article (AMS) \family default and \family sans book (AMS) \family default are maintained by the Society; use of their features is described in the Math manual and on their website \begin_inset Flex URL status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \change_inserted 564990737 1672345298 http://www.ams.org/publications/authors/tex/amslatex \change_unchanged \end_layout \end_inset . The following summary was originally provided by \noun on David Johnson \noun default and updated by \noun on Richard \change_inserted -712698321 1673082716 Kimberly \change_inserted 564990737 1672345298 Heck \noun default and the \SpecialChar LyX Team \noun on . \change_deleted 564990737 1672345297 \noun default AMS \SpecialChar LaTeX \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_deleted 564990737 1672345297 by \noun on David Johnson \noun default ; updated by \noun on Richard Kimberly Heck \change_unchanged \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset VSpace bigskip \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \noindent The AMS \SpecialChar LaTeX layouts are set up to conform to suggested styles for mathematical papers to be submitted to American Mathematical Society publications. The layouts are not tailored to a specific journal, but easily can be. You should refer to the AMS documentation for specific instructions for each journal (usually it will entail only changing a single line in the \SpecialChar TeX output). That documentation is available on the Web at \begin_inset Flex URL status open \begin_layout Plain Layout http://www.ams.org \end_layout \end_inset or by ftp at \begin_inset Flex URL status open \begin_layout Plain Layout ftp://ftp.ams.org/pub/tex/amslatex/ \end_layout \end_inset . These layouts are appropriate, and useful, for any mathematical writing. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard There are \change_deleted -712698321 1673083001 two \change_inserted -712698321 1673083002 three \change_unchanged basic AMS \SpecialChar LaTeX layouts: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize amsart: The standard AMS article format \change_inserted 564990737 1672345333 ; see \family sans File\SpecialChar menuseparator Open Example\SpecialChar menuseparator Articles\SpecialChar menuseparator American Mathematical Society (AMS) \change_unchanged \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize amsbook: the standard AMS book (really, monograph) format \change_inserted 564990737 1672345366 ; see \family sans File\SpecialChar menuseparator Open Example\SpecialChar menuseparator Books\SpecialChar menuseparator American Mathematical Society (AMS) \change_unchanged \family default . \change_inserted 564990737 1672345369 \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_inserted 564990737 1672345383 amsproc: the standard AMS proceedings format. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1672345383 \SpecialChar LyX only supports the first two natively; see the \emph on Installing New Document Classes \emph default chapter of the \emph on Customization \emph default manual if you want to use \family sans amsproc \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The layouts themselves contain only the minimum necessary to use the AMS classes. They do not, in particular, contain any of the `theorem' environments used for setting theorems, lemmas, and the like. These are contained, instead, in the \change_deleted 564990737 1672345416 \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Theorems (AMS) \end_layout \end_inset \change_inserted 564990737 1672345416 \family sans AMS Theorems \change_unchanged \family default module, which is loaded by default when you select one of the AMS classes. (It can also be used with other classes and can be removed, if you would rather use something else.) Less commonly used environments are in the \change_deleted 564990737 1672345436 \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Theorems (AMS-Extended) \end_layout \end_inset \change_inserted 564990737 1672345436 \family sans AMS Theorems (Extended) \change_unchanged \family default module, which must be loaded manually. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard By default, theorems and the like are numbered consecutively throughout the document, but this may be modified by loading the module \change_deleted 564990737 1672345461 \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Theorems (Order by Section) \end_layout \end_inset \change_inserted 564990737 1672345461 \family sans Standard Theorems (Numbered by Section) \change_unchanged \family default or, if you are using \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout book (AMS) \end_layout \end_inset , the module \change_deleted 564990737 1672345479 \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Theorems (Order by Chapter) \end_layout \end_inset \change_inserted 564990737 1672345480 \family sans Standard Theorems (Numbered by Chapter) \change_unchanged \family default . These will number the results as \begin_inset Formula $n.m$ \end_inset , where the first number refers to the section (or chapter) and the second refers to the total number of results so far in that section (or chapter). Many environments are also available unnumbered. These are indicated by an asterisk at the end. If you happen to want \emph on only \emph default unnumbered results, the module \change_deleted 564990737 1672345498 \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Theorems (Starred) \end_layout \end_inset \change_inserted 564990737 1672345498 \family sans Standard Theorems (Unnumbered) \change_unchanged \family default provides that option. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Note that these modules do not \emph on have \emph default to be used with the AMS classes. It is perfectly possible to use the \change_deleted 564990737 1672345520 \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Theorems (AMS) \end_layout \end_inset \change_inserted 564990737 1672345520 \family sans AMS Theorems \change_unchanged \family default module, and the others mentioned, with other classes, such as \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \change_deleted -712698321 1673083855 article \change_inserted -712698321 1673083855 Article (Standard Class) \change_unchanged \end_layout \end_inset , \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \change_deleted -712698321 1673083858 report \change_inserted -712698321 1673083862 Report (Standard Class) \change_unchanged \end_layout \end_inset , \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \change_deleted -712698321 1673083819 book (KOMA-script) \change_inserted -712698321 1673083822 KOMA-Script Book \change_unchanged \end_layout \end_inset , and so forth. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection What these layouts provide \end_layout \begin_layout Standard There is a long list of included environments provided by these layouts. In AMS-\SpecialChar LaTeX , there is, in fact, an opportunity to define an unlimited variety of `theorem' environments. However, the AMS recommends the environments that are available in \SpecialChar LyX . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The following environments— as well as the standard environments, such as \begin_inset Flex Noun status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout section \end_layout \end_inset , \begin_inset Flex Noun status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout bibliography \end_layout \end_inset , \begin_inset Flex Noun status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout title \end_layout \end_inset , \begin_inset Flex Noun status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout author \end_layout \end_inset , and \begin_inset Flex Noun status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout date \end_layout \end_inset — are provided by \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout article (AMS) \end_layout \end_inset and \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout book (AMS) \end_layout \end_inset : \end_layout \begin_layout Description Address This should be the author's permanent address. \end_layout \begin_layout Description Current \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Address This should be the author's temporary address at the time of submission, if different from the Address. \end_layout \begin_layout Description Email Author's e-mail address \end_layout \begin_layout Description URL Author's Web address, if desired. \end_layout \begin_layout Description Keywords Key words or phrases used to identify specific topics discussed in the paper. \end_layout \begin_layout Description Subjectclass These refer to the AMS Subject Classifications, published and described in \emph on Mathematical Reviews \emph default . These are also available online at the AMS cites listed above. \end_layout \begin_layout Description Thanks \end_layout \begin_layout Description Dedicatory \end_layout \begin_layout Description Translator \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The following environments are provided by both the \change_deleted 564990737 1672345566 \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Theorems \end_layout \end_inset \change_inserted 564990737 1672345566 \family sans Standard Theorems \change_unchanged \family default and \change_deleted 564990737 1672345580 \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Theorems (AMS) \end_layout \end_inset \change_inserted 564990737 1672345580 \family sans AMS Theorems \change_unchanged \family default modules, in the latter case in both \change_deleted -712698321 1673084072 starred ( \change_unchanged unnumbered \change_deleted -712698321 1673084073 ) \change_unchanged and \change_deleted -712698321 1673084075 unstarred ( \change_unchanged numbered \change_deleted -712698321 1673084077 ) \change_unchanged versions. These same environments are provided only in the starred versions by the \change_deleted 564990737 1672345596 \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Theorems (Starred) \end_layout \end_inset \change_inserted 564990737 1672345596 \family sans Standard Theorems \change_inserted -712698321 1673084060 (Unnumbered) \change_unchanged \family default module: \end_layout \begin_layout Theorem This is typically used for the statements of major results. \end_layout \begin_layout Corollary* This is used for statements which follow fairly directly from previous statements. Again, these can be major results. \end_layout \begin_layout Lemma These are smaller results needed to prove other statements. \end_layout \begin_layout Proposition These are less major results which (hopefully) add to the general theory being discussed. \end_layout \begin_layout Conjecture These are statements provided without justification, which the author does not know how to prove, but which seem to be true (to the author, at least). \end_layout \begin_layout Definition* Guess what this is for. The font is different for this environment than for the previous ones. \end_layout \begin_layout Example* Used for examples illustrating proven results. \end_layout \begin_layout Problem It's not really known what this is for. You should figure it out. \end_layout \begin_layout Exercise* Write a description for this one. \end_layout \begin_layout Remark This environment is also a type of theorem, usually a lesser sort of observation. \end_layout \begin_layout Claim* Often used in the course of giving a proof of a larger result. \end_layout \begin_layout Case Generally, these are used to break up long arguments, using specific instances of some condition. \end_layout \begin_layout Case The numbering scheme for cases is on its own, not together with other numbered statements. \end_layout \begin_layout Proof At the end of this environment, a QED symbol (usually a square, but it can vary with different styles) is placed. If you want to have other environments within this one— for example, Case environments— and have the QED symbol appear only after them, then the other environments need to be nested within the proof environment. See the section \emph on Nesting Environments \emph default of the \emph on User's Guide \emph default for information on nesting. \end_layout \begin_layout Fact \change_inserted 564990737 1672345651 Used in a way similar to Proposition, though perhaps lower on the scale. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard And these environments are provided by \change_deleted 564990737 1672345684 \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Theorems (AMS-Extended) \end_layout \end_inset \change_inserted 564990737 1672345689 \family sans AMS Theorems (Extended \family default ) \change_unchanged : \end_layout \begin_layout Criterion* A required condition. \end_layout \begin_layout Algorithm* A general procedure to be used. \end_layout \begin_layout Axiom* This is a property or statement taken as true within the system being discussed. \end_layout \begin_layout Condition* Sometimes used to state a condition assumed within the present context of discussion. \end_layout \begin_layout Note* Similar to a Remark. \end_layout \begin_layout Notation* Used for the explanation of, yes, notation. \end_layout \begin_layout Summary Do we really need to tell you? \end_layout \begin_layout Acknowledgement* Acknowledgement. \end_layout \begin_layout Conclusion* Sometimes used at the end of a long train of argument. \change_deleted 564990737 1672345729 \end_layout \begin_layout Fact \change_deleted 564990737 1672345638 Used in a way similar to Proposition, though perhaps lower on the scale. \change_inserted 564990737 1672345720 \end_layout \begin_layout Assumption* \change_inserted 564990737 1672345721 Assumption \end_layout \begin_layout Question* \change_inserted 564990737 1672345721 Question \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1672345721 There are ten more Maths modules available including several offering options ordered on \family sans (Numbered by Type \SpecialChar ldots ) \family default . \change_unchanged \end_layout \begin_layout Standard In addition, the AMS classes automatically provide the AMS \SpecialChar LaTeX and AMS fonts packages. They need to be available on your system in order to use these environments. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection \change_inserted 564990737 1671383236 \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "subsec:Extra-font-sizes" \end_inset Extra font sizes \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1671383236 The “Extra font sizes” collection provides the document classes \family sans article \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset (with extra font sizes) \family default , \family sans book \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset (with extra font sizes) \family default , \family sans letter \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset (with extra font sizes) \family default and \family sans report \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset (with extra font sizes) \family default which use the \family typewriter article.cls \family default , \family typewriter book.cls \family default , \family typewriter letter.cls \family default and \family typewriter report.cls \family default document classes respectively but offer the additional \family sans \bar under B \bar default ase \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Size \family default options 8, 9, 14, 17 and 20 in the \family sans \bar under D \bar default ocument\SpecialChar menuseparator \bar under S \bar default ettings\SpecialChar menuseparator Fonts \family default dialog. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection \change_inserted 564990737 1671383236 Hebrew \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1671383236 The document classes \family sans article \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset (Hebrew) \family default and \family sans letter \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset (Hebrew) \family default use the \family typewriter article.cl \family sans s \family default and \family typewriter letter.cls \family default document classes to facilitate the use of Hebrew in \SpecialChar LyX . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection \change_inserted 564990737 1671383236 \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "subsec:Japanese" \end_inset Japanese \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1671383236 The document classes \change_inserted -712698321 1673089024 \family sans Japanese \change_deleted -712698321 1673089025 a \change_inserted -712698321 1673089025 A \change_inserted 564990737 1671383236 rticle \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset ( \change_deleted -712698321 1673089027 Japanese \change_inserted 564990737 1671383236 JS Class) \family default , \family sans \change_deleted -712698321 1673089041 article \change_inserted -712698321 1673089041 Japanese Article \change_inserted 564990737 1671383236 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset ( \change_deleted -712698321 1673089044 Japanese \change_inserted 564990737 1671383236 Standard Class Vertical Writing) \family default , \change_deleted -712698321 1673089041 \family sans article \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset (Japanese Standard Class) \change_inserted -712698321 1673088992 Japanese Article (Standard Class) \change_inserted 564990737 1671383236 \family default , \change_inserted -712698321 1673089053 \family sans Japanese \change_deleted -712698321 1673089053 b \change_inserted -712698321 1673089064 B \change_inserted 564990737 1671383236 ook \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset ( \change_deleted -712698321 1673089067 Japanese \change_inserted 564990737 1671383236 JS Class) \family default , \family sans \change_inserted -712698321 1673089073 Japanese B \change_deleted -712698321 1673089270 b \change_inserted 564990737 1671383236 ook \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset ( \change_deleted -712698321 1673089077 Japanese \change_inserted 564990737 1671383236 Standard Class Vertical Writing) \family default , \change_deleted -712698321 1673089083 \family sans b \change_inserted -712698321 1673089083 Japanese B \change_inserted 564990737 1671383236 ook \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset ( \change_deleted -712698321 1673089087 Japanese \change_inserted 564990737 1671383236 Standard Class) \family default , \change_inserted -712698321 1673089094 \family sans Japanese \change_deleted -712698321 1673089094 r \change_inserted -712698321 1673089094 R \change_inserted 564990737 1671383236 eport \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset ( \change_deleted -712698321 1673089097 Japanese \change_inserted 564990737 1671383236 Vertical Writing) \family default and \change_deleted -712698321 1673089104 \family sans r \change_inserted -712698321 1673089104 Japanese R \change_inserted 564990737 1671383236 eport \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset ( \change_deleted -712698321 1673089107 Japanese \change_inserted 564990737 1671383236 Standard Class) \family default provide document classes for the Japanese language. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection \change_inserted 564990737 1672429136 \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "subsec:KOMA-Script" \end_inset KOMA-Script \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1672429136 Original by \noun on Bernd Rellermeyer \noun default ; updated by \noun on Jürgen Spitzmüller \noun default and the \SpecialChar LyX Team \change_deleted 564990737 1672429136 Koma-Script \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_deleted 564990737 1672429136 by \noun on Bernd Rellermeyer \change_unchanged \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Overview \change_inserted 564990737 1672429161 \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1672429162 The KOMA-Script collection of document classes is a development of the Script classes created by Frank Neukam in the early 1990s; it was formally launched with the addition of a letter class in 1994. Since then, a second letter class has been added. Frank Neukam's classes were inspired by the principles of typography and this has been fully integrated into the design of the KOMA-Script classes. \change_unchanged \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The \SpecialChar LyX document classes \change_deleted -712698321 1673089779 \emph on article (koma-script) \change_inserted -712698321 1673089784 KOMA-Script Article \change_unchanged \emph default , \change_deleted -712698321 1673089790 \emph on report (koma-script) \change_inserted -712698321 1673089794 KOMA-Script Report \change_unchanged \emph default , \change_deleted -712698321 1673089790 \emph on book \emph default \emph on (koma-script) \change_inserted -712698321 1673089771 KOMA-Script Book \change_unchanged \emph default , and \change_inserted -712698321 1673089799 \emph on KOMA-Script \change_deleted -712698321 1673089802 l \change_inserted -712698321 1673089802 L \change_unchanged etter \change_deleted -712698321 1673089811 \emph default \emph on (koma-script) \change_unchanged \emph default correspond to the \SpecialChar LaTeX document classes \family typewriter scrartcl.cls \family default , \family typewriter scrreprt.cls \family default , \family typewriter scrbook.cls \family default , and \family typewriter scrlettr.cls \family default , resp. \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset of the Koma-Script family. They are replacements for the standard document classes \family typewriter article.cls \family default , \family typewriter report.cls \family default , \family typewriter book.cls \family default and \family typewriter letter.cls \family default , resp., and fit better to European typography conventions in a number of points. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_deleted 564990737 1672429262 Standard character size is \change_inserted 564990737 1672429263 The base character sizes when you select a KOMA-Script class are \change_unchanged 11pt in \change_deleted -712698321 1673089877 \emph on article (koma-script) \change_inserted -712698321 1673089877 KOMA-Script Article \change_unchanged \emph default , \change_deleted -712698321 1673089886 \emph on report (koma-script) \change_inserted -712698321 1673089886 KOMA-Script Report \change_unchanged \emph default , and \change_deleted -712698321 1673089893 \emph on book (koma-script) \change_inserted -712698321 1673089893 KOMA-Script Book \change_deleted 564990737 1672429267 \emph default , \change_unchanged and 12pt in \change_deleted -712698321 1673089903 \emph on letter (koma-script) \change_inserted -712698321 1673089903 KOMA-Script Letter \change_unchanged \emph default . \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize Headings, labels of the description environment, and a number of elements of the \change_deleted -712698321 1673089925 \emph on letter (koma-script) \change_inserted -712698321 1673089925 KOMA-Script Letter \change_unchanged \emph default document class are set in a bold sans serif font. \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout There is a big difference between the bold sans serif old cm fonts and new ec fonts, especially in the appearance of headings. In comparison, the ec bold sans serif fonts look a bit thin. Here the \SpecialChar LaTeX package \family typewriter cmsd.sty by \family default \shape smallcaps Walter Schmidt \shape default helps to produce the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset usual \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset appearance when using the ec fonts. \end_layout \end_inset The numbering of chapter headings is made in the same way as the numbering of section headings, that is without the extra line \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Chapter\SpecialChar ldots \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . In addition, the appearance of the headings can be modified by using a number of options (in \SpecialChar LyX to be entered in the field \family sans Extra \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Options \family default of the dialog \family sans Layout\SpecialChar menuseparator Document \family default ). \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_deleted 564990737 1672429310 The main means in the Koma-Script document classes to design the type area are the options \family sans BCOR \family default and \family sans DIV \family default (in \SpecialChar LyX to be entered in the extra class options field in the dialog \family sans Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Settings \family default ). They make a clearer modification of page margins possible as do the options of the dialog \family sans Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Settings \family default . \change_inserted 564990737 1672429310 The layout of a KOMA-Script page follows one of two traditional typesetting conventions based on dividing the page into strips or drawing a circle. The default is to imagine that a page is divided horizontally and vertically into strips and allocate strips to the margins leaving the unused strips for the text area. You can change the sizes of the margins by changing the factor by which the page is divided into strips; the default for an A4 page is 9 and increasing this factor will produce increasingly narrower strips and therefore narrower margins. \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1672429310 Whatever the factor, two strips are allocated to the outer and bottom margins of a two-sided document and one strip to the inner and top margins, leaving a text area occupying around half the page. Since most two-sided documents have a binding, this can make the inner margins appear too narrow; so you can apply a binding correction to the page which is deducted before the size of the strips is calculated. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1672429310 The main means in the Koma-Script document classes to design the type area are the options \family sans BCOR \family default and \family sans DIV \family default entered in \family sans Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator Document Class\SpecialChar menuseparator Class Options\SpecialChar menuseparator Custom \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1672429310 In this document, the binding correction is 7.5mm which is added in the form \family typewriter BCOR7.5mm \family default to \family sans Class \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset options\SpecialChar menuseparator Cus \bar under t \bar default om \family default dialog. To change the factor to 11, for example, add the entry \family typewriter DIV=11 \family default to the comma separated list of entries in the \family sans Cus \bar under t \bar default om \family default \family sans Class \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset options \family default . If you want the default value of this factor for a page size other than A4, add the entry \family typewriter DIV=calc \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1672429310 To use the circle method of calculating the page layout, use \family typewriter DIV=classic \family default instead. \change_unchanged \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Itemize The \SpecialChar LaTeX document classes of the Koma-Script family define a number of additional commands. Those part of it which makes sense in \SpecialChar LyX is implemented in corresponding paragraph types. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Detailed descriptions of the \SpecialChar LaTeX document classes of the Koma-Script family can be found in the Koma-Script documentation \emph on scrguide \emph default (German) and \emph on scrguien \emph default (English). \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection \change_inserted 564990737 1672429358 \series bold \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "subsec:article-(KOMA-Script),-report" \end_inset \change_deleted -712698321 1673090826 \series default article (KOMA-Script) \change_inserted -712698321 1673090826 \emph on KOMA-Script Article \change_inserted 564990737 1672429358 \emph default , \change_deleted -712698321 1673090830 report (KOMA-Script) \change_inserted -712698321 1673090840 \emph on KOMA-Script Report \change_inserted 564990737 1672429358 \emph default , and \change_deleted -712698321 1673090835 book (KOMA-Script) \change_inserted -712698321 1673090844 \emph on KOMA-Script Book \change_deleted 564990737 1672429367 \emph default article (koma-script), report (koma-script), and book (koma-script) \change_unchanged \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The document classes \change_deleted -712698321 1673090858 \emph on article (koma-script) \change_inserted -712698321 1673090858 KOMA-Script Article \change_unchanged \emph default , \change_deleted -712698321 1673090862 \emph on report (koma-script) \change_inserted -712698321 1673090869 KOMA-Script Report \change_unchanged \emph default , and \change_deleted -712698321 1673090866 \emph on book \emph default \emph on (koma-script) \change_inserted -712698321 1673090874 KOMA-Script Book \change_unchanged \emph default are implemented in the layout files \family typewriter scrartcl.layout \family default , \family typewriter scrreprt.layout \family default , and \family typewriter scrbook.layout \family default , resp. They contain all the paragraph types of the corresponding standard document classes \emph on article \emph default , \emph on report \emph default , and \emph on book \emph default , resp., partly modified, with the exception of the \SpecialChar LyX specific \family sans List \family default -type, which is replaced by the new \family sans Labeling \family default -type having the same functionality. Beside the \family sans Labeling \family default -Type there is a number of new paragraph types added. They are \emph on not \emph default part of \emph on letter (koma-script) \emph default . \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Addpart, Addchap \family default , \family sans Addsec \family default : are equivalents to \family sans Part*, Chapter* \family default and \family sans Section* \family default , resp., additionally inserting an entry in the table of contents. \family sans Addpart \family default and \family sans Addchap \family default are not contained in \emph on article (koma-script) \emph default . \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Addchap* \family default , \family sans Addsec* \family default : behave exactly as \family sans Addchap \family default and \family sans Addsec \family default , resp., additionally clearing running heads. \family sans Addchap* \family default is not contained in \emph on article (koma-script) \emph default . \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout There is also an \family typewriter \backslash addpart* \family default command in \emph on book (koma-script) \emph default and in \emph on report (koma-script) \emph default , but since this is identical to \family sans Part* \family default , is has not been implemented in \SpecialChar LyX . \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Minisec \family default : generates a heading directly above the following paragraph in the standard character size without affecting the structure of the document. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Captionabove \family default and \family sans Captionbelow \family default are special captions which respect the different space settings needed for captions placed above or below an element (if you follow strict typographic rules, you might want to place table captions always above the table). You can also use the class option \family typewriter tablecaptionsabove \family default , which will switch \family sans caption \family default to \family sans captionabove \family default for tables and \family sans captionbelow \family default for figures. You need at least Koma-Script version 2.8q to use this. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Dictum \family default : can be used to set a bonmot, e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g. \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset at the beginning of a chapter. If you use the optional argument ( \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator Dictum \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Author \family default ), you can insert the dictum's author there. Dictum and author are separated by a line. You need at least Koma-Script version 2.8q to use this. \family sans Dictum \family default is not contained in \emph on article (koma-script) \emph default . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The following types, together with the standard types \family sans Title \family default , \family sans Author \family default , and \family sans Date \family default , form the title area of the document. They must be entered ahead of the first \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset ordinary \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset paragraph. \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout The corresponding \SpecialChar LaTeX commands must appear before the \family typewriter \backslash maketitle \family default command. \end_layout \end_inset When such a type is used more than once, the latter usage overwrites the former one, that means, for every type only the latest usage is valid. The order of the different types however has, like \family sans Title \family default , \family sans Author \family default , and \family sans Date \family default , no effect on the appearance of the produced document. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Subject \family default : produces a centered paragraph above the ordinary title ( \family sans Title \family default , \family sans Author \family default , \family sans Date \family default ) for the subject of the document. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Publishers \family default : produces a centered paragraph below the ordinary title ( \family sans Title \family default , \family sans Author \family default , \family sans Date \family default ) for the publishers' name. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Dedication \family default : in \emph on report (koma-script) \emph default and \emph on book (koma-script) \emph default produces a centered paragraph on its own page behind the title page, or in \emph on article (koma-script) \emph default produces a centered paragraph below the ordinary title ( \family sans Title \family default , \family sans Author \family default , \family sans Date \family default , \family sans Publishers \family default ) for a dedication. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Titlehead \family default : produces a left aligned paragraph above the ordinary title ( \family sans Title \family default , \family sans Author \family default , \family sans Date \family default , \family sans Subject \family default ) for a document`s head. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Uppertitleback \family default : produces in a double-sided print in \emph on report (koma-script) \emph default and \emph on book (koma-script) \emph default a left-aligned paragraph at the top of the title page`s back or has no effect in a single-sided print or in \emph on article (koma-script) \emph default . \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Lowertitleback \family default : produces in a double-sided print in \emph on report (koma-script) \emph default and \emph on book (koma-script) \emph default a left-aligned paragraph at the bottom of the title page`s back or has no effect in a single-sided print or in \emph on article (koma-script) \emph default . \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Extratitle \family default : produces a special \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset dirty \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset page ahead of the actual document containing a paragraph without special formatting. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1672429680 KOMA-Script offers a wide range of \family sans Cus \bar under t \bar default om Class \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset options \family default for the \family sans \bar under D \bar default ocument\SpecialChar menuseparator \bar under S \bar default ettings\SpecialChar menuseparator Document \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset class \family default dialog which you can apply to the whole document, among them \end_layout \begin_layout Description \change_inserted 564990737 1672429680 \family typewriter \series medium draft=true \family default \series default which produces a PDF with a small black box at the end any line in which a formatting error occurs; the default setting is \family typewriter false \end_layout \begin_layout Description \change_inserted 564990737 1672429680 \family typewriter \series medium headings= \family default \series default which may take the values \family typewriter big \family default , \family typewriter normal \family default or \family typewriter small \family default ; the first and last adjust the sizes of the headings to take account of page sizes where the default values may not be suitable \end_layout \begin_layout Description \change_inserted 564990737 1672429680 \family typewriter \series medium numbers= \family default \series default which may take the values \family typewriter auto \family default (the default), \family typewriter enddot \family default or \family typewriter noenddot \family default ; the first leaves it up to KOMA-Script to add periods after chapter, section numbers, etc.; the second forces the addition of periods and third suppresses them \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1672429680 and the math options: \end_layout \begin_layout Description \change_inserted 564990737 1672429680 \family typewriter \series medium leqno \family default \series default which causes equations to be numbered on the left rather than on the right, and \end_layout \begin_layout Description \change_inserted 564990737 1672429680 \family typewriter \series medium fleqn \family default \series default which causes equations to be left justified rather than centered. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1672429680 It also provides commands to affect the output of the document independently of the standard \SpecialChar LaTeX commands and packages; for example, if you want your captions in bold add \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1672429680 \family typewriter \backslash setkomafont{captionlabel}{ \backslash bfseries} \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1672429680 to \family sans \bar under D \bar default ocument\SpecialChar menuseparator \bar under S \bar default ettings \family default \SpecialChar menuseparator \family sans \SpecialChar LaTeX \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Preamble \family default ) and the problem is solved. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1672429680 If you are writing a book, it is normal to have the preliminary pages numbered in Roman numerals and the Chapters in this part unnumbered. If you use the Chapter* environment, your Foreword and Preface will not appear in the Table of Contents; to make them to appear in the Table of contents, you need to use Chapter environments and add the \SpecialChar TeX code \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1672429680 \family typewriter \backslash frontmatter \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1672429680 at the very start of the book (not in the \SpecialChar LaTeX Preamble) and \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1672429680 \family typewriter \backslash mainmatter \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1672429680 before the first chapter of the body of the text. \change_inserted -712698321 1673092640 Alternatively, you might also use \family sans Chapter* (TOC) \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1672429680 You may also want to have some unnumbered Chapter environments at the end of the book after the Appendices, if any. \begin_inset Foot status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \change_inserted 564990737 1672429680 Appendices are normally “numbered” with letters. \end_layout \end_inset If you use the Chapter* environment, they will not appear in the Table of Contents; so add the \SpecialChar TeX code \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1672429680 \family typewriter \backslash backmatter \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1672429682 before the first of these headings and use the Chapter environment. These commands will have no effect on the numbering in \SpecialChar LyX , only on the PDF output where the headings will be unnumbered and appear in the Table of Contents. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The layout files for the document classes \emph on article (koma-script) \emph default , \emph on report (koma-script) \emph default , and \emph on book (koma-script) \emph default do include the file \family typewriter scrmacros.inc \family default . This is thought of as a place to define your own types. Copy scrmacros \family typewriter .inc \family default in your personal layout directory and edit the file! \change_deleted 564990737 1672430255 \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_deleted 564990737 1672430255 letter (koma-script) \end_layout \begin_layout Description \change_deleted 564990737 1672429749 Note: This section discusses the obsolete \family sans KOMA-Script-Letter (v. \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 1) \family default , which is not even included anymore in recent KOMA releases. Please refer to the next section for the current KOMA-Script-Letter class (v. \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 2)! \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \noindent \change_deleted 564990737 1672429749 The document class \emph on letter (koma-script) \emph default is implemented in the layout file \family typewriter scrlettr.layout \family default . It contains all the paragraph types of the corresponding standard document class \emph on letter \emph default , partly modified, with the exception of the \SpecialChar LyX specific types \family sans \SpecialChar LyX -Code \family default and \family sans Comment \family default and the \family sans List \family default type, which is replaced by the new \family sans Labeling \family default type. In addition, it contains, in contrast to the standard document class, the standard types \family sans \SpecialChar LaTeX \family default , \family sans Quotation \family default , \family sans Quote \family default , and \family sans Verse \family default . Furthermore, there are a number of new letter specific types. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_deleted 564990737 1672429749 The appearance of the letter produced by this document class can be controlled by a number of \SpecialChar LaTeX commands, which you can put in the \SpecialChar LaTeX preamble. \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout For example, the standard appearance of the letter`s heading, consisting of name and address, is quite self-willed. An \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset ordinary \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset heading is produced by the following \SpecialChar LaTeX commands in the preamble: \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code \backslash firsthead{ \backslash parbox[b]{ \backslash textwidth} \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code { \backslash ignorespaces \backslash fromname \backslash \backslash \backslash ignorespaces \backslash fromaddress}} \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code \backslash nexthead{ \backslash parbox[b]{ \backslash textwidth} \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code { \backslash ignorespaces \backslash fromname \backslash hfill \backslash ignorespaces \backslash pagename \backslash \backslash thepage}} \end_layout \end_inset A detailed German description of such \SpecialChar LaTeX commands can be found in the Koma-Script documentation \emph on scrguide \emph default . With it, the letter's author can produce his personal letter layout. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_deleted 564990737 1672429749 The types \family sans Letter \family default and \family sans Opening \family default define the beginning of the letter and must be used in every letter. To emphasize them in the \SpecialChar LyX document class, they are marked with the letter \shape italic L \shape default or \shape italic O \shape default , resp. \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset in the left margin. It is possible to write any number of letters in one file. An \family sans Opening \family default type produces a new letter using the same addressee and a \family sans Letter \family default type produces a new addressee. The types \family sans Closing \family default , \family sans PS \family default , \family sans CC \family default , and \family sans Encl \family default are ordinary paragraph types and can also be used several times in one and the same letter. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_deleted 564990737 1672429749 \family sans Letter \family default : produces a paragraph for the addressee and implicitly defines the beginning of the letter. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_deleted 564990737 1672429749 \family sans Opening \family default : produces a paragraph for the form of address and implicitly produces a new letter. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_deleted 564990737 1672429749 \family sans Closing \family default : produces a paragraph for a close. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_deleted 564990737 1672429749 \family sans PS \family default : produces a paragraph for a postscript. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_deleted 564990737 1672429749 \family sans CC \family default : produces a paragraph for a distribution list. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_deleted 564990737 1672429749 \family sans Encl \family default : produces a paragraph for enclosures. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_deleted 564990737 1672429749 The types \family sans Name \family default , \family sans Signature \family default , \family sans Address \family default , \family sans Telephone \family default , \family sans Place \family default , \family sans Backaddress \family default , \family sans Specialmail \family default , \family sans Location \family default , \family sans Title \family default , and \family sans Subject \family default are input types provided with a label to enter information, which will be processed by the document class. \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout It could be seen as a matter of inconsequence, that the types \family sans Letter \family default and \family sans Opening \family default described above are not such input types as well. Because of the special meaning of those types, however, I have implemented them as ordinary paragraph types with a one letter mark in the left margin. Moreover, it would affect my feeling of symmetry, if the \family sans Opening \family default type and the \family sans Closing \family default type had such a serious different appearance. \end_layout \end_inset The types must be used ahead of the corresponding \family sans Opening \family default type. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_deleted 564990737 1672429749 An implementation of these types in a WYSIWYG fashion does not seem to make sense, because the real appearance of the produced letter does not only depend on the usage of the particular type, but also on other factors. For example, a signature entered in the \family sans Signature \family default type will in the standard behavior appear in the produced letter only, when in the same letter also a \family sans Closing \family default type is used. The entered value of the \family sans Telephone \family default type will in the standard behavior not appear in the produced letter at all. The possibility to design the letter`s heading freely is already indicated in a footnote above. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_deleted 564990737 1672429749 The input types can also be used as empty paragraphs. This makes sense e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g. \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset for the \family sans Signature \family default type. If the \family sans Signature \family default type is not used at all, in the standard behavior the value of the \family sans Name \family default type is used as signature, whereas if an empty \family sans Signature \family default type is used, no signature value is defined. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_deleted 564990737 1672429749 By using the input types it is possible to write a letter template, containing filled input types with your personal dates (name, address, etc.) and empty input types for other dates you want to enter. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_deleted 564990737 1672429749 \family sans Name \family default : sender's name, in the standard behavior appears as a centered paragraph in small caps in the letter`s heading. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_deleted 564990737 1672429749 \family sans Signature \family default : sender's signature, in the standard behavior appears below the \family sans Closing \family default type. If no \family sans Signature \family default type is used, the value of the \family sans Name \family default type appears instead. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_deleted 564990737 1672429749 \family sans Address \family default : sender's address, in the standard behavior appears in a centered paragraph in the letter`s heading below the sender's name. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_deleted 564990737 1672429749 \family sans Telephone \family default : sender's telephone number, in the standard behavior only sets the \SpecialChar LaTeX variable \family typewriter \backslash telephonenum \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_deleted 564990737 1672429749 \family sans Place \family default : place of the letter`s making. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_deleted 564990737 1672429749 \family sans Date \family default : date of the letter`s making. \family sans Place \family default and \family sans Date \family default , in the standard behavior, produce the place and the date in a right-aligned line below the addressee's field. If an empty \family sans Date \family default type is used, neither place nor date appear, independent of the value of the \family sans Place \family default type. If no \family sans Date \family default type is used, the date of the letter `s production is used. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_deleted 564990737 1672429749 \family sans Backaddress \family default : sender`s back address, in the standard behavior appears above the addressee's field in a small sans serif font. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_deleted 564990737 1672429749 \family sans Specialmail \family default : special mail information, in the standard behavior appears underlined above the addressee's field below the back address. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_deleted 564990737 1672429749 \family sans Location \family default : additional information, in the standard behavior appears on right side below the addressee`s field. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_deleted 564990737 1672429749 \family sans Title \family default : the letter's title, in the standard behavior appears in a big, bold, sans serif font above the subject. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_deleted 564990737 1672429749 \family sans Subject \family default : the letter's subject, in the standard behavior appears in a bold font above the \family sans Opening \family default paragraph. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_deleted 564990737 1672429749 The types \family sans Yourref \family default , \family sans Yourmail \family default , \family sans Myref \family default , \family sans Customer \family default , and \family sans Invoice \family default produce a business letter like line above the \family sans Title \family default line containing the fields \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Your ref. \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Your letter of \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Our ref. \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Customer no. \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Invoice no. \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , and \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Date \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . For the date field, the value of the \family sans Date \family default type is used. If one of these \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset business letter types \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset is used, the value of the \family sans Place \family default type however does not appear, but only the \SpecialChar LaTeX variable \family typewriter \backslash fromplace \family default is set. The ordinary output of place and date in a right-aligned line below the addressee`s field is suppressed. The types are implemented as input types provided with a label and must be used ahead of the corresponding \family sans Opening \family default type. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_deleted 564990737 1672429749 \family sans Yourref \family default : Your ref. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_deleted 564990737 1672429749 \family sans Yourmail \family default : Your letter of. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_deleted 564990737 1672429749 \family sans Myref \family default : Our ref. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_deleted 564990737 1672429749 \family sans Customer \family default : Customer no. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_deleted 564990737 1672429749 \family sans Invoice \family default : Invoice no. \change_unchanged \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection \change_deleted 564990737 1672429773 The new letter class: letter (koma-script v.2) \change_inserted 564990737 1672429774 \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "subsec:The-new-letter" \end_inset The new letter class: \change_inserted -712698321 1673092709 KOMA-Script \change_deleted -712698321 1673092710 l \change_inserted -712698321 1673092710 L \change_inserted 564990737 1672429774 etter ( \change_deleted -712698321 1673092713 KOMA-Script v \change_inserted -712698321 1673092714 V \change_inserted 564990737 1672429774 . \change_inserted -712698321 1673092715 \change_inserted 564990737 1672429774 2) \change_unchanged \end_layout \begin_layout Standard by \noun on Jürgen Spitzmüller \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset VSpace medskip \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \noindent Koma-Script version 2.8 has introduced a new letter class \family typewriter scrlttr2 \family default which supersedes the now unsupported \family typewriter scrlettr \family default . It has — on the \SpecialChar LaTeX side — a completely new interface and is not compatible with the old class. Therefore, \SpecialChar LyX supports both, though it is recommended you use the new class. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard This class covers the same functionality as \emph on letter (koma-script), \emph default and a few more. The basic items are \family sans Address \family default (receiver's address, same as \family sans Letter \family default in the old layout), \family sans Opening \family default , and \family sans Closing \family default . \family sans NextAddress \family default will start a new letter (i. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset e. \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset you can write several letters per document). New elements are sender's \family sans E-Mail \family default , \family sans URL \family default , \family sans Fax \family default , \family sans Bank \family default and the possibility to use a \family sans Logo \family default (via \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator Graphics \family default ) in the header. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The biggest improvement is, though, that the letter's layout is configurable to meet almost any needs. This can be done via the preamble or with a special style file (Letter Class Option, extension \family typewriter *.lco \family default ), that will be read in as a class option. \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout The KOMA package comes with some default \family typewriter *.lco \family default files. There is, for instance, a \family typewriter DIN.lco \family default file that follows german typesetting rules, or a \family typewriter KOMAold.lco \family default that provides the default layout of the old \family typewriter scrlettr \family default class. The latter can be loaded with the class option \family typewriter KOMAold \family default , inserted via the \family sans Layout\SpecialChar menuseparator Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Extra Options \family default field. \end_layout \end_inset Have a look at the \change_deleted 564990737 1671617922 \emph on koma-letter2 \change_unchanged \emph default template \change_deleted 564990737 1671617938 that is included in \SpecialChar LyX for examples \change_inserted 564990737 1671617997 in \family sans \bar under F \bar default ile\SpecialChar menuseparator New \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset fro \bar under m \bar default \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Template\SpecialChar menuseparator Letters\SpecialChar menuseparator KOMA-Script Letter (V.2) \change_unchanged \family default . A detailed description is to be found in the Koma-Script documentation ( \emph on scrguide \emph default ). \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Problems \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Visualizing the Koma-Script document classes in \SpecialChar LyX , the \SpecialChar LyX internals cause some problems. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize The chapter number of a \family sans Chapter \family default type appears on a line of its own above the chapter heading instead of appearing in the same line ahead of it. The cause for that is the \SpecialChar LyX internal behavior for the labeltype \family sans Counter_Chapter \family default in the layout file. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize The headings of the types \family sans Addchap \family default and \family sans Addsec \family default are only put in the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset true \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset \SpecialChar LaTeX table of contents, but not in the \SpecialChar LyX table of contents ( \family sans Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Table \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset of \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Contents \family default ). \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize The paragraphs in a \emph on letter \emph default document class appear in a skip separation mode, not indented. This is the standard behavior, no special \SpecialChar LaTeX commands are needed for that. But in the \family sans Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Settings \family default dialog the corresponding radio button indicates \family sans Indent \family default . A \family sans Skip \family default value always has the effect that extra \SpecialChar LaTeX commands are inserted in the document to produce the gap, which is not what is wanted in this case. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection \change_inserted 564990737 1672743555 \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "subsec:Polish-M.W.collection" \end_inset Polish M. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset W. \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset collection \change_deleted 564990737 1670924933 Article (mwart), book (mwbk) and report (mwrep) \begin_inset Argument status status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout The \family typewriter mw \family default Classes \end_layout \end_inset \change_unchanged \end_layout \begin_layout Standard by \noun on Tomasz Luczak \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The \SpecialChar LyX document classes \change_deleted -712698321 1673094342 \emph on article (mwart) \change_inserted -712698321 1673094343 Polish Article (MW Bundle) \change_unchanged \emph default , \change_deleted -712698321 1673094349 \emph on report (mwrep) \change_inserted -712698321 1673094356 Polish Report (MW Bundle) \change_unchanged \emph default and \change_deleted -712698321 1673094352 \emph on book \emph default \emph on (mwbk) \change_inserted -712698321 1673094359 Polish Book (MW Bundle) \change_unchanged \emph default correspond to the \SpecialChar LaTeX document classes \family typewriter mwart.cls \family default , \family typewriter mwrep.cls \family default and \family typewriter mwbk.cls \family default , resp. They are replacements for the standard document classes \family typewriter article.cls \family default , \family typewriter report.cls \family default and \family typewriter book.cls \family default , resp., and fit better to Polish typography conventions in a number of points. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Basic differences: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize Unnumbered titles (with star, e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g. \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset \family sans Section* \family default ) are added into table of contents, \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize Additional page styles: \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Description uheadings header with separated lines, \end_layout \begin_layout Description myheadings custom header, contents headers via commands: \family typewriter \backslash markright \family default and \family typewriter \backslash markboth \family default , \end_layout \begin_layout Description myuheadings custom header with separated lines, \end_layout \begin_layout Description outer page number is placed on outer side of page \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Itemize Options \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Description rmheadings serif titles — default, \end_layout \begin_layout Description sfheadings sansserif titles, \end_layout \begin_layout Description authortitle on title page first placed is author next title — default, \end_layout \begin_layout Description titleauthor on title page first placed is title next author, \end_layout \begin_layout Description withmarginpar reserve place on page for margins. \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Subsection \change_inserted 564990737 1672652245 Tufte Collection \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1672652245 The document classes \change_deleted -712698321 1673094404 \family sans book \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset (Tufte) \change_inserted -712698321 1673094404 Tufte Book \change_inserted 564990737 1672652245 \family default and \change_deleted -712698321 1673094408 \family sans handout \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset (Tufte) \change_inserted -712698321 1673094411 Tufte Handout \change_inserted 564990737 1672652245 \family default use the \family typewriter tufte-book.cls \family default and \family typewriter tufte-handout.cls \family default document classes. Detailed information about these document classes can be found in \family sans File\SpecialChar menuseparator Open Example\SpecialChar menuseparator Books\SpecialChar menuseparator Tufte Book \family default and \family sans File\SpecialChar menuseparator Open Example\SpecialChar menuseparator Handouts\SpecialChar menuseparator Tufte Handout \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Section \change_inserted 564990737 1670439534 Articles \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1670794710 See also the document classes in the Collections (section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Collections" nolink "false" \end_inset ). \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection \change_deleted -712698321 1673095198 A&A Paper \change_inserted -712698321 1673095198 Astronomy & Astrophysics \change_inserted 564990737 1670794716 \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1670794716 Original by \noun on Peter Sütterlin \noun default ; updated by the \SpecialChar LyX Team \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection \change_inserted 564990737 1670794716 Introduction \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1670794716 This section describes how \SpecialChar LyX can be used to write articles for submission to the scientific journal \emph on Astronomy \change_deleted -712698321 1673095254 and \change_inserted -712698321 1673095254 & \change_inserted 564990737 1670794716 Astrophysics \emph default ( \begin_inset CommandInset href LatexCommand href name "aa-package" target "http://ftp.edpsciences.org/pub/aa/aa-package.zip" literal "false" \end_inset ) using Version 9.1 of the document class \family typewriter aa.cls \family default ; information about it is available at \begin_inset Flex URL status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \change_inserted 564990737 1670794716 https://www.aanda.org/for-authors/latex-issues/texnical-background-information \change_unchanged \end_layout \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1670794716 A manual comes together with the package and should be consulted before installing this document class as described in the \emph on Installing New Document Classe \emph default s section of the \emph on Customization \emph default manual. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1670794716 \begin_inset Note Greyedout status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \change_inserted 564990737 1670794716 Please note that the publisher of the journal was changed from Springer to EDP Sciences starting January 1, 2001. That change also involved some slight changes to the style files, namely the removal of the thesaurus command. If you have an older version installed, please upgrade. For information about compatibility with the old (version 4) layout, please refer to the comments in \family typewriter \SpecialChar LyX Dir/layouts/aapaper.layout \family default . \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection \change_inserted 564990737 1670794716 Getting started \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1671617129 It is recommended you start from the template in the menu \family sans \bar under F \bar default ile\SpecialChar menuseparator New \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset fro \bar under m \bar default \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Template\SpecialChar menuseparator Articles\SpecialChar menuseparator Astronomy & Astrophysics \family default . If you are not using the template, note the following settings: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_inserted 564990737 1670794716 Select \change_deleted -712698321 1673095619 \family sans article (A&A) \change_inserted -712698321 1673095619 Astronomy & Astrophysics \change_inserted 564990737 1670794716 \family default in the \family sans \bar under D \bar default ocument\SpecialChar menuseparator \bar under S \bar default ettings\SpecialChar menuseparator Document \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Class \family default dialog (OK, that one was obvious). \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_inserted 564990737 1670794716 Don't change the \family sans Headings \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \bar under s \bar default tyle \family default in the \family sans Page \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Layout \family default dialog: leave it set to \family sans Default \family default . The whole layout is done by the macros, you shouldn't change anything. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection \change_inserted 564990737 1670794716 The header block \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1670794716 First thing to enter is the header information. It consists of \change_deleted -712698321 1673167006 five \change_inserted -712698321 1673167007 seven \change_inserted 564990737 1670794716 entries, of which one is optional. They are \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_inserted 564990737 1670794716 \family sans Title \family default : [required] \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_inserted 564990737 1670794716 \family sans Subtitle \family default : [optional] \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_inserted 564990737 1670794716 \family sans Author \family default : [required] \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_deleted -712698321 1673167065 \family sans Institute \change_inserted -712698321 1673167065 Address \change_inserted 564990737 1670794716 \family default : [required] \change_inserted -712698321 1673167087 \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_inserted -712698321 1673168577 \family sans Offprints \family default [optional]. Determines to whom correspondence and reprints are to be sent. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_inserted -712698321 1673168590 \family sans Mail \family default [optional] Snail mail address for contacts. \change_inserted 564990737 1670794716 \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_inserted 564990737 1670794716 \family sans Date \family default : [required]. Suggested format is \family typewriter Received: ; Accepted \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted -712698321 1673168612 There is no need to issue the \family typewriter \backslash maketitle \family default command, this is done automatically by \SpecialChar LyX when the header is finished. \change_inserted 564990737 1670794716 Although the order of the single header entries doesn't matter it is advised to keep the above sequence, just to get the best optics and meets the layout of the real document. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1670794716 If you want to place footnotes in the header block, e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g. \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset to state your present address, just use the standard footnote via the menu \family sans \bar under I \bar default nsert\SpecialChar menuseparator \bar under F \bar default ootnote. \family default \SpecialChar LyX will automagically use the term \family typewriter \backslash thanks{} \family default in that case. \change_inserted -712698321 1673168649 \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted -712698321 1673168649 Under \family sans Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator Text Style \family default , you'll find two insets which are relevant for the titling: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_inserted -712698321 1673168649 \family sans Institute \family typewriter \family default to mark corresponding author\SpecialChar breakableslash institute pairs. The institutes are numbered sequentially as they appear in the \family sans Address \family default field, so you have to put a marker to each author. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_inserted -712698321 1673168649 \family sans Email \family default to supply an email address for fast contact. \change_inserted 564990737 1670794716 \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1670794716 In addition to these topics, the macros use three additional \SpecialChar LaTeX commands that have no counterpart in \SpecialChar LyX : \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_inserted 564990737 1670794716 \family typewriter \backslash and \family default to separate different names for more than one author and institute, respectively. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_deleted -712698321 1673168671 \family typewriter \backslash inst{} \family default to mark corresponding author/institute pairs. The institutes are numbered sequentially as they appear in the \family sans Institute \family default field, so you have to put a marker to each author. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_deleted -712698321 1673168671 \family typewriter \backslash email{address} \family default to supply an email address for fast contact. \change_inserted 564990737 1670794716 \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_deleted -712698321 1673168684 In all cases, t \change_inserted -712698321 1673168684 T \change_inserted 564990737 1671642374 he appropriate command has to be entered as \SpecialChar TeX code in \SpecialChar LyX . See the examples in the template and in \family sans File\SpecialChar menuseparator Open Example\SpecialChar menuseparator Articles\SpecialChar menuseparator Astronomy & Astrophysics \family default . \change_unchanged \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection \change_inserted 564990737 1670794716 The abstract \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted -712698321 1673168754 The abstract should immediately follow the header block. With version 5 the abstract environment was changed to a command, and there is now a restriction to only one paragraph. In addition, it should contain an entry with the keywords. This is done via the paragraph style \family sans Keywords \family default . Refer to the example paper. \change_deleted -712698321 1673168754 The abstract should immediately follow the header block and must contain five tokens: \family typewriter \backslash abstract{}{}{}{}{} \family default \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \change_deleted -712698321 1673168754 \family typewriter context heading \family default (optional) {} leave it empty if necessary \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \change_deleted -712698321 1673168754 \family typewriter aims heading \family default (mandatory) {} \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \change_deleted -712698321 1673168754 \family typewriter methods heading \family default (mandatory) {} \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \change_deleted -712698321 1673168754 \family typewriter results heading \family default (mandatory) {} \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \change_deleted -712698321 1673168754 \family typewriter conclusions heading \family default (optional) {} leave it empty if necessary \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_deleted -712698321 1673168754 (NB. This structure not shown in \emph on aa_sample.lyx. \emph default ) \change_inserted 564990737 1670794716 \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection \change_inserted 564990737 1670794716 Supported environments \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1670794716 The A&A paper layout supports the following environments for structuring your text: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted -712698321 1673169058 \family sans \begin_inset Flex Multiple Columns status open \begin_layout Itemize \change_inserted -712698321 1673169058 \family sans Standard \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_inserted -712698321 1673169058 \family sans Section \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_inserted -712698321 1673169058 \family sans Subsection \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_inserted -712698321 1673169058 \family sans Subsubsection \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_inserted -712698321 1673169058 \family sans Itemize \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_inserted -712698321 1673169058 \family sans Enumerate \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_inserted -712698321 1673169058 \family sans Description \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_inserted -712698321 1673169058 \family sans Caption \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_inserted -712698321 1673169058 \family sans Abstract \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_inserted -712698321 1673169058 \family sans Acknowledgment \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_inserted -712698321 1673169058 \family sans Bibliography \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_inserted -712698321 1673169078 LaTeX \change_unchanged \end_layout \end_inset \change_deleted -712698321 1673169058 Standard \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_deleted -712698321 1673169058 \family sans Section \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_deleted -712698321 1673169058 \family sans Subsection \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_deleted -712698321 1673169058 \family sans Subsubsection \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_deleted -712698321 1673169058 \family sans Itemize \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_deleted -712698321 1673169058 \family sans Enumerate \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_deleted -712698321 1673169058 \family sans Description \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_deleted -712698321 1673169058 \family sans Caption \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_deleted -712698321 1673169058 \family sans Abstract \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_deleted -712698321 1673169058 \family sans Acknowledgment \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_deleted -712698321 1673169058 \family sans Bibliography \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_deleted -712698321 1673169058 \family sans \SpecialChar LaTeX \change_inserted 564990737 1670794716 \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection \change_inserted 564990737 1670794716 Commands not supported by \SpecialChar LyX \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1670794716 Some commands are not yet supported by the \change_deleted -712698321 1673169117 \family sans paper (A&A) \change_inserted -712698321 1673169117 Astronomy & Astrophysics \change_inserted 564990737 1670794716 \family default layout for \SpecialChar LyX . Some have already been mentioned. For the sake of completeness, they are listed all together here: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_inserted 564990737 1670794716 \family typewriter \backslash and \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_inserted -712698321 1673168793 \family typewriter \backslash authorrunning \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_inserted -712698321 1673168793 \family typewriter \backslash object{} \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_inserted -712698321 1673168793 \family typewriter \backslash titlerunning{} \change_deleted -712698321 1673168793 \backslash email \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_deleted -712698321 1673168793 \family typewriter \backslash inst{} \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_deleted -712698321 1673168793 \family typewriter \backslash keywords{} \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_deleted -712698321 1673168793 \family typewriter \backslash object{} \change_inserted 564990737 1670794716 \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1670794716 If you want to use any of these commands, you have to enter them yourself. Do not forget to use \family sans \bar under I \bar default nsert\SpecialChar menuseparator \SpecialChar TeX \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Code \family default ! \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection \change_inserted 564990737 1670794716 Figure and Table Floats \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1670794716 \SpecialChar LyX provides support for the necessary float environments \family sans figure, figure*, table \family default and \family sans table* \family default , therefore we won't tell much about it here. Refer to the \emph on User's \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Guide \emph default . Just remember that tables should be left-aligned. For that, select the table and change the alignment in \family sans \bar under E \bar default dit\SpecialChar menuseparator \bar under P \bar default aragraph \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Settings \change_inserted -712698321 1673169201 \family default ( \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "layout-paragraph" \end_inset ) \change_inserted 564990737 1670794716 \family sans . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1670794716 There is only one special thing: the figures with a caption beside the figure. To create such a figure, you have to do the following: \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \change_inserted 564990737 1670794716 Create a wide figure float: \family sans \bar under I \bar default nsert\SpecialChar menuseparator Flo \bar under a \bar default t\SpecialChar menuseparator Figure \family default , then, from within the float, use the menu \family sans \bar under E \bar default dit\SpecialChar menuseparator Flo \bar under a \bar default t \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Settings \family default and check \family sans \bar under S \bar default pan \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset columns \family default in the \family sans float \family default dialog. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \change_inserted 564990737 1670794716 Enter your caption text. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \change_inserted 564990737 1670794716 Press \family sans Return \family default to move the cursor above the caption. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \change_inserted 564990737 1670794716 Insert your figure \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \change_inserted 564990737 1670794716 Position the cursor after the figure and insert a horizontal fill by using the menu: \family sans \bar under I \bar default nsert\SpecialChar menuseparator F \bar under o \bar default rmatting\SpecialChar menuseparator H \bar under o \bar default rizontal \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Space \family default to open the \family sans space \family default dialog and select the \family sans Horizontal fill \family default option from the \family sans \bar under S \bar default pacing \family default \change_deleted -712698321 1673169720 pull-down \change_inserted -712698321 1673169724 context \change_inserted 564990737 1670794716 menu. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \change_inserted 564990737 1670794716 Switch to \SpecialChar LaTeX mode: \family sans M-c \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset t \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \change_inserted 564990737 1670794716 Enter \family typewriter \backslash parbox[b]{55mm}{ \family default \emph on Do not close the brace! \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \change_inserted 564990737 1670794716 Position the cursor behind the caption text, switch to \SpecialChar LaTeX mode and insert the closing brace: \family sans M-c \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset t \family default \family typewriter } \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1671642458 Also, refer to the figures in the file in \family sans File\SpecialChar menuseparator Open Example\SpecialChar menuseparator Articles\SpecialChar menuseparator Astronomy & Astrophysics \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection \change_inserted 564990737 1670794716 Referee layout \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1670794716 For submission, the paper has to be formatted in a special double-spacing layout. For this purpose, you have to add the option \family typewriter referee \family default to the \family sans Cus \bar under t \bar default om Class \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset options \family default in the \family sans \bar under D \bar default ocument\SpecialChar menuseparator \bar under S \bar default ettings\SpecialChar menuseparator Document \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Class \family default dialog. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection \change_inserted 564990737 1670794716 The example paper \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1671642520 The example in \family sans File\SpecialChar menuseparator Open Example\SpecialChar menuseparator Articles\SpecialChar menuseparator Astronomy & Astrophysics \family default was written with \SpecialChar LyX . It is the example paper from the original macro package, \family typewriter aa.dem \family default in the \begin_inset CommandInset href LatexCommand href name "aa-package" target "http://ftp.edpsciences.org/pub/aa/aa-package.zip" literal "false" \end_inset , but translated to \SpecialChar LyX using the older unstructured abstract type. Use it for inspiration, and compare the \SpecialChar LaTeX code in \family typewriter aa.dem \family default with the \SpecialChar LyX way of writing. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection AAS\SpecialChar TeX \end_layout \begin_layout Standard by \noun on Mike Ressler \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Introduction \end_layout \begin_layout Standard AAS\SpecialChar TeX is a set of macros produced by the American Astronomical Society to facilitate electronic manuscript submission to the three journals they publish: the Astrophysical Journal (including the Letters and Supplement), the Astronomical Journal, and the Publications of the Astronomical Society of the Pacific. \SpecialChar LyX has proven to be an excellent tool for generating these documents, especially given its equation, citation, and figure handling capabilities. \SpecialChar LyX requires version 5.0 (or higher) of these macros; preferably 6.0, which is the version described here, or higher. Versions prior to 5.0 are intended for use with \SpecialChar LaTeX 2.09 and are fundamentally incompatible with \SpecialChar LyX . The AAS\SpecialChar TeX package may be downloaded from the AAS\SpecialChar TeX Web site \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset VSpace medskip \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \align center \begin_inset Flex URL status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout https://aas.org/aastex/aastex-downloads \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset VSpace medskip \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard A complete user guide is contained in that package and you should familiarize yourself with it thoroughly before embarking on writing a paper in \SpecialChar LyX . \SpecialChar LyX will not reduce the need to figure out all the AAS\SpecialChar TeX commands, it will only reduce the drudgery of typing everything in. It is your responsibility to ensure that the final exported \SpecialChar LaTeX document conforms completely to the requirements of the journal to which you are submitting your paper. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Starting a New Paper \end_layout \begin_layout Standard I strongly suggest that you start with the AAS\SpecialChar TeX template file. Click on \family sans File\SpecialChar menuseparator New from \family default \family sans Template \change_inserted 564990737 1671617265 \SpecialChar menuseparator Articles\SpecialChar menuseparator American Astronomical Society \change_deleted 564990737 1671617310 \family default , enter the new file name, then choose the \family typewriter aastex6.lyx \family default template \change_unchanged . This will show the most common fields found in a manuscript. Simply overwrite the existing text (including the brackets, \family typewriter <> \family default ) with the correct information. Many of the AAS\SpecialChar TeX commands and environments can be implemented directly in \SpecialChar LyX , but some cannot. For commands such as these, the \SpecialChar LaTeX code must be entered directly and marked as such. Such commands are referred to as \SpecialChar TeX code, or Evil Red Text. I tried to minimize the amount of \SpecialChar TeX code needed in an AAS\SpecialChar TeX document. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Finishing Your Paper \end_layout \begin_layout Standard When the paper is finished to your satisfaction and previews/prints correctly, there are a few \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset postprocessing \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset actions which need to be done before you submit it to the journals. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate Export your paper as a \SpecialChar LaTeX file ( \family sans File\SpecialChar menuseparator Export\SpecialChar menuseparator \SpecialChar LaTeX \family default ). \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate Edit the resulting \family typewriter .tex \family default file with your favorite text editor \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Enumerate remove the comment lines before the \family typewriter \backslash documentclass \family default command \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate remove the \family typewriter \backslash usepackage...{fontenc} \family default line if it appears (usually just after \family typewriter \backslash documentclass \family default }; also remove the \family typewriter \backslash secnumdepth \family default line if it appears. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate remove everything between (and including) the \family typewriter \backslash makeatletter \family default and \family typewriter \backslash makeatother \family default commands, except for any commands you specifically put into the \SpecialChar LaTeX preamble (which should appear immediately after the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset User specified \SpecialChar LaTeX commands \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset comment in the \family typewriter .tex \family default file). \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Enumerate Run the resulting file through \SpecialChar LaTeX to make sure it still processes correctly. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate Reread the journal requirements to make sure your filenames and formats are correct. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate Submit it. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Comments On Specific Commands \end_layout \begin_layout Standard I will not describe the detailed usage of the individual AAS\SpecialChar TeX commands: the AAS\SpecialChar TeX User Guide ( \family typewriter aasguide.tex \family default ) gives a good description of each. Thus it's probably easiest for me to go down the list as found in the guide and offer comments where necessary. So let's begin \SpecialChar ldots \end_layout \begin_layout Paragraph Things that work as expected \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Because they work as you might expect, I simply list them and the section they are found in: \family typewriter \backslash documentclass \family default (2.1.1), \family typewriter \backslash begin{document} \family default (2.2), \family typewriter \backslash title \family default (2.3), \family typewriter \backslash author \family default (2.3), \family typewriter \backslash affil \family default (2.3), \family typewriter \backslash abstract \family default (2.4), \family typewriter \backslash keywords \family default (2.5), \family typewriter \backslash section \family default (2.7), \family typewriter \backslash subsection \family default (2.7), \family typewriter \backslash subsubsection \family default (2.7), \family typewriter \backslash paragraph \family default (2.7), \family typewriter \backslash facility \family default (2.10), \family typewriter \backslash begin{displaymath} \family default (2.12), \family typewriter \backslash begin{equation} \family default (2.12), \family typewriter \backslash begin{eqnarray} \family default (2.12), \family typewriter \backslash begin{mathletters} \family default (2.12), \family typewriter \backslash begin{thebibliography} \family default (2.13.1), \family typewriter \backslash bibitem \family default (2.13.2), all the cite commands and their variations (2.13.2), the generic graphicx figure commands (2.14.1), \family typewriter \backslash begin{table} \family default (2.15.4), \family typewriter \backslash begin{tabular} \family default (2.15.4), \family typewriter \backslash caption \family default (2.15.4), \family typewriter \backslash label \family default (2.15.4, amongst other places), \family typewriter \backslash tablerefs \family default (2.15.5), \family typewriter \backslash tablecomments \family default (2.15.5), \family typewriter \backslash url \family default (2.17.4), \family typewriter \backslash end{document} \family default (2.18). \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The following style options also work correctly: \family typewriter longabstract \family default (2.4), \family typewriter preprint \family default (3.2.1), \family typewriter preprint2 \family default (3.2.2), \family typewriter eqsecnum \family default (3.3), \family typewriter flushrt \family default (3.4). Simply put them in the \family sans Options \family default box in \family sans Layout\SpecialChar menuseparator Document \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Paragraph Things that work, but require more comment \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The following items work, but require a little more discussion: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize These items are reserved for use by the journal editors, but you can put them into the \SpecialChar LaTeX preamble if you feel compelled to do so: \family typewriter \backslash received \family default , \family typewriter \backslash revised \family default , \family typewriter \backslash accepted \family default , \family typewriter \backslash ccc \family default , \family typewriter \backslash cpright \family default (all from 2.1.3) \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize These items may be placed in the \SpecialChar LaTeX preamble, and are included as blanks in the template file: \family typewriter \backslash slugcomment \family default (2.1.4), \family typewriter \backslash shorttitle \family default (2.1.5), \family typewriter \backslash shortauthors \family default (2.1.5) \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family typewriter \backslash email \family default (2.3) – can only be used \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset standalone \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , not in the middle of a paragraph. Use \SpecialChar TeX code if you need to embed it. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family typewriter \backslash and \family default (2.3) – will have extra {} after it. This should not cause an error. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family typewriter \backslash notetoeditor \family default (2.6) – can only be used \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset standalone \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , not in the middle of a paragraph. Use \SpecialChar TeX code if you need to embed it. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family typewriter \backslash placetable \family default (2.8) – can't insert a cross-reference tag, you must type the tag name by hand \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family typewriter \backslash placefigure \family default (2.8) – same as for \family typewriter \backslash placetable \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family typewriter \backslash acknowledgements \family default (2.9) – will have extra {} after it. This should not cause an error. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family typewriter \backslash appendix \family default (2.11) – will have extra {} after it. This should not cause an error. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family typewriter \backslash figcaption \family default (2.14.2) – you can insert an optional filename argument by placing the cursor at the beginning of the text and selecting \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator Short Title \family default . \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Short Title \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset inserts an optional argument of the type needed by \family typewriter \backslash figcaption \family default . Hopefully it will be renamed someday. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family typewriter \backslash objectname \family default (2.17.1) – same as \family typewriter \backslash figcaption \family default for the catalog ID optional parameter \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family typewriter \backslash dataset \family default (2.17.1) – same as \family typewriter \backslash figcaption \family default for the catalog ID optional parameter \end_layout \begin_layout Paragraph Things not implemented, use \SpecialChar TeX code \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \family typewriter \backslash eqnum \family default (2.12), \family typewriter \backslash setcounter{equation} \family default (2.12), Journal name abbreviations (2.13.4), \family typewriter \backslash figurenum \family default (2.14.1), \family typewriter \backslash epsscale \family default (2.14.1), \family typewriter \backslash plotone \family default (2.14.1), \family typewriter \backslash plottwo \family default (2.14.1), \family typewriter \backslash tablenum \family default (2.15.4), \family typewriter \backslash tableline \family default (2.15.4, insert it as the first element in the lefthand cell after where you want it. Don't use any of \SpecialChar LyX 's rules in the table), \family typewriter \backslash tablenotemark \family default (2.15.5), \family typewriter \backslash tablenotetext \family default (2.15.5), much of Misc (2.17, except \family typewriter \backslash objectname \family default , \family typewriter \backslash dataset \family default , \family typewriter \backslash url \family default , and \family typewriter \backslash email \family default ; see above), \family typewriter \backslash singlespace \family default (3.1), \family typewriter \backslash doublespace \family default (3.1), \family typewriter \backslash onecolumn \family default (3.2), \family typewriter \backslash twocolumn \family default (3.2) \end_layout \begin_layout Paragraph Things that cannot be implemented \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \SpecialChar ldots at least in any meaningful sort of way, so I suggest ignoring them. They are the references environment (2.13.3), and the deluxetable environment (2.15). If you really, really need to use deluxetable, I suggest editing it in a separate file with a text editor, then using \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator Child \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Document \family default to include it in your \SpecialChar LyX document. See \change_deleted 564990737 1671642564 the \family typewriter aas_sample.lyx \family default file to see \change_inserted 564990737 1671642618 \family sans File\SpecialChar menuseparator Open Example\SpecialChar menuseparator Articles\SpecialChar menuseparator American Astronomical Society \change_unchanged \family default \change_inserted 564990737 1671642621 for \change_unchanged an example of this. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection FAQs, Tips, Tricks, and Other Ruminations \end_layout \begin_layout Paragraph Getting \SpecialChar LyX and AAS\SpecialChar TeX to cooperate \end_layout \begin_layout Standard It can be a bit tricky to get \SpecialChar LyX to recognize a new layout and document class. When all else fails, do this: \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate Make certain that \SpecialChar LaTeX can find AAS\SpecialChar TeX . Copy sample.tex (and perhaps table.tex) from the AAS\SpecialChar TeX distribution into a directory completely unrelated to \SpecialChar LaTeX or AAS\SpecialChar TeX and run \SpecialChar LaTeX on \family typewriter sample.tex \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate Make certain that \family typewriter aastex.layout \family default appears in \SpecialChar LyX 's \family typewriter layouts \family default folder \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate Rerun \family sans Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator Reconfigure \family default in \SpecialChar LyX , then restart \SpecialChar LyX . \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate Open a regular new file, not from a template. Does \change_deleted -712698321 1673170671 AAS\SpecialChar TeX \change_inserted -712698321 1673170671 \family sans American Astronomical Society (AASTeX V. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset 6) \change_unchanged \family default appear in the class list in \family sans Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Settings \family default ? \end_layout \begin_layout Standard If you get a warning from an existing AAS\SpecialChar TeX document about not being able to find the AAS\SpecialChar TeX layout or a message about \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset You should not mix title layouts with normal ones \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , things haven't been installed correctly. \end_layout \begin_layout Paragraph \SpecialChar LaTeX error processing a table \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \SpecialChar LyX , by default, attempts to center the table caption/title. This seems to produce a bad interaction in AAS\SpecialChar TeX so you should click somewhere in the caption/title, then select \family sans Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator Paragraph \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Settings \family default , then set the \family sans Alignment \family default to \family sans Block \family default . This took care of it for me. \end_layout \begin_layout Paragraph References \end_layout \begin_layout Standard A couple of things: \change_inserted -712698321 1673170733 \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \change_deleted -712698321 1673170736 1) \change_unchanged I have noticed some funny spacing in the reference entries in the text. When you enter the bibliography item data, make sure their is \emph on no \emph default space between the last author and the parenthesis setting off the year; \emph on e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g. \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset \emph default type \family typewriter Ressler(1992) \family default , not \family typewriter Ressler (1992) \family default . \change_deleted -712698321 1673170741 2) \change_inserted -712698321 1673170741 \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate Entering the references at all is not obvious. The easiest thing is to start typing your first reference at the end of the document, then mark it as type \family sans References \family default . That will put a small gray box in front of what you just typed. Click on the box to fill in the rest of the information. For new references, go to the end of an existing reference and press return. That will create a new line with its own box, etc. \end_layout \begin_layout Paragraph Including EPS files \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Even though AAS\SpecialChar TeX provides its own figure commands ( \family typewriter \backslash plotone \family default , for example), I much prefer \SpecialChar LaTeX 's standard figure commands (with the default graphicx). You can insert the \family typewriter \backslash plotone \family default , etc. \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset commands as \SpecialChar TeX code into a Figure Float box if you desire, but I never have much luck getting the layout right. With the standard graphics, \SpecialChar LyX will insert a \family typewriter \backslash usepackage{graphicx} \family default command into the \SpecialChar LaTeX preamble and handle the figures in the standard \SpecialChar LaTeX2e way, interspersing the figures in the text. I believe ApJ accepts figures exactly this way now; AJ might still use the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset stack everything at the end \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset technique. \end_layout \begin_layout Paragraph Things I could have done, but didn't \end_layout \begin_layout Standard There are a few \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset pretty \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset things I could have implemented, but chose not to. For instance, I saw no point in double-spacing the text in the \SpecialChar LyX window, even though it is double-spaced in the paper manuscript. Also, I chose not to make separate layouts for the preprint and preprint2 styles. Since I assume you will spend most of your time in the plain manuscript mode anyway, I decided not to chew up more disk space with this. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Final Caveat \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Your mileage may vary. I've now had papers published by both ApJ and AJ that have had 98% of the effort done in \SpecialChar LyX ; the last 2% was the \SpecialChar LaTeX post-processing and a few cleanups. I have had no trouble with the submission process, and I'm sure the journals were never aware that there might be a difference. So, go forth and publish! \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection \change_inserted 564990737 1671442131 Chess \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1671642768 The document class \change_deleted -712698321 1673171415 \family sans article \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset ( \change_inserted 564990737 1671642768 Chess \change_deleted -712698321 1673171417 ) \change_inserted 564990737 1671642768 \family default uses the \change_deleted -712698321 1673171421 \family typewriter article.cls \family default \change_inserted -712698321 1673171424 standard article \change_inserted 564990737 1671642768 document class together with the \change_deleted -712698321 1673171428 style \change_inserted -712698321 1673171429 package \change_inserted 564990737 1671642768 \family sans lyxskak \change_deleted -712698321 1673171431 .sty \change_inserted 564990737 1671642768 \family default to facilitate the description of chess games. See \family sans File\SpecialChar menuseparator Open Example\SpecialChar menuseparator Articles\SpecialChar menuseparator Chess \family default where you will find \family sans Game 1 \family default and \family sans Game 2 \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection \change_inserted 564990737 1671042028 Elsevier \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1671617396 The document class \change_deleted -712698321 1673171640 \family sans article \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset ( \change_inserted 564990737 1671617396 Elsevier \change_deleted -712698321 1673171643 ) \change_inserted 564990737 1671617396 \family default provides \change_inserted -712698321 1673171717 support for \change_inserted 564990737 1671617396 the \family typewriter elsarticle \change_deleted -712698321 1673171720 .cls \change_inserted 564990737 1671617396 \family default \change_deleted -712698321 1673171728 document \change_inserted -712698321 1673171728 \SpecialChar LaTeX \change_inserted 564990737 1671617396 class \change_inserted -712698321 1673171744 for journals in the Elsevier publishing house \change_inserted 564990737 1671617396 . This provides the following additional environments: \family sans Title \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset footnote \family default , \family sans Author \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset footnote \family default , \family sans Corresponding \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset author \family default , \family sans Address \family default , \family sans Email \family default and \family sans Keywords \family default . \change_inserted -712698321 1673172045 \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1671617396 A template is available in the menu \family sans \bar under F \bar default ile\SpecialChar menuseparator New \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset fro \bar under m \bar default \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Template\SpecialChar menuseparator Articles\SpecialChar menuseparator Elsevier \family default . It has been customized with further environments and contains all the information you may need. However, the documentation is also available from \begin_inset CommandInset href LatexCommand href name "CTAN" target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/elsarticle/doc/elsdoc.pdf" literal "false" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection \change_inserted 564990737 1671042046 Paper \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1671042046 The document class \change_deleted -712698321 1673172423 \family sans article \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset (paper \change_inserted -712698321 1673172423 Paper (Standard Class) \change_deleted -712698321 1673172423 ) \change_inserted 564990737 1671042046 \family default provides an alternative to the \change_deleted -712698321 1673172092 \family typewriter article.cls \change_inserted -712698321 1673172435 \family sans Article (Standard Class) \change_inserted 564990737 1671042046 \family default document class. It provides similar functionality, but you might prefer this layout with sans serif sections, headings, and more. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Rev\SpecialChar TeX 4 \end_layout \begin_layout Standard by \noun on Amir Karger \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset VSpace bigskip \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \noindent The \family sans Rev \change_deleted -712698321 1673172482 tex \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 4 \change_inserted -712698321 1673172487 TeX (V. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset 4) \change_unchanged \family default textclass works with the American Physical Sociey's Rev\SpecialChar TeX 4.0 (the \begin_inset Formula $\beta$ \end_inset release of May, 1999) class. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \SpecialChar LyX has a \family sans R \change_deleted -712698321 1673172511 evtex \change_inserted -712698321 1673172517 EVTeX (obsolete) \change_unchanged \family default textclass, which works with Rev\SpecialChar TeX 3.1. However, v3.1 is basically obsolete, as it works with \SpecialChar LaTeX 2.09. That means that it doesn't interact very well with \SpecialChar LyX , which requires \SpecialChar LaTeX2e , although it has been kludged to work. Since Rev\SpecialChar TeX 4.0 has been designed to work much more cleanly with \SpecialChar LaTeX2e , \SpecialChar LyX with the \change_deleted -712698321 1673172538 \family sans Rev\SpecialChar TeX \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 4 \change_inserted -712698321 1673172538 Revtex \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 4TeX (V. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset 4) \change_unchanged \family default textclass should also be pretty easy to use. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard These documents are supposed to be used in \emph on addition \emph default to the Rev\SpecialChar TeX 4.0 documents, so we don't describe any of the special Rev\SpecialChar TeX macros, and assume you'll know what to put in the preamble if necessary. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Installation \end_layout \begin_layout Standard All you need to do is install Rev\SpecialChar TeX 4, as described in the package's README file. The package can be found at The Rev\SpecialChar TeX 4 Web Site \begin_inset Flex URL status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout http://publish.aps.org/revtex4/ \end_layout \end_inset . Install it somewhere that \SpecialChar LaTeX can see it. Test it by trying to \SpecialChar LaTeX a short Rev\SpecialChar TeX 4 document in some random directory (i. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset e. \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset not the directory where you installed the class file.) Then, if you reconfigure \SpecialChar LyX , it will find the class file and let you use the Rev\SpecialChar TeX 4 textclass. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Probably the easiest way to get started is either to import a Rev\SpecialChar TeX 4 document using \family typewriter tex2lyx \family default , or to use the \family sans Revtex \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 4 \family default template, found in \change_deleted -712698321 1673172641 the templates directory \change_inserted -712698321 1673172687 \family sans File\SpecialChar menuseparator New From Templates\SpecialChar menuseparator Articles \change_unchanged \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Preamble Matter \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Optional arguments to \family typewriter \backslash documentclass \family default , like \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset preprint \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset and \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset aps \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , go in the \family sans Extra \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Options \family default field in the \family sans Document \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Layout \family default dialog, as usual. Remember that in Rev\SpecialChar TeX , at least one optional argument is required! \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Other preamble matter, like \family typewriter \backslash draft \family default etc. \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset goes in the \family sans \SpecialChar LaTeX \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Preamble \family default dialog, also as usual. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Layouts \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The layouts basically correspond to the commands in Rev\SpecialChar TeX 4.0. For example, the Email layout corresponds to \family typewriter \backslash email{} \family default . Note that (at least as of Rev\SpecialChar TeX 4.0 Beta), the \family sans Address \family default and \family sans Affiliation \family default layouts are exactly equivalent, so you shouldn't need to use both. \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout In case you're curious, both were included so that \family typewriter tex2lyx \family default would be able to translate both \family typewriter \backslash address \family default and \family typewriter \backslash affiliation \family default . \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Important Notes \end_layout \begin_layout Standard There are a couple of important unique aspects of Rev\SpecialChar TeX 4 which might cause bugs that will be even more confusing in \SpecialChar LyX . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard In Rev\SpecialChar TeX , the \family typewriter \backslash thanks \family default command goes \emph on outside \emph default the \family typewriter \backslash author \family default command. The \SpecialChar LyX equivalent is that there is a separate Thanks layout. Do \emph on not \emph default write footnotes in the \family sans Author \family default layout, or weird things may happen. See the Rev\SpecialChar TeX 4 documentation for more details. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Also, the \family sans Author \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Email \family default , \family sans Author \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset URL \family default , and \family sans Thanks \family default layouts must be placed \emph on in between \emph default the \family sans Author \family default layout and the corresponding \family sans Address \family default (or equivalent \family sans Affiliation \family default ) layout. If you put the \family sans Thanks \family default after the \family sans Address \family default , the \SpecialChar LaTeX won't compile. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection \change_inserted 564990737 1671042072 Springer Journals \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1671042072 All the \family sans svj* \family default classes were replaced \change_deleted -712698321 1673176131 in 2013 \change_inserted 564990737 1671042072 with a completely new \change_deleted -712698321 1673175919 \family sans sr-vorl.cls \family default . This package provides a \SpecialChar LaTeX class and templates for books to be published at Springer Gabler Research, Springer Vieweg Research, Springer Spektrum Research, Springer VS Research, or Springer VS Forschung. The documentation is available in German from \begin_inset CommandInset href LatexCommand href name "CTAN" target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/springer/sr-vorl/sr-vorl.pdf" literal "false" \end_inset . \change_inserted -712698321 1673176125 class, \family sans sn-jnl.cls \family default . Please find information at \begin_inset Flex URL status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \change_inserted -712698321 1673176047 https://www.springernature.com/gp/authors/campaigns/latex-author-support \change_unchanged \end_layout \end_inset . Native \SpecialChar LyX support is not available yet. \change_inserted 564990737 1671042072 \end_layout \begin_layout Section \change_inserted 564990737 1670439560 Books \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1670439581 See also the document classes in the Collections (section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Collections" nolink "false" \end_inset ). \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Memoir \end_layout \begin_layout Standard By \noun on Jürgen Spitzmüller \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Overview \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Memoir is a very powerful and constantly evolving class. It has been designed with regard to fictional and non-fictional literature. Its aim is to let the user have maximum control over the typesetting of his document. Memoir is based on the standard book class, but it can also emulate the article class (see below). \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Peter Wilson, the developer of Memoir, is known as the author of lots of useful packages in the \SpecialChar LaTeX world. Most of them have been merged with Memoir. Therefore, it is much easier to layout the table of contents, appendices, chapter designs and such. \SpecialChar LyX , though, does not support all of these goodies natively. Some of them might be added to forthcoming releases \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout You are invited to send suggestions to \begin_inset Flex URL status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout lyx-devel@lists.lyx.org \end_layout \end_inset . \end_layout \end_inset , lots will probably never be supported, due to the limitations of \SpecialChar LyX 's framework. Of course you can still use all features with the help of some native \SpecialChar LaTeX commands (\SpecialChar TeX code \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Cf. \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash \end_layout \end_inset section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Inserting-TeX-Code" nolink "false" \end_inset for details. \end_layout \end_inset ). In this section, we can only list those features that are natively supported by \SpecialChar LyX . For detailed descriptions (and for the rest of features) we recommend you have a look at the detailed manual of the Memoir class \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Cf. \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Flex URL status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout CTAN:/macros/latex/memoir/memman.pdf \end_layout \end_inset . \end_layout \end_inset , which is not only a user guide for the class, but also both a comprehensive description on good typesetting and a superb example for good typesetting itself. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Basic features and restrictions \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Memoir supports basically all features of the standard book classes. There are, however, some differences, as follows: \end_layout \begin_layout Description Font \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset sizes: Memoir has a broader range of font sizes: 9, 10, 11, 12, 14, 17 \end_layout \begin_layout Description Page \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset style: The fancy page style is not supported, due to a command clash between Memoir and the fancyhdr package (they both define a command with the same name, which confuses \SpecialChar LaTeX ). Instead, Memoir comes with a number of its own page styles (see \family sans Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator Page \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Style \family default ). If you want to use these for the chapter pages, you have to use the command \family typewriter \backslash chapterstyle \family default in the main text or in preamble (e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g. \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset \family typewriter \backslash chapterstyle{companion} \family default ). \end_layout \begin_layout Description Sectioning: Sectionings (chapter, section, subsection etc.) come with an optional argument in the standard classes. With this, you can specify an alternative version of the title for the table of contents and the headers (for instance, if the title is too long). In \SpecialChar LyX , you can do this via \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator Short \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Title \family default at the beginning of a chapter/section. Memoir features a second optional argument and thus separates the table of contents from the header. You can define three variants of a title with this: one for the main text, one for the table of contents, and one for the headers. \SpecialChar LyX makes these available in form of specific \family sans Short Title \family default variants in the \family sans Insert \family default menu. \end_layout \begin_layout Description TOC/LOT/LOF: In the standard classes (and in many other classes), the table of contents, the list of figures and the list of table start a new page automatically. Memoir does not follow this route. You have to insert a page break yourself, if you want to have one. \end_layout \begin_layout Description Titlepage: For some unknown reason, Memoir uses pagination on the title page (in the standard classes, title pages are \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset empty \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset ). If you want an empty title page, type \family typewriter \backslash aliaspagestyle{title}{empty} \family default in the preamble. \end_layout \begin_layout Description Article: With the class option \emph on article \emph default (to be inserted in \family sans Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator Class Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator Custom \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Options \family default ), you can emulate article style. That is, counters (footnotes, figures, tables etc.) will not be reset on new chapters, chapters don't start a new page (but are— in contrary to \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset real \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset article classes— still allowed), parts, though, use their own page, as in book. \end_layout \begin_layout Description Oldfontcommands: By default, Memoir does not allow the use of the deprecated font commands, which have been used in the old \SpecialChar LaTeX version 2.09 (e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g. \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset \family typewriter \backslash rm \family default , \family typewriter \backslash it \family default ). It produces an error and stops \SpecialChar LaTeX whenever such a command appears. The class option \emph on oldfontcommands \emph default reallows the commands and spits out warnings instead (which does at least not stop \SpecialChar LaTeX ). Since a lot of packages and particularly Bib\SpecialChar TeX style files are still using those commands, we have decided to use this option by default. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Extra features \end_layout \begin_layout Standard We will only describe the features supported by \SpecialChar LyX (which is not much currently). Please consult the Memoir manual \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Cf. \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Flex URL status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout CTAN:/macros/latex/memoir/memman.pdf \end_layout \end_inset . \end_layout \end_inset for details. \end_layout \begin_layout Description Abstract: You may wonder why an abstract is an extra feature. Well, it is in book class. Usually books don't have abstracts. Memoir, however, has. You can use it wherever and how often you like. \end_layout \begin_layout Description Chapterprecis: You may know this older typesetting style: The contents of a chapter are summarized below the title and also in the table of contents (e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g. \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset \emph on Our hero arrives in Troia; he loses some friends; he finds others \emph default ). Chapterprecis does exactly this. It is therefore only sensible below a chapter. \end_layout \begin_layout Description Epigraph: An epigraph is a smart slogan or motto at the beginning of a chapter. The epigraph environment provides an elegant way of typesetting such a motto. The motto itself (text) and its (optional) author (source) are divided by a short line. The author (source) can be inserted via \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator Epigraph Source \family default \emph on . \end_layout \begin_layout Description Poemtitle: Memoir has lots of possibilities to typeset poetry (up to very complex figurative poems). \SpecialChar LyX can only support a few of them. One is poemtitle, which is a centered title for poems, which will also be added to the table of contents (verse is the standard environment for poems. Memoir has some enhanced versions of verse, but you need to use \SpecialChar TeX code, because they have to be nested inside regular verse environments, which is not possible with \SpecialChar LyX ). \end_layout \begin_layout Description Poemtitle*: Same as poemtitle, but it adds no entry to the table of contents. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection \change_inserted 564990737 1671442175 Recipe Book \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1671442175 The document class \family sans Recipe \change_inserted -712698321 1673182264 \change_inserted 564990737 1671442175 Book \change_deleted -712698321 1673182266 \family typewriter .cls \change_inserted 564990737 1671442175 \family default uses the \change_deleted -712698321 1673182282 \family sans book \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset ( \change_inserted 564990737 1671442175 KOMA-Script \change_inserted -712698321 1673182287 Book \change_deleted -712698321 1673182290 ) \change_inserted 564990737 1671442175 \family default document class but adds two environments: \end_layout \begin_layout Description \change_inserted 564990737 1671442175 Recipe a numbered section environment at the \family typewriter Subsubsection \family default level which generates a bold centered heading above a double horizontal rule \end_layout \begin_layout Description \change_inserted 564990737 1671442175 Ingredients a \family typewriter Description \family default environment where \series bold \emph on Ingredients \series default \emph default are what are being described and the environment ends with a horizontal rule. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1671642866 \family sans File\SpecialChar menuseparator Open Example\SpecialChar menuseparator Books\SpecialChar menuseparator Recipe Book \family default illustrates its use. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_deleted -712698321 1673186391 It \change_inserted -712698321 1673186393 The class \change_inserted 564990737 1671442175 is designed for typesetting one or two recipes per page \change_deleted -712698321 1673199172 , with dimensions of 5.5 \begin_inset Quotes qrd \end_inset x 8.5 \begin_inset Quotes qrd \end_inset \change_inserted 564990737 1671442175 . The hyperlinked table of contents (ToC) and page numbers make browsing recipes convenient \change_inserted -712698321 1673186486 . \change_deleted -712698321 1673186487 , \change_inserted 564990737 1671442175 \change_deleted -712698321 1673199346 and the pages can be joined together or printed 2 per page to normal letterpaper easily. The size was chosen to work in half-page 3-ring binder cover sheets, because un-laminated paper just doesn't last in the kitchen. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_deleted -712698321 1673199346 The half-letter pages can be printed two per page using your printer driver, or bound together using \family typewriter pdfjam --nup 2x1 --papersize '{11in,8.5in}' \family default \family typewriter Recipes.pdf \family default where \family typewriter Recipes.pdf \family default is the compiled version of your recipes. \change_inserted -712698321 1673175424 \end_layout \begin_layout Section \change_inserted 564990737 1671442207 Curricula vita \change_deleted -712698321 1673186818 rum \change_inserted -712698321 1673186818 e \change_inserted 564990737 1671442207 \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection \change_inserted 564990737 1671442208 Europass \change_inserted -712698321 1673187876 (2013) \change_inserted 564990737 1671442208 \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1671642942 The document class \change_deleted -712698321 1673187623 \family sans curriculum \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset vitae \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset ( \change_inserted 564990737 1671642942 Europass \change_inserted -712698321 1673187655 (2013) \change_deleted -712698321 1673187624 ) \change_inserted 564990737 1671642942 \family default provides the \family typewriter europasscv.cls \family default document class, an unofficial implementation of the ‘Europass CV’ recommended by the European Commission in 2013. \family sans File\SpecialChar menuseparator Open Example\SpecialChar menuseparator Curricula Vitae\SpecialChar menuseparator Europass \change_deleted -712698321 1673187728 CV \change_inserted 564990737 1671642942 (2013) \family default offers guidance on its use. Its documentation is available from \begin_inset CommandInset href LatexCommand href name "CTAN" target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/europasscv/europasscv.pdf" literal "false" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection \change_inserted 564990737 1671442208 Europe \change_deleted -712698321 1673187829 an \change_inserted -712698321 1673187829 CV \change_inserted 564990737 1671442208 \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1671642984 The document class \change_deleted -712698321 1673187820 \family sans curriculum \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset vitae \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset ( \change_inserted 564990737 1671642984 Europe \change_inserted -712698321 1673187823 CV \change_deleted -712698321 1673187824 ) \change_inserted 564990737 1671642984 \family default provides the \family typewriter europecv.cls \family default document class, an unofficial implementation of the “Europass CV” recommended by the European Commission in 2002. \family sans File\SpecialChar menuseparator Open Example\SpecialChar menuseparator Curricula Vitae\SpecialChar menuseparator Europe CV \family default offers guidance on its use. Its documentation is available from \begin_inset CommandInset href LatexCommand href name "CTAN" target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/europecv/europecv.pdf" literal "false" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection \change_inserted 564990737 1671442208 Modern \change_inserted -712698321 1673187869 CV \change_inserted 564990737 1671442208 \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1671643003 The document class \change_deleted -712698321 1673187880 \family sans curriculum \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset vitae \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset (m \change_inserted -712698321 1673187880 M \change_inserted 564990737 1671643003 odern \change_inserted -712698321 1673187884 CV \change_deleted -712698321 1673187884 ) \change_inserted 564990737 1671643003 \family default provides the \family typewriter moderncv.cls \family default document class. This allows the creation of customizable CVs. \family sans File\SpecialChar menuseparator Open Example\SpecialChar menuseparator Curricula Vitae\SpecialChar menuseparator Modern CV \family default offers guidance on its use. Its documentation is available from \begin_inset CommandInset href LatexCommand href name "CTAN" target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/moderncv/manual/moderncv_userguide.pdf" literal "false" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection \change_inserted 564990737 1671442208 Simple \change_inserted -712698321 1673187900 CV \change_inserted 564990737 1671442208 \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1671643024 The document class \change_deleted -712698321 1673187895 \family sans curriculum \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset vitae \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset (s \change_inserted -712698321 1673187895 S \change_inserted 564990737 1671643024 imple \change_inserted -712698321 1673187897 CV \change_deleted -712698321 1673187898 ) \change_inserted 564990737 1671643024 \family default provides the \family typewriter simplecv.cls \family default document class, originally developed for use with \SpecialChar LyX . \family sans File\SpecialChar menuseparator Open Example\SpecialChar menuseparator Curricula Vitae\SpecialChar menuseparator Simple CV \family default offers guidance on its use. Its documentation is available from \begin_inset CommandInset href LatexCommand href name "CTAN" target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/simplecv/simplecv.pdf" literal "false" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Section \change_inserted 564990737 1672652454 Letters \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1672652455 See also the \change_deleted -712698321 1673245882 \family typewriter letter \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset (KOMA-Script v.2) \change_inserted -712698321 1673245882 \family sans KOMA-Script Letter (V. 2) \change_inserted 564990737 1672652455 \family default (section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:The-new-letter" nolink "false" \end_inset ) and \change_deleted -712698321 1673245908 \family typewriter letter \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset (with extra font sizes) \change_inserted -712698321 1673245908 \family sans Letter (Standard Class with Extra Font Sizes) \change_inserted 564990737 1672652455 \family default (section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Extra-font-sizes" nolink "false" \end_inset ) document classes . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection \change_inserted 564990737 1671041970 D \change_deleted -712698321 1673246109 in \change_inserted -712698321 1673246110 IN \change_inserted 564990737 1671041970 -Brief \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1671617528 The document class \family sans D \change_deleted -712698321 1673246116 in \change_inserted -712698321 1673246116 IN \change_inserted 564990737 1671617528 -Brief \family default provides \change_inserted -712698321 1673246192 support for \change_inserted 564990737 1671617528 the \family typewriter dinbrief.cls \family default \change_deleted -712698321 1673246242 document \change_inserted -712698321 1673246242 \SpecialChar LaTeX \change_inserted 564990737 1671617528 class for writing letters according to the \change_inserted -712698321 1673246140 standards of the German Standards Institute ( \change_deleted -712698321 1673246141 \change_inserted 564990737 1671617528 \emph on Deutsches Institut für Normung \change_inserted -712698321 1673246324 , DIN) \change_deleted -712698321 1673246131 \emph default conventions \change_inserted 564990737 1671617528 . The file in the menu \family sans \bar under F \bar default ile\SpecialChar menuseparator New \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset fro \bar under m \bar default \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Template\SpecialChar menuseparator Letters\SpecialChar menuseparator DIN-Brief \family default offers guidance on its use. The documentation is available from \begin_inset CommandInset href LatexCommand href name "CTAN" target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/dinbrief/liesmich" literal "false" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection \change_deleted -712698321 1673246778 frletter \change_inserted -712698321 1673246778 French letter \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset (frletter) \change_unchanged \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1672652499 The document class \family sans French letter \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset (frletter) \family default provides \change_inserted -712698321 1673246198 support for \change_inserted 564990737 1672652499 the \family typewriter frletter.cls \family default \change_deleted -712698321 1673246247 document \change_inserted -712698321 1673246247 \SpecialChar LaTeX \change_inserted 564990737 1672652499 class for writing letters according to French conventions. The file in the menu \family sans \bar under F \bar default ile\SpecialChar menuseparator New \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset fro \bar under m \bar default \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Template\SpecialChar menuseparator Letters\SpecialChar menuseparator French letter \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset (frletter) \family default offers guidance on its use. \change_inserted -712698321 1673246876 \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection \change_inserted -712698321 1673246876 French letter \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset (lettre) \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted -712698321 1673246917 The document class \family sans French letter \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset (lettre) \family default provides support for \family typewriter lettre.cls \family default , another \SpecialChar LaTeX class for writing letters, but also faxes and envelopes, in French. The file in the menu \family sans \bar under F \bar default ile\SpecialChar menuseparator New \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset fro \bar under m \bar default \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Template\SpecialChar menuseparator Letters\SpecialChar menuseparator French letter \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset (lettre) \family default offers guidance on its use. The documentation is available from \begin_inset CommandInset href LatexCommand href name "CTAN" target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/lettre/lettre.pdf" literal "false" \end_inset . \change_inserted 564990737 1672652499 \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection \change_inserted 564990737 1672652499 G-Brief \change_inserted -712698321 1673246804 (V. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset 2) \change_inserted 564990737 1672652499 \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1672652499 The document class \family sans G-Brief (V. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset 2) \family default provides \change_inserted -712698321 1673246202 support for \change_inserted 564990737 1672652499 the \change_deleted -712698321 1673246498 newer \change_inserted 564990737 1672652499 \family typewriter g-brief2.cls \family default \change_deleted -712698321 1673246249 document \change_inserted -712698321 1673246249 \SpecialChar LaTeX \change_inserted 564990737 1672652499 class for writing letters in German. The file in the menu \family sans \bar under F \bar default ile\SpecialChar menuseparator New \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset fro \bar under m \bar default \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Template\SpecialChar menuseparator Letters\SpecialChar menuseparator G-Brief (V. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset 2) \family default offers guidance on its use. The documentation is available from \begin_inset CommandInset href LatexCommand href name "CTAN" target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/g-brief/g-brief.pdf" literal "false" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection \change_deleted -712698321 1673246462 letter \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_deleted -712698321 1673246462 The document class \family sans letter \family default provides the \family sans letter.cls \family default document class for English letters and to create mailing labels. The file in the menu \family sans \bar under F \bar default ile\SpecialChar menuseparator New \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset fro \bar under m \bar default \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Template\SpecialChar menuseparator Letters\SpecialChar menuseparator Letter (Standard Class) \family default offers guidance on its use. \change_inserted 564990737 1671617591 \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection \change_deleted -712698321 1673246872 lettre \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_deleted -712698321 1673246872 The document class \family sans French letter \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset (lettre) \family default provides the \family typewriter lettre.cls \family default document class for writing letters, faxes and envelopes in French. The file in the menu \family sans \bar under F \bar default ile\SpecialChar menuseparator New \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset fro \bar under m \bar default \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Template\SpecialChar menuseparator Letters\SpecialChar menuseparator French letter \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset (lettre) \family default offers guidance on its use. The documentation is available from \begin_inset CommandInset href LatexCommand href name "CTAN" target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/lettre/lettre.pdf" literal "false" \end_inset . \change_inserted 564990737 1672652527 \end_layout \begin_layout Section \change_inserted 564990737 1670439660 Presentations \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection \change_inserted 564990737 1671458922 Beamer \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1671617655 The document class \change_deleted -712698321 1673255475 \family sans presentation \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset (b \change_inserted -712698321 1673255475 B \change_inserted 564990737 1671617655 eamer \change_deleted -712698321 1673255477 ) \change_inserted 564990737 1671617655 \family default uses the \family typewriter beamer.cls \family default \change_deleted -712698321 1673255496 document \change_inserted -712698321 1673255496 \SpecialChar LaTeX \change_inserted 564990737 1671617655 class for creating presentations. The file in the menu \family sans \bar under F \bar default ile\SpecialChar menuseparator New \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset fro \bar under m \bar default \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Template\SpecialChar menuseparator Presentations\SpecialChar menuseparator Beamer \family default \change_inserted -712698321 1673257500 or \family sans Help\SpecialChar menuseparator Specific Manuals\SpecialChar menuseparator Beamer Presentations \family default \change_inserted 564990737 1671617655 offers guidance on its use. The documentation is available from \begin_inset CommandInset href LatexCommand href name "CTAN" target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/beamer/doc/beameruserguide.pdf" literal "false" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection \change_deleted -712698321 1673255766 Foils [aka \change_unchanged \family sans Foil\SpecialChar TeX \change_deleted -712698321 1673255767 \family default ] \change_unchanged \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sec:foiltex" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1672743383 Original by \noun on Allan Rae \noun default ; updated by the \SpecialChar LyX Team \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection \change_inserted 564990737 1672743383 Introduction \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1672743396 The document class \change_deleted -712698321 1673255761 \family sans presentation \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset ( \change_inserted 564990737 1672743396 Foil\SpecialChar TeX \change_deleted -712698321 1673255763 ) \change_inserted 564990737 1672743396 \family default uses the \family typewriter foils.cls \family default document class to make slides for overhead projectors. There are two document classes that can do this: the \change_deleted -712698321 1673256124 \family sans presentations \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset (s \change_inserted -712698321 1673256124 S \change_inserted 564990737 1672743396 lides \change_deleted -712698321 1673256130 ) \change_inserted 564990737 1672743396 \family default document class (section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:slitex" plural "false" caps "false" noprefix "false" nolink "false" \end_inset ) and the \family sans Foil\SpecialChar TeX \family default slides class. As of 2023 the former has continued to be maintained whereas \family sans Foil\SpecialChar TeX \family default has not been maintained since 2008. This section documents the latter. If your machine doesn’t have the \change_deleted -712698321 1673256264 \family sans presentation \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset ( \change_inserted 564990737 1672743396 Foil\SpecialChar TeX \change_deleted -712698321 1673256265 ) \change_inserted 564990737 1672743396 \family default document class installed, you’ll probably have to use the \change_deleted -712698321 1673256271 \family sans presentations \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset (s \change_inserted -712698321 1673256271 S \change_inserted 564990737 1672743396 lides \change_deleted -712698321 1673256273 ) \change_inserted 564990737 1672743396 \family default document class. If you want to install the \family typewriter foils.cls \family default document class, it is available from \begin_inset CommandInset href LatexCommand href name "CTAN" target "https://www.ctan.org/pkg/foiltex" literal "false" \end_inset . You should also read the \emph on Installing New Document Classes \emph default chapter of the \emph on Customization \emph default manual. \change_deleted 564990737 1672743436 by \noun on Allan Rae \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_deleted 564990737 1672743383 Introduction \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_deleted 564990737 1672743383 This section describes how to use \SpecialChar LyX to make slides for overhead projectors. There are two document classes that can do this: the default slides class and the \family sans Foil\SpecialChar TeX \family default slides class. This section documents the latter. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_deleted 564990737 1672743383 I'm going to say this again, nice and clear, so that there's no misunderstanding: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_deleted 564990737 1672743383 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \align center \change_deleted 564990737 1672743383 \size large This section documents the class \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family sans FoilTeX \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset \emph on only. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_deleted 564990737 1672743383 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_deleted 564990737 1672743383 If you're looking for the documentation for \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family sans slides (default) \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , check out section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:slitex" nolink "false" \end_inset . If your machine doesn't have the \family sans foils \family default class \family sans FoilTeX \family default installed, you'll probably have to use the default \family sans slides \family default class, which isn't quite as good as \family sans foils. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_deleted 564990737 1672743383 The \family sans foils \family default class is designed for use with version \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 2.1 of the \family sans foils.cls \family default \SpecialChar LaTeX class file which is now an integral part of \SpecialChar LaTeX2e . \change_unchanged \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Getting Started \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Obviously, to use this document class, you need to select \family sans FoilTeX \family default from the \family sans Class \family default entry in the \family sans Document \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Layout \family default dialog. There are some settings in the \family sans Document \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Layout \family default dialog that you should know about that are specific to this class: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize Don't change the options \family sans Sides \family default and \family sans Columns \family default on the \family sans Document \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Layout \family default dialog. They're ignored by the \family sans foils \family default class. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize The default font size is 20 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset pt with the other options being 17 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset pt, 25 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset pt and 30 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset pt. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize The default font is \family sans sans \family default \family sans serif \family default but all math equations are still typeset in the usual roman font. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Foil\SpecialChar TeX \family default supports A4 and Letter paper sizes as well as a special size for working with 35 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset mm slides. It doesn't support A5, B5, legal or executive paper sizes. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize Don't bother changing the \family sans Float Placement \family default settings because they are ignored anyway. All floats appear where they are defined in the text. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize The \family sans Pagestyle \family default setting behaves a bit differently for this class. \family sans Foil\SpecialChar TeX \family default provides extensive footer and header capabilities including a user-defined logo. See section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:foilfoot" nolink "false" \end_inset for more details. The title page is treated differently to all other pages in the document and is \emph on always \emph default unnumbered and \emph on always \emph default has the logo centered at the bottom of the page (if one is defined). The possible page style choices and what they do are as follows: \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM \family sans \series bold empty \family default \series default The final output contains no page numbers, or other headers or footers (except footnotes of course). \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM \family sans \series bold plain \family default \series default The final output contains page numbers centered at the bottom of the page. No other headings or footers (other than footnotes). \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM \series bold foilheadings \series default Page numbers in lower right corner. Additional headers and footers are also shown. This is also the default. \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM \series bold fancy \series default Gives you access to the \family sans fancyheadings \family default package although its use with \family sans Foil\SpecialChar TeX \family default is discouraged by the writer of the \family sans Foil\SpecialChar TeX \family default package because of some potential page layout clashes. \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Paragraph Extra Options \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The following options may be used in the extra class options in the \family sans Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Settings \family default dialog. \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring MMMMMMx \series bold 35mmSlide \series default This sets up the page layout for 7.33 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset in by 11 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset in paper, which is about the same aspect ratio as a 35 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset mm slide, making it a bit easier to work with this medium. \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring MMMMMMx \series bold headrule \series default Places a rule across the page below the header on every page except the title page. \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring MMMMMMx \series bold footrule \series default Places a rule across the page above the footer on every page except the title page. \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring MMMMMMx \series bold dvips \series default This is automatically set each time you create a new \family sans foils \family default document. This option tells \family sans Foil\SpecialChar TeX \family default to use the dvips driver to rotate those pages that are set as landscape foils. \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring MMMMMMx \series bold landscape \series default Simply changes the page dimensions to those of a landscape page but doesn't do any rotation. Thus if you use this option you need to use an external program to rotate each page or feed your paper through your printer as landscape. Note that this option effectively reverses the roles of the \family sans Foilhead \family default and \family sans Rotatefoilhead \family default environments (don't worry these are described in the next section). \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring MMMMMMx \series bold leqno \series default Equation numbers on the left. \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring MMMMMMx \series bold fleqn \series default Flush-left equations. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Supported Environments \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Most of the environments commonly supported in other classes are also supported by the \change_deleted -712698321 1673256683 \family sans foils \change_inserted -712698321 1673256683 Foil\SpecialChar TeX \change_unchanged \family default class. There are several additional environments provided by \family sans Foil\SpecialChar TeX \family default as well as a couple added by \SpecialChar LyX . The following environments are shared with other classes: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Flex Multiple Columns status open \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Standard \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Itemize \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Enumerate \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Description \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans List \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans \SpecialChar LyX -Code \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Verse \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Quote \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Quotation \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Title \change_inserted -712698321 1673256734 \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Author \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Date \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Abstract \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Bibliography \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Address \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans RightAddress \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard That is, all the major environments apart from the sectioning environments. Since foils are essentially self-contained sections, with a title and body, \family sans Foil\SpecialChar TeX \family default provides specific commands for starting new foils and these are: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Foilhead \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Rotatefoilhead \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \SpecialChar LyX also provides slightly modified versions of these two environments called: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans ShortFoilhead \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans ShortRotatefoilhead \end_layout \begin_layout Standard and the differences will be explained in the next section. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Since foils are often used in presenting ideas or new theorems and such \family sans Foil\SpecialChar TeX \family default also provides a comprehensive box of goodies for presenting them: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Flex Multiple Columns status open \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Theorem \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Lemma \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Corollary \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Proposition \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Definition \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Proof \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Theorem* \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Lemma* \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Corollary* \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Proposition* \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Definition* \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The starred versions are unnumbered while the unstarred versions are numbered. There are also two list environments added by \SpecialChar LyX and these are: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans TickList \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans CrossList \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \family sans Foil\SpecialChar TeX \family default provides some powerful header and footer capabilities that are best set in the preamble although they may be set at any point in a document. If you want to change these settings in your document the best place to do so is at the very top of a foil, i. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset e. \emph on \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset \emph default straight after the foilhead. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard For this purpose, the following command styles are provided [ \shape smallcaps Martin Vermeer \shape default ]: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Flex Multiple Columns status open \begin_layout Itemize \family sans My \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Logo \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Restriction \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Right \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Footer \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Right \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Header \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Left \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Header \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \end_layout \end_deeper \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard There are also a few commands provided by \family sans Foil\SpecialChar TeX \family default that aren't directly supported by \SpecialChar LyX but I'll tell you what they do and how to use them in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:unsuppfoils" nolink "false" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Building a Set of Foils \end_layout \begin_layout Standard This section will give a simple introduction to using the different environments to build a set of foils. If you want to see an example set of foils, take a look at \change_deleted 564990737 1671643085 the \family typewriter Foils.lyx \family default file you find in \SpecialChar LyX 's \family typewriter examples \family default folder \change_inserted 564990737 1671643099 \family sans File\SpecialChar menuseparator Open Example\SpecialChar menuseparator Presentations\SpecialChar menuseparator Foils \change_unchanged \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Paragraph Give It a Title Page \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Unlike other classes that provide \family sans Title \family default , \family sans Author \family default , \family sans Date \family default and \family sans Abstract \family default environments, \change_deleted -712698321 1673256940 \family sans foils \change_inserted -712698321 1673256940 \lang ngerman FoilTeX \change_unchanged \family default \lang english creates the title on a page of its own. If you leave out the \family sans Date \family default environment \SpecialChar LaTeX will substitute the current date (every time you regenerate the output). \end_layout \begin_layout Paragraph Start a New Foil \end_layout \begin_layout Standard As I mentioned earlier, there are four ways of starting a new foil. For portrait foils you should use \family sans Foilhead \family default or \family sans ShortFoilhead. \family default The difference between these two environments is the amount of space between the title of the foil (the foilhead) and the body of the foil. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Landscape foils are generated using the \family sans Rotatefoilhead \family default and \family sans ShortRotatefoilhead \family default environments. Again the only difference is the spacing between foilhead and body. Both of the short versions have 0.5 \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset inches less separation between the foilhead and the body. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard One problem with the support for landscape foils is the requirement that you have to use the \family typewriter dvips \family default driver to generate the PostScript output otherwise the foils won't be rotated. It is possible to get landscape foils even if you haven't got the \family typewriter dvips \family default driver provided you can feed your foils sideways through your printer ;-) \end_layout \begin_layout Paragraph Theorems, Lemmas, Proofs and more \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You can't have two of the same type of these environments directly following each other. If you use a normal paragraph break, , you will just be extending the previous environment as if you had merged the two environments together. Rather than that, you need to insert a so-called separator. Please refer to the section entitled \emph on Separate Nestings \emph default in the \emph on User's Guide \emph default . \end_layout \begin_layout Paragraph Lists \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You get all the commonly supported list styles found in other classes as well as two new ones. I'll only describe the new ones here. If you want to find out more about the other list environments check out the \emph on User's Guide. \emph default If you intend to use itemized lists you might also want to read about the \family sans Itemize \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Bullet \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Selection \family default dialog described above in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \change_inserted 564990737 1671355684 \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "chap:bullets" nolink "false" \end_inset \change_deleted 564990737 1671355684 \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:bullet" nolink "false" \end_inset \change_unchanged . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The two new list styles, \family sans TickList \family default and \family sans CrossList \family default , are designed to make it easier for you to create lists of do's and don'ts or right and wrong by providing dedicated environments that use a tick or a cross as the label of the list. These lists are in fact dedicated variants of the \family sans Itemize \family default environment. They do however require that you have the \family typewriter psnfss \family default packages installed. \end_layout \begin_layout Paragraph Figures and Tables \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \family sans Foil\SpecialChar TeX \family default redefines the floating tables and figures so that they appear exactly where they are in the text rather than pushing them to the top of the page or to some user specified location. In fact if you change the float placement settings they are simply ignored. \end_layout \begin_layout Paragraph Page Headers and Footers \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sec:foilfoot" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \family sans My \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Logo \family default and \family sans Restriction \family default are two commands used to control the left-footer text string. The first is meant to allow you to include a graphic logo on your foils and defaults to \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset -Typeset by \family sans Foil\SpecialChar TeX \family default - \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . While the second is meant to provide a classification for the audience, \emph on e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g. \emph default \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset Confidential. It is empty by default. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The remaining page corners can be filled by \family sans Right \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Footer \family default (which defaults to page numbers), \family sans Right \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Header \family default (top right) and \family sans Left \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Header \family default (top left). \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Unsupported \family sans Foil\SpecialChar TeX \family default Goodies \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sec:unsuppfoils" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard All the commands mentioned below need to be set in a \family sans \SpecialChar LaTeX \family default environment or as \family sans \SpecialChar TeX \family default within another environment. \end_layout \begin_layout Paragraph Lengths \end_layout \begin_layout Standard All lengths are adjusted using the \family typewriter \backslash setlength{ \family default \emph on lengthname \family typewriter \emph default }{ \family default \emph on newlength \family typewriter \emph default } \family default command. Where \emph on lengthname \emph default should be replaced by the name given to the length you want to change and \emph on newlength \emph default is the length value. All lengths should be specified in units of length such as inches ( \family typewriter in \family default ), millimeters ( \family typewriter mm \family default ) or points ( \family typewriter pt \family default ) or relative to some document or font-based length such as \family typewriter \backslash textwidth \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard It's possible to change the spacing between a foilhead and the body of the foil by adjusting the length specified by \family typewriter \backslash foilheadskip \family default . For example, to make \emph on all \emph default foilheads 0.5 \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset in closer to their bodies put the following in the preamble: \family typewriter \backslash setlength{ \backslash foilheadskip}{-0.5in} \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The spacings around floats can be adjusted by setting these lengths: \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM \family typewriter \backslash abovefloatskip \family default Separation between the text and the top of the float \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM \family typewriter \backslash abovecaptionskip \family default Separation between the float and the caption \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM \family typewriter \backslash belowcaptionskip \family default Separation between the caption and the following text \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM \family typewriter \backslash captionwidth \family default You can make the captions narrower than the surrounding text by adjusting this length. Best done relative to \family typewriter \backslash textwidth \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard There are also several title page related lengths that you may find useful if you have a long title or several authors: \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM \family typewriter \backslash abovetitleskip \family default Separation from headers to \family sans Title \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM \family typewriter \backslash titleauthorskip \family default between \family sans Title \family default and \family sans Author \family default environments \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM \family typewriter \backslash authorauthorskip \family default between multiple \family sans Author \family default lines \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM \family typewriter \backslash authordateskip \family default between the \family sans Author \family default and the \family sans Date \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM \family typewriter \backslash dateabstractskip \family default between the \family sans Date \family default and the \family sans Abstract \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The last length related command affects all the list environments. If you place \family typewriter \backslash zerolistvertdimens \family default \emph on inside \emph default a list environment then all the vertical spacing between the list items is removed. Note that this is a command not a length so it doesn't require \family typewriter \backslash setlength \family default like the stuff mentioned above. \end_layout \begin_layout Paragraph Headers and Footers \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The \family typewriter \backslash LogoOn \family default and \family typewriter \backslash LogoOff \family default commands control whether the logo in the \family sans MyLogo \family default definition appear on a given page. If you put \family typewriter \backslash LogoOff \family default in the preamble then none of the foils will have the logo on them. If you don't want the logo on a particular page place the \family typewriter \backslash LogoOff \family default directly after the foilhead of that page and the \family typewriter \backslash LogoOn \family default directly after the next foilhead. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard If you decide to use the \family sans fancy \family default page style setting in the \family sans Document \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Layout \family default dialog you should probably add \family typewriter \backslash let \backslash headwidth \backslash textwidth \family default to your preamble so headers and footers on landscape pages are correctly placed when rotated. This is due to some clashes between the page layouts provided by the \family sans fancyheadings \family default package and the \change_deleted -712698321 1673257120 \family sans foils \change_inserted -712698321 1673257120 \lang ngerman FoilTeX \change_unchanged \family default \lang english class. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection \change_inserted 564990737 1671459032 Powerdot \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1671643165 The document class \change_deleted -712698321 1673257152 \family sans presentation \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset (p \change_inserted -712698321 1673257152 P \change_inserted 564990737 1671643165 owerdot \change_deleted -712698321 1673257154 ) \change_inserted 564990737 1671643165 \family default uses the \family typewriter powerdot.cls \family default \change_deleted -712698321 1673257280 document \change_inserted -712698321 1673257280 \SpecialChar LaTeX \change_inserted 564990737 1671643165 class for creating presentations. \family sans File\SpecialChar menuseparator Open Example\SpecialChar menuseparator Presentations\SpecialChar menuseparator Powerdot \family default offers guidance on its use. The documentation is available from \begin_inset CommandInset href LatexCommand href name "CTAN" target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/powerdot/doc/powerdot.pdf" literal "false" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection \change_inserted 564990737 1671459032 \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "subsec:Seminar" \end_inset \family sans Seminar \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1671643194 The document class \change_deleted -712698321 1673257295 \family sans presentations \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset (s \change_inserted -712698321 1673257295 S \change_inserted 564990737 1671643194 eminar \change_deleted -712698321 1673257296 ) \change_inserted 564990737 1671643194 \family default uses the \family typewriter seminar.cls \family default document class for creating presentations. \family sans File\SpecialChar menuseparator Open Example\SpecialChar menuseparator Presentations\SpecialChar menuseparator Seminar \family default offers guidance on its use. The documentation is available from \begin_inset CommandInset href LatexCommand href name "CTAN" target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/seminar/doc/seminar-doc.pdf" literal "false" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Slides [aka \noun on Sli\SpecialChar TeX \noun default ] \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sec:slitex" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1672743492 Original by \noun on John Weiss \noun default ; updated by the \SpecialChar LyX Team \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection \change_inserted 564990737 1672743492 Introduction \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1672743492 This section describes how to use \SpecialChar LyX to make slides for overhead projectors. There are two document classes that can do this: the \change_deleted -712698321 1673257697 \family typewriter presentations \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset (s \change_inserted -712698321 1673257697 \family sans S \change_inserted 564990737 1672743492 lides \change_deleted -712698321 1673257698 \family typewriter ) \change_inserted 564990737 1672743492 \family default document class and the \change_deleted -712698321 1673257705 \family sans presentation \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset ( \change_inserted 564990737 1672743492 Foil\SpecialChar TeX \change_deleted -712698321 1673257707 ) \change_inserted 564990737 1672743492 \family default document class. This section documents the former. If you’re looking for the documentation for \change_deleted -712698321 1673257759 \family sans presentation \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset ( \change_inserted 564990737 1672743492 Foil\SpecialChar TeX \change_deleted -712698321 1673257760 ) \change_inserted 564990737 1672743492 \family default , check out section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \change_inserted -712698321 1673257749 \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:foiltex" plural "false" caps "false" noprefix "false" nolink "false" \end_inset \change_deleted -712698321 1673257749 \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Foiltex" nolink "false" \end_inset \change_inserted 564990737 1672743492 . As of 2023 \change_deleted -712698321 1673257899 the former \change_inserted -712698321 1673257899 \family sans Slides \change_inserted 564990737 1672743492 \family default has continued to be maintained whereas \family sans Foil\SpecialChar TeX \family default has not been maintained since 2008. \change_deleted 564990737 1672743492 by \noun on John Weiss \noun default \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_deleted 564990737 1672743492 Introduction \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_deleted 564990737 1672743492 This section describes how to use \SpecialChar LyX to make slides for overhead projectors. There are two document classes that can do this: the default slides class and the \family sans Foil\SpecialChar TeX \family default slides class. This section documents the former. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_deleted 564990737 1672743492 I'm going to say this again, nice and clear, so that there's no misunderstanding: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_deleted 564990737 1672743492 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \align center \change_deleted 564990737 1672743492 \size large This section documents the class \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family sans slides (default) \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset \emph on only. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_deleted 564990737 1672743492 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_deleted 564990737 1672743492 If you're looking for the documentation for \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family sans slides (Foil\SpecialChar TeX ) \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , check out section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:foiltex" nolink "false" \end_inset . The \family sans foils \family default class [ \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family sans slides (Foil\SpecialChar TeX ) \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset ] is actually somewhat better than the default \family sans slides \family default class, \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \SpecialChar ldots or so I've been told repeatedly by its advocates. Having never used it, I have no idea if this claim is true or not. \end_layout \end_inset which this section documents. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_deleted 564990737 1672743492 This class is the \SpecialChar LaTeX2e improvement of the old \noun on Sli\SpecialChar TeX \noun default package. Every \SpecialChar LaTeX2e distribution includes this class [which I'll just refer to as \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family sans slides \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset from now on], so you're bound to have it. As I noted earlier, there are other classes, such as \family sans foils \family default , which also produce slides for overhead projectors and do a better job at it. However, there are some things which \family sans slides \family default can do which the others can't, such as generate overlays. Read on to learn more! \change_unchanged \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Getting Started \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sec:slidesetup" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Obviously, to use this document class, you need to select \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \change_deleted -712698321 1673257922 \family sans s \change_inserted -712698321 1673257922 S \change_unchanged lides \change_deleted -712698321 1673257925 (default) \change_unchanged \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset from the class list in the \family sans Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Settings \family default dialog. There are some other special things you should know about this class: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize Don't bother changing the options \family sans Sides and Columns \family default . They're not supported by the \change_deleted -712698321 1673257960 \family sans s \change_inserted -712698321 1673257960 S \change_unchanged lides \family default class, anyways. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize The option \family sans Page \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset style \family default behaves a bit differently for this class. The possible choices and what they do are as follows: \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Description \family sans plain \family default The final output contains page numbers in the lower right corner. \end_layout \begin_layout Description \family sans headings \family default Like \family sans plain \family default , but also prints out any time markers you've put in. This is the default. \end_layout \begin_layout Description \family sans empty \family default The final output contains no page numbers, time markers, or alignment markers. \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Itemize The \change_deleted -712698321 1673257971 \family sans s \change_inserted -712698321 1673257971 S \change_unchanged lides \family default class has an extra option: \family typewriter clock \family default . To use it, put \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter clock \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset in the extra class options. \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Standard Using this options allows you to add time markers to \family sans Note \family default s. See section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:slideNote" nolink "false" \end_inset for more details. \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Standard You can also use the template file \change_deleted 564990737 1671617694 \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter slides.lyx \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset \change_unchanged to automatically set up a document to use the \family sans slides \family default class \change_deleted 564990737 1671617699 [ \change_unchanged using \family sans File\SpecialChar menuseparator New \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset from \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Template \change_inserted 564990737 1671617723 \SpecialChar menuseparator Presentations\SpecialChar menuseparator Slides \change_unchanged \family default to open your new document \change_deleted 564990737 1671617728 ] \change_unchanged . The template file also contains some examples of the special paragraph environments used by this class. I'll describe those next. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Paragraph Environments \end_layout \begin_layout Paragraph Supported Environments \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The first thing you'll notice when you start up a new \change_deleted -712698321 1673258063 \family sans s \change_inserted -712698321 1673258063 S \change_unchanged lides \family default document is the font size and type: it's the equivalent of the size \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family sans Largest \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset in the \family sans Sans \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Serif \family default font. This is also what's used in the output. Think of this as a \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset visual cue \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset to remind you that this is a slide. Your final slides will use a larger font; ergo, you'll have less space. Of course, the larger default screen font isn't WYSIWYG, only a reminder. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The next thing that becomes obvious is the changes to the paragraph environment pull-down box [at the far-left end of the toolbar]. Most of the paragraph environments you're used to seeing are missing. There are also five new ones. That's because the \change_deleted -712698321 1673258093 \family sans s \change_inserted -712698321 1673258093 S \change_unchanged lides \family default class itself only supports certain paragraph environments: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted -712698321 1673258082 \family sans \begin_inset Flex Multiple Columns status open \begin_layout Itemize \change_inserted -712698321 1673258082 \family sans Standard \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_inserted -712698321 1673258082 \family sans Itemize \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_inserted -712698321 1673258082 \family sans Enumerate \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_inserted -712698321 1673258082 \family sans Description \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_inserted -712698321 1673258082 \family sans List \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_inserted -712698321 1673258082 \family sans Quotation \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_inserted -712698321 1673258082 \family sans Quote \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_inserted -712698321 1673258082 \family sans Verse \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_inserted -712698321 1673258082 \family sans Caption \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_inserted -712698321 1673258082 \family sans \SpecialChar LyX -Code \change_unchanged \end_layout \end_inset \change_deleted -712698321 1673258082 Standard \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_deleted -712698321 1673258082 \family sans Itemize \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_deleted -712698321 1673258082 \family sans Enumerate \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_deleted -712698321 1673258082 \family sans Description \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_deleted -712698321 1673258082 \family sans List \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_deleted -712698321 1673258082 \family sans Quotation \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_deleted -712698321 1673258082 \family sans Quote \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_deleted -712698321 1673258082 \family sans Verse \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_deleted -712698321 1673258082 \family sans Caption \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_deleted -712698321 1673258082 \family sans \SpecialChar LyX -Code \change_unchanged \end_layout \begin_layout Standard All of the other standard environments, including the section-heading environments, aren't used in the \change_deleted -712698321 1673258102 \family sans s \change_inserted -712698321 1673258102 S \change_unchanged lides \family default class. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard On the other hand, you'll notice the following new environments: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted -712698321 1673258111 \family sans \begin_inset Flex Multiple Columns status open \begin_layout Itemize \change_inserted -712698321 1673258111 \family sans Slide \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_inserted -712698321 1673258111 \family sans Overlay \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_inserted -712698321 1673258111 \family sans Note \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_inserted -712698321 1673258111 \family sans InvisibleText \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_inserted -712698321 1673258119 \family sans VisibleText \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Plain Layout \change_inserted -712698321 1673258133 \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \change_unchanged \end_layout \end_deeper \end_inset \change_deleted -712698321 1673258111 Slide \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_deleted -712698321 1673258111 \family sans Overlay \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_deleted -712698321 1673258111 \family sans Note \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_deleted -712698321 1673258111 \family sans InvisibleText \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_deleted -712698321 1673258111 \family sans VisibleText \change_unchanged \end_layout \begin_layout Standard These five are kind of quirky, due to a \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset feature \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset in \SpecialChar LyX . You see, \SpecialChar LyX doesn't permit you to nest any other paragraph environment into an empty environment. Now, that's fine and dandy, but it means that you wouldn't be able to start a slide with anything except plain text. To deal with this, I've performed a little \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \SpecialChar LaTeX magic. \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Paragraph Quirks of the New Environments \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sec:slideQuirk" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard All five of the new paragraph environments are somewhat quirky due to inherent limitiations in the current version of \SpecialChar LyX . As I just mentioned, \SpecialChar LyX forbids environments that begin with another environment. To get around this, the \family sans Slide \family default environment isn't a paragraph environment as described in the \emph on User's Guide \emph default . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You should consider \family sans Slide \family default , \family sans Overlay \family default , and \family sans Note \family default to be \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset pseudo-environments. \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset They look like a section heading or a \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family sans Caption \family default , \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset but really begin a [and, if necessary, end the previous] paragraph environment. Likewise, treat \family sans InvisibleText \family default and \family sans VisibleText \family default as \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset pseudo-commands. \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset These two perform some action. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard A common feature of all five environments, \family sans Slide \family default , \family sans Overlay \family default , \family sans Note \family default , \family sans InvisibleText \family default and \family sans VisibleText \family default , is a rather long-ish label. The text following this label — ordinarily the contents of the paragraph environment — is utterly irrelevant for \family sans Slide \family default , \family sans Overlay \family default , \family sans Note \family default , \family sans InvisibleText \family default and \family sans VisibleText \family default . \SpecialChar LyX completely ignores it. In fact, you can leave these five environments completely empty. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard While you don't \emph on have \emph default to put any text after the rather long-ish label, you might want to. This could be a short description of the contents of the \family sans Slide \family default , for example. In that case, enter your descriptive comment and hit \family sans Return \family default as you normally would. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_deleted -712698321 1673258321 If, on the other hand, you don't want to enter any descriptive text, you'll hit another \SpecialChar LyX quirk. \SpecialChar LyX , like nature, abhors a vacuum, and will not let you start a new paragraph environment until you put something in the old one. So, do this: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_deleted -712698321 1673258321 Start entering the text that will \emph on follow \emph default the new \family sans Slide \family default , \family sans Overlay \family default , \family sans Note \family default , \family sans InvisibleText \family default or \family sans VisibleText \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_deleted -712698321 1673258321 Now move to the beginning of that paragraph. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_deleted -712698321 1673258321 Next, hit \family sans Return \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_deleted -712698321 1673258321 Finally, change this new, empty paragraph to a \family sans Slide \family default , \family sans Overlay \family default , \family sans Note \family default , \family sans InvisibleText \family default or \family sans VisibleText \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_deleted -712698321 1673258321 Some future version of \SpecialChar LyX will, hopefully, resolve this quirkiness\SpecialChar ldots \change_unchanged \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Making a Presentation with \family sans Slide \family default , \family sans Overlay \family default and \family sans Note \end_layout \begin_layout Paragraph Using the \family sans Slide \family default Environment \end_layout \begin_layout Standard If you're expecting this section to teach you how to actually make a presentation, you'll be sorely disappointed. Naturally, I'll describe all of the ways the \change_deleted -712698321 1673258368 \family sans s \change_inserted -712698321 1673258368 S \change_unchanged lides \family default class can assist you in preparing the materials for a presentation. Filling in the contents, however, is up to you. [Then again, that \emph on is \emph default the \SpecialChar LyX philosophy.] \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Choosing the \family sans Slide \family default environment [in the manner described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:slideQuirk" nolink "false" \end_inset ] tells \SpecialChar LyX to begin a new slide [duh]. The label for this environment/ \change_inserted -712698321 1673258390 \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \change_deleted -712698321 1673258391 \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset \change_unchanged pseudo-command \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset is an \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset ASCII line, \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset in cool blue, followed by the label, \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset NewSlide: \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . Any text or paragraph environments that follow this one go on the new slide. It's that simple. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Slides are probably the only time you'll need to forcibly end pages in \SpecialChar LyX (this can be specified in the \family sans Paragraph Layout \family default dialog). In fact, you'll want to, once you finish entering the contents of one slide. If you've entered more text than can physically fit on a slide, the extra overflows onto a new slide. I don't recommend doing this, however, since the overflow slide won't have any page number on it. Furthermore, it may interfere with any \family sans Overlay \family default you've made to accompany the oversized \family sans Slide \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The \family sans Overlay \family default and \family sans Note \family default environments work the same way as the \family sans Slide \family default environment. They both create an \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset ASCII line \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset followed by a label [ \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset NewOverlay: \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset and \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset NewNote: \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , respectively]. The color is a stunning magenta instead of blue, and the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset ASCII line \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset will look different, in style and in length. The label fonts of all three also differ from one another. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard As with a \family sans Slide \family default , if the contents of a \family sans Note \family default or \family sans Overlay \family default exceed the physical size of a slide or sheet of paper, the extra will overflow onto a new sheet. Again, you should avoid this. It defeats the whole purpose of \family sans Note \family default s and \family sans Overlay \family default s. \end_layout \begin_layout Paragraph Using \family sans Overlay \family default with \family sans Slide \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The idea behind an \family sans Overlay \family default is a slide that sits atop another slide. Perhaps you wish to discuss a figure on the main \family sans Slide \family default before displaying the text associated with it. One way to accomplish this is tape a flap of dark paper over the part of the \family sans Slide \family default you want to display later. This method fails, however, if you wish to overlap one graph with another, for example. You would then have to fumble while speaking to align the two separate, overlapping \family sans Slide \family default s to align the two graphs. The use of an \family sans Overlay \family default environment in both cases makes life much easier. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Each \family sans Overlay \family default receives the page number of its \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset parent \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset \family sans Slide \family default , appended by \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter -a \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Presumably, mutliple \family sans Overlay \family default s would have \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter -a \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter -b \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter -c \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , etc. \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset appended to the page number of the parent \family sans Slide \family default . \end_layout \end_inset Clearly, you want the contents of both the \family sans Slide \family default and the \family sans Overlay \family default to each fit on a single physical slide! You should probably consider an \family sans Overlay \family default as \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset part of \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset a \family sans Slide \family default . Indeed, the \SpecialChar LyX \family sans slides \family default class provides a visual cue for this: the label at the start of an \family sans Overlay \family default is shorter than that at the start of a \family sans Slide \family default . Lastly, when you generate printable output, you'll find alignment markers in all four corners of both the \family sans Overlay \family default page and its parent \family sans Slide \family default . These will assist you in lining up the two physical slides. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The major problem in overlaying two slides is aligning the contents of the two transparencies. How much space should you leave for that graph on the second slide? Worse still, what if you want a graph and a sentence on second slide, but there is text on the main transparency that goes in between them? You could try and insert vertical space of the right size. The better way is to use \family sans InvisibleText \family default and \family sans VisibleText \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard As their names imply, \family sans InvisibleText \family default and \family sans VisibleText \family default are two command-like paragraph environments that make all subsequent text invisible and visible, respectively. Note from section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:slideQuirk" nolink "false" \end_inset that you don't place anything \emph on into \emph default these two environments, however. When you create an \family sans InvisibleText \family default , it inserts a centered, sky-blue label into the page reading \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . For paragraphs following this label, the parts of the \family sans Slide \family default [or \family sans Overlay \family default ; it doesn't matter which] where they would be contain instead blank space. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard For \family sans VisibleText \family default , the corresponding centered label is \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset in blazing green. Paragraphs following this label behave normally. Note that the beginning of a new \family sans Slide \family default , \family sans Overlay \family default , or \family sans Note \family default automatically shuts off an \family sans InvisibleText \family default . It's therefore not necessary to use \family sans VisibleText \family default at the end of a \family sans Slide \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard By now, it should be obvious how to create overlay transparencies using the proper combination of \family sans InvisibleText \family default and \family sans VisibleText \family default on a \family sans Slide \family default and \family sans Overlay \family default : \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate Create a \family sans Slide \family default , including everything that will appear on it, whether on the main slide or on the \family sans Overlay \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate Before each figure or paragraph that will appear only on the \family sans Overlay \family default , insert an \family sans InvisibleText \family default environment. If necessary, insert a \family sans VisibleText \family default environment after the \family sans Overlay \family default -only text. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate Start an \family sans Overlay \family default immediately following the \family sans Slide \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate Copy the contents of this \family sans Slide \family default into the \family sans Overlay \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate Within the \family sans Overlay \family default , change all of the \family sans InvisibleText \family default lines to \family sans VisibleText \family default and vice-versa. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard That's it. You've just made an \family sans Overlay \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard There's one problem with the way I've designed the \SpecialChar LyX \family sans slides \family default class: you can't make text in the middle of a paragraph invisible, nor make text in the middle of an invisible paragraph visible again. To accomplish this feat, you'll need to use some inlined \SpecialChar LaTeX codes. \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout The commands of interest are: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family typewriter { \backslash invisible \SpecialChar ldots } \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family typewriter { \backslash visible \SpecialChar ldots } \end_layout \begin_layout Plain Layout \SpecialChar ldots and need to be marked as \SpecialChar TeX . The text whose \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset visibility \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset you wish to change goes in between the brackets [and after the \family typewriter \backslash invisible \family default or \family typewriter \backslash visible \family default command]. If you don't know how to mark text as \SpecialChar TeX , see the appropriate section of the \emph on User's Guide \emph default . \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Paragraph Using \family sans Note \family default with \family sans Slide \family default \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sec:slideNote" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Like an \family sans Overlay \family default , a \family sans Note \family default is associated with a \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset parent \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset \family sans Slide \family default . Here, too, the \SpecialChar LyX \family sans slides \family default class provides visual cues. The label for a \family sans Note \family default is shorter than that of a \family sans Slide \family default [yet longer than that of an \family sans Overlay \family default ] and, like the label of an \family sans Overlay \family default is shockingly magenta. Additionally, the printed \family sans Note \family default has the page number of its \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset parent \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset \family sans Slide \family default , appended by \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter - \family default 1 \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter - \family default 2 \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter - \family default 3 \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , etc. You can have multiple \family sans Note \family default s associated with a single \family sans Slide \family default , and, as with \family sans Slide \family default and \family sans Overlay \family default , you'll probably want to break up long \family sans Note \family default s so that they fit on a single sheet of paper. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The purpose of a \family sans Note \family default is obvious: it contains anything additional you might want to say about a \family sans Slide \family default . It could also be used as a sheet of reminders for a particular \family sans Slide \family default . In the case of the latter, you might want to make use of time markers. Currently, the \SpecialChar LyX \family sans slides \family default class has no \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset native \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset support for time markers, a \noun on Sli\SpecialChar TeX \noun default feature. So, you'll have to resort to using the \SpecialChar LaTeX codes. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard To use time markers, you'll need to specify the extra class option \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter clock \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset [see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:slidesetup" nolink "false" \end_inset ]. This option turns on timing marks, which will appear in the lower-left-hand corner of every \family sans Note \family default you generate. To set what appears in the time marker, you use the \SpecialChar LaTeX commands \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter \backslash settime{} \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset and \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter \backslash addtime{} \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . The arguments of both commands are time measured in seconds. \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter \backslash settime{} \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset sets the time marker to a given time. \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter \backslash addtime{} \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset increments the time marker by the specified amount. Using time markers and \family sans Note \family default s in this fashion, you can remind yourself how much time to spend on a particular \family sans Slide \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard There's one last feature to describe. Clearly, you'd like to print out all of your \family sans Slide \family default s and \family sans Overlay \family default s on transparencies while printing all of your \family sans Note \family default s on plain paper. However, a \family sans Note \family default \emph on must \emph default follow the \family sans Slide \family default with which it is associated. What's a person to do? \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Luckily, there are two \SpecialChar LaTeX commands that allow you to select what to print out. Both must be placed into the preamble of your document. The command \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter \backslash onlyslides{ \backslash slides} \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset will cause the output to contain only the \family sans Slide \family default s and \family sans Overlay \family default s. Correspondingly, the command \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter \backslash onlynotes{ \backslash notes} \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset prevents the output of anything but \family sans Note \family default s. I'd advise placing both commands in the preamble and initially comment both out. You can then preview your entire presentation as you write. When you're done writing, you can then uncomment one of the two to select what you want to print. I like to uncomment \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter \backslash onlyslides{ \backslash slides} \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , print to a file with \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter -slides \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset in its name, comment it back out, then uncomment \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter \backslash onlynotes{ \backslash notes} \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset and print to a \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter *-notes.ps \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset file. I can then send either file to a printer, loading transparencies or plain paper as appropriate. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You can also provide other arguments to the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter \backslash onlyslides{} \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset and \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter \backslash onlynotes{} \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset commands. See a good \SpecialChar LaTeX book for details. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection The \family sans slides \family default Class Template File \end_layout \begin_layout Standard I have also provided a template file \change_deleted 564990737 1671617750 , \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter slides.lyx \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , \change_unchanged with the \family sans slides \family default class. To use it, begin your new presentation with \family sans File\SpecialChar menuseparator New \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset from \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Template \change_inserted 564990737 1671616988 \SpecialChar menuseparator Presentations\SpecialChar menuseparator Slides \change_unchanged \family default . Your new \SpecialChar LyX presentation file will contain an example \family sans Slide \family default – \family sans Overlay \family default – \family sans Note \family default triplet. The \family sans Slide \family default and \family sans Overlay \family default additionally contain an example of the use of \family sans InvisibleText \family default and \family sans VisibleText \family default . Lastly, the preamble will contain: \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code % Uncomment to print out only slides and overlays \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code % \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code % \backslash onlyslides{ \backslash slides} \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code % Uncomment to print out only notes \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code % \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code % \backslash onlynotes{ \backslash notes} \end_layout \begin_layout Standard One final thing: I created this class to support the \SpecialChar LaTeX2e \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \noun on Sli\SpecialChar TeX \noun default emulation \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset class, one of the built-in \SpecialChar LaTeX2e classes. Neither I nor the rest of the \SpecialChar LyX Team endorse or oppose the use of this built-in slide class. It's here if you want it or need it. There exist other \SpecialChar LaTeX2e classes for creating presentations, such \change_deleted -712698321 1673258708 as the \change_unchanged \family sans Foils \family default \change_deleted -712698321 1673258709 class \change_inserted -712698321 1673258699 ( \change_deleted -712698321 1673258700 [ \change_unchanged see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:foiltex" nolink "false" \end_inset \change_deleted -712698321 1673258703 ] \change_inserted -712698321 1673258705 ) \change_unchanged or \change_deleted -712698321 1673258714 the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter seminar \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset package [present on some \SpecialChar TeX distributions]. The latter is not yet supported under \SpecialChar LyX . \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Perhaps you can take on the task\SpecialChar ldots \end_layout \end_inset \change_inserted -712698321 1673258738 \family sans Seminar \family default (see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Seminar" plural "false" caps "false" noprefix "false" nolink "false" \end_inset ). \change_unchanged \change_deleted -712698321 1673258749 I know nothing about these other classes. \change_unchanged Try them out to see what sort of alternative they provide. \end_layout \begin_layout Section \change_inserted 564990737 1670439661 Reports \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection \change_inserted 564990737 1670439661 report \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted -712698321 1673689969 Report classes are sort of a hybrid between book and article classes: like book classes, they \change_deleted -712698321 1673689899 The document class \family sans report \family default provides the \family sans report.cls \family default document class for preparing reports. Like the \family sans book \family default document class, this \change_inserted 564990737 1670439661 provide \change_deleted -712698321 1673689904 s \change_inserted 564990737 1670439661 parts, chapters and sections but does not provide \change_deleted -712698321 1673690062 the paragraph styles needed for a book \change_inserted -712698321 1673690073 frontmatter, mainmatter, and backmatter \change_inserted 564990737 1670439661 ; like \change_deleted -712698321 1673690088 the \family sans article \family default document \change_inserted -712698321 1673690083 article \change_inserted 564990737 1670439661 class \change_inserted -712698321 1673690085 es \change_inserted 564990737 1670439661 , \change_deleted -712698321 1673690094 it \change_inserted -712698321 1673690094 they \change_inserted 564990737 1670439661 provide \change_deleted -712698321 1673690097 s \change_inserted 564990737 1670439661 \change_deleted -712698321 1673690101 the \change_inserted 564990737 1670439661 abstract paragraph style \change_inserted -712698321 1673690514 s and are one-sided by default. \change_deleted -712698321 1673690134 . In two-sided mode, it does \change_inserted -712698321 1673690520 Also, they do \change_inserted 564990737 1670439661 not start a new chapter on the right hand page \change_inserted -712698321 1673690150 (even in two-side mode) \change_inserted 564990737 1670439661 . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_deleted -712698321 1673690173 The remaining \change_inserted -712698321 1673690287 All externally maintained \change_inserted 564990737 1672743528 \family sans report \family default document classes \change_inserted -712698321 1673690678 that are officially supported by \SpecialChar LyX \change_inserted 564990737 1672743528 are described in the Collections (section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Collections" nolink "false" \end_inset ) \change_inserted -712698321 1673690301 : \change_deleted -712698321 1673690300 . \change_inserted 564990737 1672743528 \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_inserted 564990737 1672743530 For \change_deleted -712698321 1673690794 \family sans report \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset (Japanese in vertical writing) \change_inserted -712698321 1673690794 Japanese Report (Vertical Writing) \change_inserted 564990737 1672743530 \family default and \change_deleted -712698321 1673690762 \family sans report \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset (Japanese) \change_inserted -712698321 1673690762 Japanese Report (Standard Class) \change_inserted 564990737 1672743530 \family default , see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Japanese" nolink "false" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_inserted 564990737 1672743530 For \change_deleted -712698321 1673690718 \family sans report \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset (KOMA-Script) \change_inserted -712698321 1673690718 KOMA-Script Report \change_inserted 564990737 1672743530 \family default , see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:KOMA-Script" nolink "false" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_inserted 564990737 1672743530 For \change_deleted -712698321 1673690815 \family sans report \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset (with extra font sizes) \change_inserted -712698321 1673690815 Report (Standard Class with Extra Font Sizes) \change_inserted 564990737 1672743530 \family default , see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Extra-font-sizes" nolink "false" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_inserted 564990737 1672743569 For \change_deleted -712698321 1673690833 \family sans report \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset (Polish version by M. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset W.) \change_inserted -712698321 1673690833 Polish Report (MW Bundle) \change_inserted 564990737 1672743569 \family default , see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Polish-M.W.collection" plural "false" caps "false" noprefix "false" nolink "false" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Section \change_inserted 564990737 1670439674 Scripts \change_deleted -712698321 1673691106 (drama) \change_inserted -712698321 1673691108 \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted -712698321 1673691276 In the \family sans Scripts \family default category, we assemble document classes that help to write drama or movie scripts. The category is also open for other scripts, such as lecture scripts, for which no classes are officially supported yet by \SpecialChar LyX though. \change_inserted 564990737 1670439674 \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Broadway \end_layout \begin_layout Standard by \shape smallcaps Garst Reese \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Introduction \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \family sans Broadway \family default is for writing plays. The format is more decorative than \family sans Hollywood \change_inserted -712698321 1673691568 \family default (see sec. \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Hollywood" \end_inset ) \change_unchanged , and much less standardized. This format should be suitable for workshops. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Special problems \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The same as in \family sans Hollywood \change_inserted -712698321 1673691609 \family default (see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Special-problems-Hollywood" \end_inset ) \change_unchanged . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Special features \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Insert the \family sans Speaker \family default names as labels then cross-reference the label to insert the name. The cross-reference dialog will show the current cast of characters. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Paper size and Margins \end_layout \begin_layout Standard USLetter, left 1.6in, right 0.75in, top 0.5in, bottom 0.75in \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Environments \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The following environments are available. You can use \family typewriter broadway.bind \family default to get the bind keys shown at the right. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Standard \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \family default You should not have to use this, but it is here for anything that does not fit otherwise. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Narrative \begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset M-z n \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \family default Used to describe stage setting and the action. First use of speaker names in all CAPs. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans ACT \begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset M-z a \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \family default Automatically numbered. On screen it will be arabic, but will print as Roman. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans ACT* \begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset M-z S at \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \family default Subtitle for \family sans ACT. \family default It is just centered text. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans SCENE \begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset M-z S-S \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \family default Not automatically numbered. You supply the number. This is because I couldn't figure out how. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans AT_RISE: \begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset M-z S-R \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \family default A special case of Narrative to describe the setting and action as the curtain rises. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Speaker \begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset M-z s \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \family default The speaker's (actor's) title, centered in all CAPS. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Parenthetical \begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset M-z p \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \family default Instructions to the speaker. The parentheses are automatically inserted. The ( will appear on screen, but both will be in the printed play. This environment is only used within \family sans Dialogue \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Dialogue \begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset M-z d \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \family default What the Speaker says. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans CURTAIN \begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset M-z S-C \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \family default The curtain comes down. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Title \begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset M-z S-T \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Author \begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset M-z S-A \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Right_Address \begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset M-z r \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Hello there. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection \change_inserted -712698321 1673691551 \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "subsec:Hollywood" \end_inset \change_unchanged Hollywood (Hollywood spec scripts) \end_layout \begin_layout Standard by \shape smallcaps Garst Reese \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Introduction \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Getting the format of a Hollywood script right is a \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset rite of passage. \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset It is designed to make the readers focus on content and to be easy and familiar for the actors to read. Each page of a script should be one minute of film. Nothing goes in a script that you cannot see or hear on screen. The courier 12 pt font should be used throughout. No italics. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection \change_inserted -712698321 1673691597 \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "subsec:Special-problems-Hollywood" \end_inset \change_unchanged Special problems \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Speakers' lines should \change_deleted -712698321 1673691805 \emph on NEVER \change_inserted -712698321 1673691805 never \change_unchanged \emph default break in mid-sentence. If a speaker's lines continue over a page break, repeat the \family sans Speaker \family default title followed by (Cont'd). \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Special features \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Insert the \family sans Speaker \family default names as labels then cross-reference the label to insert the name. The cross-reference dialog will show the current cast of characters. You can use this to insert the speaker name in narratives also. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Paper size and Margins \end_layout \begin_layout Standard USLetter, left 1.6in, right 0.75in, top 0.5in, bottom 0.75in \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Environments \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The following environments are available. You can use \family typewriter hollywood.bind \family default to get the bind keys shown at the right. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Standard \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \family default Used where nothing else works. Try to avoid it. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans FADE_IN \family default : \begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset \family sans M-z S-I \family default \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset Usually followed by something like \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset on Sally waking up. \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans INT: \begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset M-z i \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \family default Introduces a new INTERIOR camera set-up. Always followed by DAY or NIGHT, or something similar to define the lighting required. Everthing on this line in CAPS. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans EXT: \begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset M-z e \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \family default Introduces a new EXTERIOR camera set-up. Everthing on this line in CAPS. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Speaker \begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset M-z s \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \family default The character speaking. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Parenthetical \begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset M-z p \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \family default Instructions to the speaker. The () are automatically inserted. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Dialogue \begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset M-z d \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \family default What the \family sans Speaker \family default says. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Transition \begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset M-z t \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \family default Camera movement instruction. e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g. \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset CUT TO: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans FADE OUT: \begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset M-z S-I \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Author \begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset M-z S-A \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Title \begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset M-z S-T \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Right_Address \begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset M-z r \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Script jargon \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize (O.S) — off screen \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize (V.0) — voice over \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize b. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g. — background \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize C.U. — close-up \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize PAN — camera movement \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize INSERT — cut to close-up of \end_layout \begin_layout Chapter \change_inserted 564990737 1671185876 Modules \end_layout \begin_layout Section \change_inserted 564990737 1671716212 Academic Field Specifics \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection \change_inserted 564990737 1671716212 Chemistry: Hazard and Precautionary Statements \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1671716212 This module provides two insets \change_inserted -712698321 1673779038 and a paragraph style \change_inserted 564990737 1671716212 to typeset numbers and phrases of chemical hazard and precautionary statements. For a description see \family sans File\SpecialChar menuseparator Open Example\SpecialChar menuseparator Modules\SpecialChar menuseparator Hazard and Precautionary Statements \family default and \family sans Help\SpecialChar menuseparator Specific Manuals\SpecialChar menuseparator Hazard and Precautionary Statements \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection \change_inserted 564990737 1671716212 \series bold Chemistry: Risk and Safety Statements \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1671716212 This module provides two insets, \family sans R-S number \family default and \family sans R-S phrase \family default , accessible via the menu \family sans \bar under I \bar default nsert\SpecialChar menuseparator Custom \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Insets \family default and an environment to typeset numbers and phrases of chemical risk and safety statements. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection \change_inserted 564990737 1671716212 Linguistics \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1671716212 This module \change_deleted -712698321 1673779847 uses the \family sans covington.sty \family default package to add \change_inserted -712698321 1673779869 provides specific \change_inserted 564990737 1671716212 environments useful for linguistics (numbered examples, glosses, semantic markup, \change_inserted -712698321 1673779891 OT \change_inserted 564990737 1671716212 tableau floats). You can obtain information about this module in \family sans \bar under H \bar default elp\SpecialChar menuseparator S \bar under p \bar default ecific \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Manuals\SpecialChar menuseparator \bar under L \bar default inguistics \family default and \family sans File\SpecialChar menuseparator Open Example\SpecialChar menuseparator Modules\SpecialChar menuseparator Linguistics \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Section \change_inserted 564990737 1671788778 Accessibility \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection \change_inserted 564990737 1671788778 Braille \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1671788778 This module supports the Braille \change_deleted -712698321 1673779995 writing system \change_inserted -712698321 1673779996 script \change_inserted 564990737 1671788778 . It requires the \SpecialChar LaTeX package \family typewriter braille.sty \family default . This and its documentation can be obtained from \begin_inset CommandInset href LatexCommand href name "CTAN" target "https://www.ctan.org/pkg/braille" literal "false" \end_inset . \change_deleted -712698321 1673780105 You do not have to reconfigure your system after installing it. \change_inserted 564990737 1671788778 See \family sans \bar under H \bar default elp\SpecialChar menuseparator S \bar under p \bar default ecific \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Manuals\SpecialChar menuseparator \bar under B \bar default raille \family default and \family sans File\SpecialChar menuseparator Open Example\SpecialChar menuseparator Modules\SpecialChar menuseparator Braille \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Section \change_inserted 564990737 1671788778 Annotation & Revision \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection \change_inserted 564990737 1671788778 FiXme Notes \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1671788778 This module provides “FiXme” (marginal) annotations for document revision purposes. A list of annotations can be produced by using the “List of FIXMEs” paragraph style. The annotations are customizable via the LaTeX preamble. See the \change_inserted -712698321 1673780478 \family typewriter fix \change_deleted -712698321 1673780479 FiX \change_inserted 564990737 1671788778 me \family default documentation which can be obtained from \begin_inset CommandInset href LatexCommand href name "CTAN" target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/fixme/fixme.pdf" literal "false" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Paragraph \change_inserted 564990737 1671788778 Note: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1671788778 by default, the notes are only displayed in “draft” mode (if the option “draft” has been inserted in \family sans Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator Document Class\SpecialChar menuseparator Class Options\SpecialChar menuseparator Custom \family default ). To display them always, insert \family typewriter \backslash fxsetup{draft} \family default in \family sans Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator \SpecialChar LaTeX Preamble \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection \change_inserted 564990737 1671788778 PDF Comments \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1671788778 This module provides various kinds of annotations for PDF output. See \family sans Help\SpecialChar menuseparator Specific Manuals\SpecialChar menuseparator PDF comments \family default and \family sans File\SpecialChar menuseparator Open Example\SpecialChar menuseparator Modules\SpecialChar menuseparator PDF Comments \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection \change_inserted 564990737 1671788778 \series bold PDF Form \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1671788778 This module provides fields and buttons for PDF forms. See the \begin_inset CommandInset href LatexCommand href name "hyperref documentation" target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/hyperref-doc.pdf" literal "false" \end_inset , \family sans Help\SpecialChar menuseparator Specific Manuals\SpecialChar menuseparator PDF forms \family default and \family sans File\SpecialChar menuseparator Open Example\SpecialChar menuseparator Modules\SpecialChar menuseparator PDF Form \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection \change_inserted 564990737 1671788778 \series bold Ruby (Furigana) \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1671788778 This module defines an inset to typeset reading aids (ruby, furigana) to Chinese characters. It uses the \change_deleted -712698321 1673781076 “ \change_inserted 564990737 1671788778 \family typewriter okumakro \family default , \change_deleted -712698321 1673781078 ” \change_inserted 564990737 1671788778 \change_deleted -712698321 1673781079 “ \change_inserted 564990737 1671788778 \family typewriter luatexja-ruby \change_deleted -712698321 1673781080 \family default ” \change_inserted 564990737 1671788778 or \change_deleted -712698321 1673781082 “ \change_inserted 564990737 1671788778 \family typewriter ruby \change_deleted -712698321 1673781083 \family default ” \change_inserted 564990737 1671788778 package (depending on the TeX engine) or a fallback definition. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection \change_inserted 564990737 1671788778 \series bold TODO notes \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1671788778 This module provides custom insets to insert TODO items in your document. In order to generate a “List of TODOs,” the module provides a paragraph style. Inserting \change_deleted -712698321 1673781223 “ \change_inserted 564990737 1671788778 \family typewriter final \change_deleted -712698321 1673781224 \family default ” \change_inserted 564990737 1671788778 in \family sans Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator Document Class\SpecialChar menuseparator Class Options\SpecialChar menuseparator Custom \family default ) suppresses the output of TODO notes. See the \begin_inset CommandInset href LatexCommand href name "todonotes documentation" target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/todonotes/todonotes.pdf" literal "false" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Section \change_inserted 564990737 1671829045 Bibliography \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection \change_inserted 564990737 1671829045 APA Style with Nat \change_deleted -712698321 1673781454 B \change_inserted -712698321 1673781454 b \change_inserted 564990737 1671829045 ib \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1671829045 This module adds support for using natbib together with apacite (the bibliography style need not be \family typewriter apacite \family default — it could be \family typewriter apacite \family default , \family typewriter apacitex \family default , or any bibliography that works with both the natbib and apacite packages.) \end_layout \begin_layout Section \change_inserted 564990737 1671829045 Boxes \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection \change_inserted 564990737 1671829045 Fancy Colored Boxes \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1671829045 This module adds ten custom insets that support colored boxes via the \family typewriter tcolorbox \family default package. See \family sans Help\SpecialChar menuseparator Specific Manuals\SpecialChar menuseparator Colored boxes \family default , \family sans File\SpecialChar menuseparator Open Example\SpecialChar menuseparator Modules\SpecialChar menuseparator Fancy Color Boxes \family default \change_inserted -712698321 1673854244 and \change_inserted 564990737 1671829045 the \begin_inset CommandInset href LatexCommand href name "tcolorbox documentation" target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/tcolorbox/tcolorbox.pdf" literal "false" \end_inset for details. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection \change_inserted 564990737 1671829045 Graphic boxes \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1671829045 This provides the custom insets \family sans Reflectbox \family default , \family sans Resizebox \family default , \family sans Rotatebox \family default and \family sans Scalebox \family default to scale and rotate its content. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1671829045 \family sans Reflectbox \family default is a simple way of reversing text without any other enhancement: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1671829045 \begin_inset Flex Reflectbox status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \change_inserted 564990737 1671829045 Great Western Railway \change_unchanged \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1671829045 (You will need to use Ctrl-R to see any of these examples.) \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1671829045 \family sans Resizebox \family default allows you to specify the dimensions of the text or image; permissible units are em, ex, in, pt, pc, cm, mm, dd, cc, nd, nc, bp, or sp; if you enter \family typewriter ! \family default for \family typewriter Height \family default it scales by the width factor: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1671829045 \begin_inset Flex Resizebox status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \change_inserted 564990737 1671829045 \begin_inset Argument 1 status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \change_inserted 564990737 1671829045 48mm \change_unchanged \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Argument 2 status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \change_inserted 564990737 1671829045 ! \change_unchanged \end_layout \end_inset Great Western Railway \change_unchanged \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1671829045 \family sans Rotatebox \family default allows you to rotate \change_deleted -712698321 1673856297 text \change_inserted -712698321 1673856302 its contents \change_inserted 564990737 1671829045 around the reference point of the box. If you wish to rotate the box around a different origin, place the cursor inside the box and select Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator Origin; o \family typewriter rigin \family default is specified as \family typewriter c \family default , \family typewriter l \family default , \family typewriter r \family default , \family typewriter b \family default , \family typewriter t \family default or meaningful combinations of these and the counterclockwise rotation angle is expressed in degrees. For example: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1671829045 \begin_inset Flex Rotatebox status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \change_inserted 564990737 1671829045 \begin_inset Argument 1 status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \change_inserted 274215730 1672888693 origin \change_inserted 564990737 1671829045 =c \change_unchanged \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Argument 2 status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \change_inserted 564990737 1671829045 30 \change_unchanged \end_layout \end_inset Great Western Railway \change_unchanged \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1671829045 You can combine boxes as in: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1671829045 \begin_inset Flex Rotatebox status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \change_inserted 564990737 1671829045 \begin_inset Argument 1 status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \change_inserted 274215730 1672888702 origin \change_inserted 564990737 1671829045 =c \change_unchanged \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Argument 2 status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \change_inserted 564990737 1671829045 -15 \change_unchanged \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Flex Resizebox status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \change_inserted 564990737 1671829045 \begin_inset Argument 1 status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \change_inserted 564990737 1671829045 48mm \change_unchanged \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Argument 2 status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \change_inserted 564990737 1671829045 ! \change_unchanged \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Flex Reflectbox status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \change_inserted 564990737 1671829045 Great Western Railway \change_unchanged \end_layout \end_inset \change_unchanged \end_layout \end_inset \change_unchanged \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1671829045 \family sans Scalebox \family default scales \change_deleted -712698321 1673856306 text \change_inserted -712698321 1673856308 its contents \change_inserted 564990737 1671829045 ; select Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator V-Factor to add a vertical factor. If the vertical factor is omitted, the horizontal is used. Adding different horizontal and vertical values creates distortion as in \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1671829045 \family typewriter \begin_inset Flex Scalebox status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \change_inserted 564990737 1671829045 \begin_inset Argument 1 status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \change_inserted 564990737 1671829045 2 \change_unchanged \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Argument 2 status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \change_inserted 564990737 1671829045 1.5 \change_unchanged \end_layout \end_inset \family roman Great Western Railway \change_unchanged \end_layout \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1671829045 A negative horizontal value reverses the text \change_inserted -712698321 1673856686 on the horizontal axis, \change_deleted -712698321 1673856688 and \change_inserted 564990737 1671829045 a negative vertical value \change_deleted -712698321 1673856694 inverts \change_inserted -712698321 1673856702 on the vertical axis, \change_inserted 564990737 1671829045 \change_deleted -712698321 1673856704 it \change_inserted 564990737 1671829045 so that you get \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1671829045 \begin_inset Flex Scalebox status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \change_inserted 564990737 1671829045 \begin_inset Argument 1 status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \change_inserted 564990737 1671829045 -1 \change_unchanged \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Argument 2 status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \change_inserted 564990737 1671829045 1 \change_unchanged \end_layout \end_inset Great Western Railway \change_unchanged \end_layout \end_inset and \begin_inset Flex Scalebox status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \change_inserted 564990737 1671829045 \begin_inset Argument 1 status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \change_inserted 564990737 1671829045 1 \change_unchanged \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Argument 2 status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \change_inserted 564990737 1671829045 -1 \change_unchanged \end_layout \end_inset Great Western Railway \change_unchanged \end_layout \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection \change_inserted 564990737 1671884699 Section Boxes \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1671884699 This module defines Boxes with section header. It is mainly intended for the SciPoster Document class. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection \change_inserted 564990737 1671884699 Variable-width Minipages \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1671884699 This module adds a \family sans Minipage (Var. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset Width) \family default inset to \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator Custom Inset \family default using the \family typewriter varwidth \family default LaTeX package. The \family typewriter varwidth \family default package provides a variable-width minipage, whose resulting width is the width of its contents (if this does not exceed the specified maximum width). The inset has two optional arguments which can be added by placing the cursor inside the minipage and entering \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator Vert. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset Adjustment \family default ( \family typewriter c|t|b \family default ) or \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator Max. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset Width \family default (defaults to \family typewriter \backslash linewidth \family default ). See \family sans File\SpecialChar menuseparator Open Example\SpecialChar menuseparator Variable-width Minipages \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Section \change_inserted 564990737 1671884699 Fixes & Hacks \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection \change_inserted 564990737 1671884699 Fix Computer Modern Fonts \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1671884699 This module uses the \family sans fix-cm \family default package to improve the appearance of Computer Modern fonts and make them available with arbitrary sizes. See the \begin_inset CommandInset href LatexCommand href name "fix-cm documentation" target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/base/fix-cm.pdf" literal "false" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection \change_inserted 564990737 1671884699 \SpecialChar LaTeX Kernel Fixes (Obsolete) \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1671884699 This module loads the \SpecialChar LaTeX package \family sans fixltx2e \family default which contains some bug fixes for \SpecialChar LaTeX . If you use this module your typeset document may look different when you process it, depending on the respective version of \family sans fixltx2e \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Paragraph \change_inserted 564990737 1671884699 Note: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1671884699 recent \SpecialChar LaTeX kernels (as of 2015/01/01) include the functionality of \family sans fixltx2e \family default , so the \family sans fixltx2e \family default module is obsolete with newer \SpecialChar LaTeX distributions. \change_deleted -712698321 1673857809 \change_inserted 564990737 1671884699 \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection \change_inserted 564990737 1671884699 Minimalistic Insets \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1671884699 This module redefines several insets (Index, Branch, URL) as being Minimalistic. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection \change_inserted 564990737 1671884699 Title and Preamble Hacks \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1671884699 This module provides two new paragraph styles: \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \change_inserted 564990737 1671884699 \family sans In Preamble \family default which puts whatever is entered into it into the preamble. This can be used, if one wishes, to include preamble code in the body of a LyX document. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \change_inserted 564990737 1671884699 \family sans In Title \family default which that will put its contents into the body of the LaTeX document, but before \family typewriter \backslash maketitle \family default is issued. This is useful for making branches and notes in title-related material. (However, if you put these in a \family sans Standard \family default layout, this signals to LyX to output \family typewriter \backslash maketitle \family default , which may then come too early.) \end_layout \begin_layout Section \change_inserted 564990737 1672081439 Floats & captions \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection \change_inserted 564990737 1672081439 Algorithm2e Float \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1672081439 This module uses the \family sans algorithm2e \family default package for algorithm floats rather than LyX’s home-brewed algorithm floats. Use the Algorithm paragraph style to enter and indent the algorithm. See the \begin_inset CommandInset href LatexCommand href name "algorithm2e documentation" target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/algorithm2e/doc/algorithm2e.pdf" literal "false" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection \change_inserted 564990737 1672081439 Bilingual Captions AKA Multilingual Captions \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1672081439 This module provides the paragraph style \family sans Caption \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset setup \family default with which to typeset \change_deleted -712698321 1673859156 mult \change_inserted -712698321 1673859156 b \change_inserted 564990737 1672081439 ilingual captions. Within this paragraph style \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator Language \family default allows you to enter the desired \change_inserted -712698321 1673859387 second \change_inserted 564990737 1672081439 language using one of the babel names. See \family sans File\SpecialChar menuseparator Open Example\SpecialChar menuseparator \change_inserted -712698321 1673859558 Modules\SpecialChar menuseparator \change_inserted 564990737 1672081439 Multilingual Captions \family default and \family sans Help\SpecialChar menuseparator Specific Manuals\SpecialChar menuseparator Multilingual Captions \family default further information on its use. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection \change_inserted 564990737 1672081439 Number Figures by Section \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1672081439 This module resets the figure number at section start and prepends the section number to the figure number, as in “Figure 2.1.” (By default book and report document classes number by Chapter and article document classes have a single sequence.) \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection \change_inserted 564990737 1672081439 Number Tables by Section \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1672081439 This module resets the table number at section start and prepends the section number to the table number, as in “Table 2.1.” (By default book and report document classes number by Chapter and article document classes have a single sequence.) \end_layout \begin_layout Section \change_inserted 564990737 1672081439 Foot- and Endnotes \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection \change_inserted 564990737 1672081439 Endnotes (Basic) \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1672081439 This module adds an endnote inset, in addition to footnotes. This uses the \family sans endnotes \family default package, which has some limitations but works with older \change_deleted -712698321 1673861636 LaTeX \change_inserted -712698321 1673861636 \SpecialChar LaTeX \change_inserted 564990737 1672081439 distributions as well. Use \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator Custom Inset\SpecialChar menuseparator Endnote \family default to insert an endnote and \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator List/Contents/References\SpecialChar menuseparator Endnotes \family default to insert the endnotes list where you want the endnotes to appear. See also \family sans Help\SpecialChar menuseparator Embedded \change_deleted -712698321 1673861792 \SpecialChar menuseparator \change_inserted 564990737 1672081439 Objects \change_deleted -712698321 1673861963 \SpecialChar menuseparator Notes\SpecialChar menuseparator Footnotes \change_inserted -712698321 1673861963 \family default , section \emph on 4.2 Footnotes \change_inserted 564990737 1672081439 \emph default . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection \change_inserted 564990737 1672081439 Endnotes (Extended) \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1672081439 This module adds an endnote inset, in addition to footnotes. This uses the \family sans enotez \family default package which is more powerful and customizable than the \family sans endnotes \family default package, but requires a fairly modern \change_deleted -712698321 1673861643 LaTeX \change_inserted -712698321 1673861643 \SpecialChar LaTeX \change_inserted 564990737 1672081439 distribution (with \change_deleted -712698321 1673861645 LaTeX \change_inserted -712698321 1673861645 \SpecialChar LaTeX \change_inserted 564990737 1672081439 3). Use \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator Custom Inset\SpecialChar menuseparator Endnote \family default to insert an endnote and \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator List/Contents/References\SpecialChar menuseparator Endnotes \family default to insert the endnotes list where you want the endnotes to appear. See also \family sans Help\SpecialChar menuseparator Embedded \change_deleted -712698321 1673861798 \SpecialChar menuseparator \change_inserted 564990737 1672081439 Objects \change_inserted -712698321 1673861924 \family default , section \emph on 4.2 Footnotes \emph default . \change_deleted -712698321 1673861927 \family sans \SpecialChar menuseparator Notes\SpecialChar menuseparator Footnotes \change_inserted 564990737 1672081439 \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection \change_inserted 564990737 1672081439 Footnotes as Endnotes (Basic) \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1672081439 This module sets all footnotes as endnotes. This uses the \family sans endnotes \family default package, which has some limitations but works with older \change_deleted -712698321 1673861650 LaTeX \change_inserted -712698321 1673861650 \SpecialChar LaTeX \change_inserted 564990737 1672081439 distributions as well. Use \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator List/Contents/References\SpecialChar menuseparator Endnotes \family default to insert the endnotes list where you want the endnotes to appear. See also \family sans Help\SpecialChar menuseparator Embedded \change_deleted -712698321 1673861805 \SpecialChar menuseparator \change_inserted 564990737 1672081439 Objects \change_deleted -712698321 1673861947 \SpecialChar menuseparator Notes\SpecialChar menuseparator Footnotes \change_inserted -712698321 1673861947 \family default , section \emph on 4.2 Footnotes \change_inserted 564990737 1672081439 \emph default . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection \change_inserted 564990737 1672081439 Footnotes as Endnotes (Extended) \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1672081439 This module sets all footnotes as endnotes. This uses the \family sans enotez \family default package which is more powerful and customizable than then \family sans endnotes \family default package, but requires a fairly modern \change_deleted -712698321 1673861654 LaTeX \change_inserted -712698321 1673861654 \SpecialChar LaTeX \change_inserted 564990737 1672081439 distribution (with \change_deleted -712698321 1673861656 LaTeX \change_inserted -712698321 1673861656 \SpecialChar LaTeX \change_inserted 564990737 1672081439 3). Use \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator List/Contents/References\SpecialChar menuseparator Endnotes \family default to insert the endnotes list where you want the endnotes to appear. See also \family sans Help\SpecialChar menuseparator Embedded \change_deleted -712698321 1673861808 \SpecialChar menuseparator \change_inserted 564990737 1672081439 Objects \change_deleted -712698321 1673861955 \SpecialChar menuseparator Notes\SpecialChar menuseparator Footnotes \change_inserted -712698321 1673861989 \family default , section \emph on 4.2 Footnotes \emph default . \change_deleted -712698321 1673861956 . \change_inserted 564990737 1672081439 \end_layout \begin_layout Section \change_inserted 564990737 1672081439 Leisure, Sports and Music \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection \change_inserted 564990737 1672081439 Chess Board \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1672081439 This module provides support for the \family sans chessboard \family default package to print chess games. See \family sans File\SpecialChar menuseparator Open Example\SpecialChar menuseparator Articles\SpecialChar menuseparator Chess \family default where you will find \family sans Game 1 \family default and \family sans Game 2 \family default and the \begin_inset CommandInset href LatexCommand href name "chessboard documentation" target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/chessboard/chessboard.pdf" literal "false" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection \change_inserted 564990737 1672081439 Lilypond Music Notation \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1672081439 This module provides an inset via \family sans \bar under I \bar default nsert\SpecialChar menuseparator Custom Inset\SpecialChar menuseparator Lilypond \family default in which to enter code for the LilyPond music editor. It will then be processed in the output. See \family sans Help\SpecialChar menuseparator Specific Manuals\SpecialChar menuseparator Lilypond \family default and \family sans File\SpecialChar menuseparator Open Example\SpecialChar menuseparator Modules\SpecialChar menuseparator Lilypond Book \family default . It cannot be used if the modules \family sans Rnw \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset (knitr) \family default or \family sans Sweave \family default have been loaded. \end_layout \begin_layout Section \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150 List enhancements \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150 Customizable Lists \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "subsec:Customizable-Lists" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150 This module uses the \family sans enumitem \family default package to enable the customization of various list environments. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150 Custom Enumerate Lists \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \noindent \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150 The default numbering of numbered lists can be changed by adding an optional argument (menu \family sans \bar under I \bar default nsert\SpecialChar menuseparator \bar under S \bar default hort Title \family default ) to the first item of each level in the list. There you add the command \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150 \family sans label= \backslash roman{enumi} \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150 in \SpecialChar TeX Code (shortcut \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "ert-insert" \end_inset ). \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150 \family sans enumi \family default is the first level counter of the enumeration. To change the numbering for the list sublevels, replace the “ \family sans i \family default ” in the command by the small Roman numeral of the level ( \family sans enumi \family default , \family sans enumii \family default , \family sans enumiii \family default , \family sans enumiv \family default ). \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150 The command \family sans \backslash roman \family default outputs the counter as a small Roman numeral. For capital Roman numerals replace \family sans \backslash roman \family default with \family sans \backslash Roman \family default in the command above. For Arabic numerals use \family sans \backslash arabic \family default . To \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset number \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset items with capital or small Latin letters use \family sans \backslash Alph \family default or \family sans \backslash alph \family default , respectively. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \noindent \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150 \begin_inset Note Greyedout status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150 \series bold Note: \series default You can only number 26 \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset items with Latin letters, because this numbering is limited to single letters. \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150 Here is a list with custom numbering: \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150 \begin_inset Argument 1 status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150 \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150 label= \backslash # \backslash Alph{enumi} \backslash # \end_layout \end_inset \change_unchanged \end_layout \end_inset Level 1 \begin_inset Separator latexpar \end_inset \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Enumerate \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150 \begin_inset Argument 1 status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150 \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150 label= \backslash Alph{enumi}. \backslash arabic{enumii} \end_layout \end_inset \change_unchanged \end_layout \end_inset Level 2 \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150 Level 2 \begin_inset Separator latexpar \end_inset \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Enumerate \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150 \begin_inset Argument 1 status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150 \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150 label= \change_deleted 274215730 1672889016 \backslash bf \change_inserted 274215730 1672889016 \backslash bfseries \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150 { \backslash arabic{enumiii}} \end_layout \end_inset \change_unchanged \end_layout \end_inset Level 3 \begin_inset Separator latexpar \end_inset \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Enumerate \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150 \begin_inset Argument 1 status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150 \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150 label= \backslash emph{ \backslash roman{enumiv})} \end_layout \end_inset \change_unchanged \end_layout \end_inset Level 4 \end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper \end_deeper \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150 For this list these commands were used: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \noindent \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150 \family sans label= \backslash # \backslash Alph{enumi} \backslash # \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset label= \backslash Alph{enumi}. \backslash arabic{enumii} \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset label= \change_deleted 274215730 1672889037 \backslash bf \change_inserted 274215730 1672889037 \backslash bfseries \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150 { \backslash arabic{enumiii}} \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset label= \backslash emph{ \backslash roman{enumiv})} \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150 where the command \family sans \backslash emph{} \family default makes the label emphasized and \change_deleted 274215730 1672889045 \family sans \backslash bf{} \change_inserted 274215730 1672889046 \backslash bfseries{} \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150 \family default makes it bold. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150 \begin_inset Note Greyedout status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150 \series bold Note: \series default When you change the label of a list level, it will be used for all following lists until you change the definition. \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150 \begin_inset ERT status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150 \backslash renewcommand{ \backslash labelenumi}{ \backslash thesection. \backslash arabic{enumi}} \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150 Numbered Paragraphs in Reports \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \change_inserted 564990737 1672138213 Official reports often include numbered paragraphs; you can achieve this with a variation on the approach outlined in the footnote \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "fn:If-you-really" plural "false" caps "false" noprefix "false" nolink "false" \end_inset . Replace \family sans item \family default in each command with \family sans enum \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150 These numbered paragraphs were generated by inserting the \SpecialChar TeX Code \begin_inset Separator latexpar \end_inset \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150 \family sans \backslash renewcommand{ \backslash labelenumi}{ \backslash thesection. \backslash arabic{enumi}} \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150 before the start of the section; \family sans \backslash thesection \family default uses the \SpecialChar LaTeX section counter to generate the first part of the number. \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Enumerate \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150 I have ignored the subsection heading in this example because, with paragraphs numbered in this way, subsections are less likely to be used. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150 Resumed Enumeration \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150 \begin_inset ERT status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150 \backslash renewcommand{ \backslash labelenumi}{ \backslash arabic{enumi}} \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150 Enumerations can be resumed after intermediate paragraphs: \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150 \begin_inset Argument 1 status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150 \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150 label= \backslash arabic{enumi}. \end_layout \end_inset \change_unchanged \end_layout \end_inset first \begin_inset Note Note status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150 goes back to default numbering \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150 second \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150 regular text \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate-Resume \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150 resumed \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150 To resume an enumeration, use the style \family sans Enumerate-Resume \family default . \change_deleted -712698321 1673882803 Its numbering appears in blue within \SpecialChar LyX to indicate that it is a resumed list and that the numbering will not be correct in \SpecialChar LyX , but in the output. \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150 \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150 \begin_inset Note Greyedout status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150 \series bold Note: \series default If there is no previous enumeration to resume, you will get a \SpecialChar LaTeX error. \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150 Perhaps you might want to resume the list with a different number from the next one. Or you want to start a new enumeration with a defined number. This is possible by adding an optional argument to the first list item of a normal enumeration. There, insert the command \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150 \family sans start=number \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150 where \family sans number \family default is the number with which you want to resume the list. An example: \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150 first item \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150 second item \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150 Enumeration starting at a given value: \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150 \begin_inset Argument 1 status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150 \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150 start=4 \end_layout \end_inset \change_unchanged \end_layout \end_inset This enumeration starts at 4 \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150 List Spacing \begin_inset Index idx range none pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150 Lists ! Spacing \change_unchanged \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150 In some cases you might want less or more vertical space between the items of a list. For example if the default space is too much in your opinion in this case: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150 A bullet list \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150 with standard spacing \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150 You can decrease the space by adding an optional argument to the first item of the list. Add there the command \family sans nolistsep \family default to get no additional list space like in this example: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150 \begin_inset Argument 1 status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150 \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150 nolistsep \end_layout \end_inset \change_unchanged \end_layout \end_inset A bullet list \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150 without additional \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150 vertical space \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150 To add space you can use several other commands provided by the \family sans enumitem \family default \begin_inset Index idx range none pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150 \SpecialChar LaTeX -packages ! enumitem \change_unchanged \end_layout \end_inset package. For more information see the \begin_inset CommandInset href LatexCommand href name "enumitem documentation" target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/enumitem/enumitem.pdf" literal "false" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150 There are also many commands available to change the horizontal spacing and indentation. Here is an example where the indentation was changed to that of the paragraphs in the document and the label separation was set to 2 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset cm so that the number is in the page margin: \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150 \begin_inset Argument 1 status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150 \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150 labelindent= \backslash parindent, labelsep=2cm \end_layout \end_inset \change_unchanged \end_layout \end_inset An enumeration \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150 with negative indentation \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150 Further Customization \begin_inset Index idx range none pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150 Lists ! Customization \change_unchanged \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150 You can also change the style of description lists. The command \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150 \family sans font=definition \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150 changes the description label font, the command \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150 \family sans style=definitio \family default \series bold n \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150 sets the list style. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150 An example where the command \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150 \family sans font= \backslash itshape, style=nextline \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150 is used: \end_layout \begin_layout Description \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150 Ionizing \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset radiation: \begin_inset Argument 1 status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150 \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150 labelindent=0pt, labelsep=1cm, font= \backslash itshape, style=nextline \end_layout \end_inset \change_unchanged \end_layout \end_inset Ionizing radiation consists of particles or electromagnetic waves that are energetic enough to detach electrons from atoms or molecules, therefore ionizing them. \end_layout \begin_layout Description \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150 Reference \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset counting: In computer science, reference counting is a technique of storing the number of references, pointers, or handles to a resource such as an object, block of memory, disk space or other resource. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150 There are many more commands and features provided by the \family sans enumitem \family default \begin_inset Index idx range none pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150 \SpecialChar LaTeX -packages ! enumitem \change_unchanged \end_layout \end_inset package. For more information see the \begin_inset CommandInset href LatexCommand href name "enumitem documentation" target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/enumitem/enumitem.pdf" literal "false" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150 \series bold Paragraph Lists \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1672138150 This module uses the package \family sans paralist \family default to provide nine new list environments. Itemized and enumerated lists can be typeset within paragraphs, as paragraphs and in a compact version. Most environments have optional arguments to format the labels. Additionally, the \SpecialChar LaTeX list environments itemize and enumerate are extended to use a similar optional argument. For further details see \family sans File\SpecialChar menuseparator Open Example\SpecialChar menuseparator Modules\SpecialChar menuseparator Paragraph Lists (paralist) \family default , \family sans Help\SpecialChar menuseparator Specific Manuals\SpecialChar menuseparator Paralist \family default and the \begin_inset CommandInset href LatexCommand href name "paralist documentation" target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/paralist/paralist.pdf" literal "false" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Section \change_inserted 564990737 1672161542 Literate Programming \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection \change_inserted 564990737 1672161542 Noweb \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1672161542 This module allows the use of Noweb as a literate programming tool. The files and the documentation for Noweb can be obtained from \begin_inset CommandInset href LatexCommand href name "CTAN" target "https://www.ctan.org/pkg/noweb" literal "false" \end_inset . Literate programming is described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Literate-Programming" nolink "false" \end_inset and there are three example files: \family sans File\SpecialChar menuseparator Open Example\SpecialChar menuseparator Modules\SpecialChar menuseparator Noweb \family default , \family sans File\SpecialChar menuseparator Open Example\SpecialChar menuseparator Modules\SpecialChar menuseparator Noweb Listerrors \family default and \family sans File\SpecialChar menuseparator Open Example\SpecialChar menuseparator Modules\SpecialChar menuseparator Noweb2\SpecialChar LyX \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection \change_inserted 564990737 1672161542 Rnw (knitr) \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1672161542 This module uses the \family typewriter knitr \family default and \family sans includernw \family default packages. The \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \change_inserted 564990737 1672161542 knitr \change_unchanged \end_layout \end_inset package in R for dynamic report generation has to be installed for this module to work: \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \change_inserted 564990737 1672161542 install.packages(“knitr”) \change_unchanged \end_layout \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Paragraph \change_inserted 564990737 1672161542 Note \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1672161542 it depends on R >= 2.14.1. For more info see \begin_inset Flex URL status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \change_inserted 564990737 1672161542 http://yihui.name/knitr \change_unchanged \end_layout \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1672161542 The package \family sans includernw \family default also has to be installed. It cannot be used if the modules \family sans LilyPond \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Book \family default or \family sans Sweave \family default are loaded. See \family sans Help\SpecialChar menuseparator Specific Manuals\SpecialChar menuseparator Knitr \family default , \family sans File\SpecialChar menuseparator Open Example\SpecialChar menuseparator Modules\SpecialChar menuseparator Rnw (knitr) \family default and section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Literate-Programming" nolink "false" \end_inset for information about literate programming. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection \change_inserted 564990737 1672161542 Sweave \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1672161542 This module allows the use of the statistical language S/R as a literate programming tool. It requires the \family sans includernw \family default and \family sans fancyvrb \family default packages. Both \begin_inset CommandInset href LatexCommand href name "includernw" target "https://www.ctan.org/pkg/includernw" literal "false" \end_inset and \begin_inset CommandInset href LatexCommand href name "fancyvrb" target "https://www.ctan.org/pkg/fancyvrb" literal "false" \end_inset are available from CTAN. It cannot be used if the module \family sans LilyPond \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Book \family default has been loaded. See \family sans Help\SpecialChar menuseparator Specific Manuals\SpecialChar menuseparator Sweave, \family default \family sans File\SpecialChar menuseparator Open Example\SpecialChar menuseparator Modules\SpecialChar menuseparator Sweave \family default and section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Literate-Programming" nolink "false" \end_inset for information about literate programming. \end_layout \begin_layout Section \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959 Maths \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959 AMS Theorems \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959 This modules defines theorem environments and the proof environment using the extended AMS machinery. Both numbered and unnumbered types are provided. By default, the theorems are numbered consecutively throughout the document. This can be changed by loading one of the \family sans AMS Theorems (Numbered by \SpecialChar ldots ) \family default modules. It cannot be used if the modules \family sans Standard Theorems \family default or \family sans Standard Theorems (Unnumbered) \family default have been loaded. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959 AMS Theorems (Extended) \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959 This module defines some additional theorem environments for use with the \family sans AMS Theorems \family default package (which must be loaded). It includes Criterion, Algorithm, Axiom, Condition, Note, Notation, Summary, Acknowledgement, Conclusion, Fact, Assumption, Case and Question in both numbered and unnumbered forms. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959 AMS Theorems (Extended, Numbered by Type within Chapters) \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959 This module defines some additional theorem environments for use with the \family sans AMS Theorems (Numbered by Type within Chapters) \family default package (which must be loaded). It includes Criterion, Algorithm, Axiom, Condition, Note, Notation, Summary, Acknowledgement, Conclusion, Assumption and Case in both numbered and unnumbered forms. Unlike the \family sans AMS Theorems (Extended) \family default module, the different theorem types provided here each have a separate counter, restarted with each new chapter (e.g., criterion 1.1, criterion 1.2, axiom 1.1, assumption 1.1, criterion 2.1, criterion 2.2, axiom 2.1\SpecialChar ldots , as opposed to criterion 1, criterion 2, axiom 3, assumption 4...). \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959 AMS Theorems (Extended, Numbered by Type) \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959 This module defines some additional theorem environments for use with the \family sans AMS Theorems (Numbered by Type) \family default package (which must be loaded). It includes Criterion, Algorithm, Axiom, Condition, Note, Notation, Summary, Acknowledgement, Conclusion, Assumption and Case in both numbered and unnumbered forms. Unlike the \family sans AMS Theorems (Extended) \family default module, the different theorem types provided here each have a separate counter (e.g., criterion 1, criterion 2, axiom 1, assumption 1, criterion 3, \SpecialChar ldots , as opposed to criterion 1, criterion 2, axiom 3, assumption 4, \SpecialChar ldots ). \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959 AMS Theorems (Numbered by Type within Chapters) \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959 This module defines theorem environments and the proof environment using the extended AMS machinery. Both numbered and unnumbered types are provided. Unlike the \family sans AMS Theorems \family default module, the different theorem types provided here each have a separate counter (e.g., theorem 1.1, theorem 1.2, lemma 1.1, proposition 1.1, theorem 1.3, lemma 1.2, \SpecialChar ldots , as opposed to theorem 1, theorem 2, lemma 3, proposition 4, \SpecialChar ldots ). The numbering restarts for each chapter: theorem 1.1, theorem 2.1, \SpecialChar ldots It cannot be used if the modules \family sans AMS Theorems \family default , \family sans Standard Theorems \family default , \family sans Standard Theorems (Numbered by Type) \family default or \family sans Standard Theorems (Unnumbered) \family default have been loaded. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959 AMS Theorems (Numbered by Type) \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959 This module defines theorem environments and the proof environment using the extended AMS machinery. Both numbered and unnumbered types are provided. Unlike the \family sans AMS Theorems \family default module, the different theorem types provided here each have a separate counter (e.g., theorem 1, theorem 2, lemma 1, proposition 1, theorem 3, lemma 2, \SpecialChar ldots , as opposed to theorem 1, theorem 2, lemma 3, proposition 4, \SpecialChar ldots ). The numbering’s scope is the whole document. For chapter- and section-wide numbering, use one of the ‘within Sections’/‘within Chapters’ modules, respectively. It cannot be used if the modules \family sans AMS Theorems \family default , \family sans Standard Theorems \family default , \family sans Standard Theorems (Numbered by Type) \family default or \family sans Standard Theorems (Unnumbered) \family default have been loaded. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959 Number Equations by Section \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959 This module resets the equation number at section start and prepends the section number to the equation number, as in “(2.1).” \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959 Standard Theorems \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959 This module defines some theorem environments for use with non-AMS classes. By default, the theorems are numbered consecutively throughout the document. This can be changed by loading one of the \family sans Standard Theorems (Numbered by \SpecialChar ldots ) \family default modules. It cannot be used if the modules \family sans AMS Theorems \family default or \family sans Standard Theorems (Unnumbered) \family default have been loaded. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959 Standard Theorems (Nameable) \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959 This module facilitates the use of named theorems. The name of the theorem goes into the “Additional Theorem Text” argument. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959 Standard Theorems (Numbered by Chapter) \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959 This module numbers theorems and the like by chapter (i.e., the counter is reset at each chapter start). Use this module only with document classes that provide a chapter environment. One of the modules \family sans AMS Theorems \family default or \family sans Standard Theorems \family default must be loaded. It cannot be used if the module \family sans Standard Theorems (Numbered by Section) \family default has been loaded. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959 Standard Theorems (Numbered by Section) \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959 This module numbers theorems and the like by section (i.e., the counter is reset at each section start). One of the modules \family sans AMS Theorems \family default or \family sans Standard Theorems \family default must be loaded. It cannot be used if the module \family sans Standard Theorems (Numbered by Chapter) \family default has been loaded. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959 Standard Theorems (Numbered by Type within Chapters) \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959 This module defines some theorem environments for use with non-AMS classes. Unlike the \family sans AMS Theorems \family default and \family sans Standard Theorems \family default modules, the different theorem types provided here each have a separate counter (e.g., theorem 1, theorem 2, lemma 1, proposition 1, theorem 3, lemma 2, \SpecialChar ldots , as opposed to theorem 1, theorem 2, lemma 3, proposition 4, \SpecialChar ldots ). The numbering is reset at each chapter start. One of the modules \family sans AMS Theorems (Numbered by Type) \family default or \family sans Standard Theorems (Numbered by Type) \family default must be loaded. It cannot be used if any of the modules \family sans AMS Theorems \family default , \family sans Standard Theorems \family default , \family sans Standard Theorems (Unnumbered) \family default , \family sans Standard Theorems (Numbered by Sections) \family default or \family sans Standard Theorems (Numbered by Type within Sections) \family default have been loaded. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959 Standard Theorems (Numbered by Type within Sections) \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959 This module defines some theorem environments for use with non-AMS classes. Unlike the \family sans AMS Theorems \family default and \family sans Standard Theorems \family default modules, the different theorem types provided here each have a separate counter (e.g., theorem 1, theorem 2, lemma 1, proposition 1, theorem 3, lemma 2, \SpecialChar ldots , as opposed to theorem 1, theorem 2, lemma 3, proposition 4, \SpecialChar ldots ). The numbering is reset at each section start. One of the modules \family sans AMS Theorems (Numbered by Type) \family default or \family sans Standard Theorems (Numbered by Type) \family default must be loaded. It cannot be used if any of the modules \family sans AMS Theorems \family default , \family sans Standard Theorems \family default , \family sans Standard Theorems (Unnumbered) \family default , \family sans Standard Theorems (Numbered by Chapters) \family default or \family sans Standard Theorems (Numbered by Type within Chapters) \family default have been loaded. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959 Standard Theorems (Numbered by Type) \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959 This module defines some theorem environments for use with non-AMS classes. Unlike the \family sans AMS Theorems \family default and \family sans Standard Theorems \family default modules, the different theorem types provided here each have a separate counter (e.g., theorem 1, theorem 2, lemma 1, proposition 1, theorem 3, lemma 2, \SpecialChar ldots , as opposed to theorem 1, theorem 2, lemma 3, proposition 4, \SpecialChar ldots ). The numbering’s scope is the whole document. For chapter- and section-wide numbering, use one of the “within Chapters”/“within Sections” modules, respectively. It cannot be used if any of the modules \family sans AMS Theorems \family default , \family sans Standard Theorems \family default , \family sans Standard Theorems (Unnumbered) \family default or \family sans AMS Theorems (Numbered by Type) \family default have been loaded. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959 Standard Theorems (Unnumbered) \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959 This module defines only unnumbered theorem environments and the proof environment, using the extended AMS machinery. It cannot be used if either of the modules \family sans AMS Theorems \family default or \family sans Standard Theorems \family default have been loaded. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959 Subequations \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1672224959 This module provides a straightforward way to segregate subequations in LyX. See \family sans Help\SpecialChar menuseparator Math\SpecialChar menuseparator Subnumbering \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Section \change_inserted 564990737 1672236008 Page Layout \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection \change_inserted 564990737 1672236008 Custom Header/Footer Text \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1672236008 This module requires the \family sans Page \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \bar under s \bar default tyle \family default option in the \family sans \bar under D \bar default ocument\SpecialChar menuseparator \bar under S \bar default ettings\SpecialChar menuseparator Page \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Layout \family default dialog to be set to \family typewriter fancy \family default . It adds six environments to document classes which support the \family typewriter fancyhdr \family default package: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_inserted 564990737 1672236008 \family sans Left Header \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_inserted 564990737 1672236008 \family sans Center Header \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_inserted 564990737 1672236008 \family sans Right Header \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_inserted 564990737 1672236008 \family sans Left Footer \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_inserted 564990737 1672236008 \family sans Center Footer \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_inserted 564990737 1672236008 \family sans Right Footer \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection \change_inserted 564990737 1672236008 Fancy Headers and Footers \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1672236008 The default page layout is rather plain; for an \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \change_inserted 564990737 1672236008 article \change_unchanged \end_layout \end_inset document class, all you get is a centered page number at the bottom of the page. This document uses KOMA-script’s book class; so it appears to be a bit fancier. Once the \family sans Page \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \bar under s \bar default tyle \family default in \family sans \bar under D \bar default ocument\SpecialChar menuseparator \bar under S \bar default ettings\SpecialChar menuseparator Page Layout \family default is set to \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset fancy \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , you will find that the page header is divided into three fields, not surprisingly labeled \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset left \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset center \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , and \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset right \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . The footer is also divided into these three fields. The \SpecialChar LaTeX commands to set these fields in the simplest manner are \family sans \backslash lhead \family default , \family sans \backslash chead \family default , \family sans \backslash rhead \family default , \family sans \backslash lfoot \family default , etc. Suppose you wish to put your name in the upper left hand corner of each page. Simply insert the following command in the preamble: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1672236008 \family sans \backslash lhead \family default \series bold { \series default John Q. DocWriter \series bold } \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1672236008 You will now see your name in the upper left. If a field has a default entry that you would like to get rid of (often the page number appears in the central footer) simply include a command with a blank argument, e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g.: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1672236008 \family sans \backslash cfoot{} \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1672236008 There is, however, an easier way to make simple changes. If you load the \family sans \bar under D \bar default ocument\SpecialChar menuseparator \bar under S \bar default ettings\SpecialChar menuseparator Modules\SpecialChar menuseparator Page Layout\SpecialChar menuseparator Custom Header/Footer Text \family default module, you will find you have six new environments corresponding to the six fields described above. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1672236008 Let's get really fancy: lets put the section number with the word \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Section \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset (e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g. \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset Section 3) in the upper left, the page number (e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g. \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset Page 4) in the upper right, your name in the lower left, and the date in the lower right. Use your newly enabled environments to add these entries: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1672236008 \begin_inset VSpace defskip \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1672236008 \color green Left \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset header: \series bold \color inherit \series default Section \family typewriter \family sans \backslash thesection \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1672236008 \color green Center header: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1672236008 \color green Right header: \color inherit Page \family typewriter \family sans \backslash thepage \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1672236008 \color green Left footer: \color inherit John Q. DocWriter \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1672236008 \color green Center footer: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1672236008 \color green Right footer: \series bold \color inherit \family sans \series default \backslash today \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1672236008 \begin_inset VSpace defskip \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1672236008 Make sure you enter the commands \family sans \backslash thesection \family default , \family sans \backslash thepage \family default and \family sans \backslash today \family default as \SpecialChar TeX Code commands \series bold . \series default The commands \family sans \backslash thesection \family default and \family sans \backslash thepage \family default access \SpecialChar LaTeX ’s section and page counters, and so print out the current section and page numbers. \family sans \backslash today \family default simply prints out today’s date. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1672236008 The thicknesses of the horizontal rules drawn beneath the header and above the footer can also be modified. If you don't want one of the rules, set its thickness to 0. The header rule has a default thickness of 0.4pt, the footer rule is 0pt. For this you will need to use \SpecialChar TeX Code commands like \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1672236008 \family sans \backslash renewcommand{ \backslash headrulewidth}{0.4pt} \family default and \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1672236008 \family sans \backslash renewcommand{ \backslash footrulewidth}{0.4pt} \family default to set the thicknesses. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1672236008 You can switch the header/footer settings on and off for individual pages using \SpecialChar TeX Code commands like \family sans \backslash thispagestyle{empty} \family default , \family sans \backslash thispagestyle{plain} \family default , and \family sans \backslash thispagestyle{fancy} \family default . Simply insert them in the text on the page you want changed and mark them as \SpecialChar TeX code. In fact, title pages are marked as plain by default, while following pages are marked fancy when using the global fancy setting. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1672236008 If you want a header or footer to be on the outer side of a two sided document, you need to use something like: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1672236008 \family sans \begin_inset Flex Strong status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \change_inserted 564990737 1672236008 \family sans \series medium \backslash fancyfoot{} \change_unchanged \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1672236008 \family sans \begin_inset Flex Strong status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \change_inserted 564990737 1672236008 \family sans \series medium \backslash fancyfoot[LE,RO]{ \backslash thepage} \change_unchanged \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1672236008 The first command clears all existing footers avoiding any conflicts with your new command. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1672236008 You can enter any of these commands, the simpler ones in any of your new environments, the more complex ones as \SpecialChar TeX Code commands, at any point in your document and they will take effect on the next page. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1672236008 As a final example, it is possible to include an image in the header or footer. Suppose you want to put a company logo in the upper left hand corner. You might try something like \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1672236008 \family sans \backslash lhead{ \backslash resizebox{1in}{!}{ \backslash includegraphics{logo.eps}}} \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \noindent \change_inserted 564990737 1672236008 (you may need to preface this with \family sans \backslash usepackage{graphics} \family default if you don't include graphics elsewhere in your document). \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1672236008 For more information on fancy headers, you can get the \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \change_inserted 564990737 1672236008 fancyhdr \change_unchanged \end_layout \end_inset documentation from \begin_inset CommandInset href LatexCommand href name "CTAN" target "http://www.ctan.org/pkg/fancyhdr" literal "false" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection \change_inserted 564990737 1672236008 Landscape Document Parts \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1672236008 This module outputs parts of the document in landscape mode using \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator Custom Insets\SpecialChar menuseparator Landscape \family default or \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator Custom Insets\SpecialChar menuseparator Landscape (Floating) \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection \change_inserted 564990737 1672236008 \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sec:Multiple-Columns" \end_inset Multiple Columns \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1672236008 This module uses the \family sans multicol \family default \begin_inset Index idx range none pageformat default status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \change_inserted 564990737 1672236008 \SpecialChar LaTeX -packages ! multicol \change_unchanged \end_layout \end_inset package and is independent of the option \family sans Two- \bar under c \bar default olumn document \family default in the \family sans \bar under D \bar default ocument\SpecialChar menuseparator \bar under S \bar default ettings\SpecialChar menuseparator Text \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Layout \family default dialog. If you want to have two columns for the whole document, you are recommended to use the \family sans Two- \bar under c \bar default olumn document \family default option. For all other cases use this module. \change_deleted 564990737 1672236008 Multiple Text Columns \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_deleted 564990737 1672236008 This feature is independent of the option \family sans Two-column document \family default in the document settings under \family sans Text Layout \family default . If you want to have 2 \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset columns for the whole document, it is recommended to use the \family sans Two-column document \family default option. For all other cases use this feature. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_deleted 564990737 1672236008 To use multiple text columns in your document, you have to load the module \family sans Multiple Columns \family default (menu \family sans Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator Modules \family default ) and must have the \SpecialChar LaTeX -package \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout multicol \end_layout \end_inset installed. \change_unchanged \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Footnotes within multiple columns will be placed at the bottom of the page and not under each column. Within the different columns you can use everything, with the limitation that for floats you need to \change_deleted 564990737 1672236179 use the float option \family sans Span columns \change_inserted 564990737 1672236179 \family default check the option \family sans \bar under S \bar default pan \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset columns \family default in \family sans \bar under E \bar default dit\SpecialChar menuseparator Flo \bar under a \bar default t \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Settings \change_unchanged \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Basics \end_layout \begin_layout Standard If you want to have 2 \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset columns in your text, insert a multicolumn inset via the menu \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator Custom \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Insets\SpecialChar menuseparator Multiple \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Columns \family default where the columns should start. Write all text that should be printed in 2 \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset columns into this inset. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Here is an example: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \noindent \begin_inset Flex Multiple Columns status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \noindent \series bold \size small The Adventure of the Empty House \series default \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset by Sir Arthur Conan Doyle \end_layout \begin_layout Plain Layout \size small It was in the spring of the year 1894 that all London was interested, and the fashionable world dismayed, by the murder of the Honourable Ronald Adair under most unusual and inexplicable circumstances. The public has already learned those particulars of the crime which came out in the police investigation, but a good deal was suppressed upon that occasion, since the case for the prosecution was so overwhelmingly strong that it was not necessary to bring forward all the facts. Only now, at the end of nearly ten years, am I allowed to supply those missing links which make up the whole of that remarkable chain. The crime was of interest in itself, but that interest was as nothing to me compared to the inconceivable sequel, which afforded me the greatest shock and surprise of any event in my adventurous life. Even now, after this long interval, I find myself thrilling as I think of it, and feeling once more that sudden flood of joy, amazement, and incredulity which utterly submerged my mind. Let me say to that public, which has shown some interest in those glimpses which I have occasionally given them of the thoughts and actions of a very remarkable man, that they are not to blame me if I have not shared my knowledge with them, for I should have considered it my first duty to do so, had I not been barred by a positive prohibition from his own lips, which was only withdrawn upon the third of last month. \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard To get 3 or more columns, set the cursor into the multicolumn inset and use the menu \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator Number \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset of \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Columns \family default . The number of the desired columns is written into that inset (for 3 \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset columns write \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset 3 \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset ). \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset Here is an example with 3 \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset columns: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Flex Multiple Columns status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \size footnotesize \begin_inset Argument 1 status open \begin_layout Plain Layout 3 \end_layout \end_inset It can be imagined that my close intimacy with Sherlock Holmes had interested me deeply in crime, and that after his disappearance I never failed to read with care the various problems which came before the public. And I even attempted, more than once, for my own private satisfaction, to employ his methods in their solution, though with indifferent success. There was none, however, which appealed to me like this tragedy of Ronald Adair. As I read the evidence at the inquest, which led up to a verdict of willful murder against some person or persons unknown, I realized more clearly than I had ever done the loss which the community had sustained by the death of Sherlock Holmes. There were points about this strange business which would, I was sure, have specially appealed to him, and the efforts of the police would have been supplemented, or more probably anticipated, by the trained observation and the alert mind of the first criminal agent in Europe. All day, as I drove upon my round, I turned over the case in my mind and found no explanation which appeared to me to be adequate. At the risk of telling a twice-told tale, I will recapitulate the facts as they were known to the public at the conclusion of the inquest. \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You can have up to 10 \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset columns if you want to, but that might not be very pleasant for the readers of your document. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_deleted 564990737 1672236245 \begin_inset Newpage newpage \end_inset \change_unchanged \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Columns inside Columns \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You can also have columns inside columns: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Flex Multiple Columns status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \size footnotesize The Honourable Ronald Adair was the second son of the Earl of Maynooth, at that time governor of one of the Australian colonies. Adair's mother had returned from Australia to undergo the operation for cataract, and she, her son Ronald, and her daughter Hilda were living together at 427 Park Lane. \end_layout \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset Flex Multiple Columns status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \size footnotesize The youth moved in the best society \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset – had, so far as was known, no enemies and no particular vices. He had been engaged to Miss Edith Woodley, of Carstairs, but the engagement had been broken off by mutual consent some months before, and there was no sign that it had left any very profound feeling behind it. For the rest {sic} the man's life moved in a narrow and conventional circle, for his habits were quiet and his nature unemotional. Yet it was upon this easy-going young aristocrat that death came, in most strange and unexpected form, between the hours of ten and eleven-twenty on the night of March 30, 1894. \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Plain Layout \size footnotesize Ronald Adair was fond of cards \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset – playing continually, but never for such stakes as would hurt him. He was a member of the Baldwin, the Cavendish, and the Bagatelle card clubs. It was shown that, after dinner on the day of his death, he had played a rubber of whist at the latter club. He had also played there in the afternoon. \size default \size footnotesize The evidence of those who had played with him \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset – Mr. Murray, Sir John Hardy, and Colonel Moran \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset – showed that the game was whist, and that there was a fairly equal fall of the cards. Adair might have lost five pounds, but not more. His fortune was a considerable one, and such a loss could not in any way affect him. He had played nearly every day at one club or other, but he was a cautious player, and usually rose a winner. It came out in evidence that, in partnership with Colonel Moran, he had actually won as much as four hundred and twenty pounds in a sitting, some weeks before, from Godfrey Milner and Lord Balmoral. So much for his recent history as it came out at the inquest. \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Advanced Examples \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The examples in this section show some more special features of multiple columns. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard For more features of multiple columns, have a look at the \begin_inset CommandInset href LatexCommand href name "documentation" target "http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/required/tools/multicol.pdf" literal "false" \end_inset of the \SpecialChar LaTeX -package \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout multicol \end_layout \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Paragraph Preface \end_layout \begin_layout Standard To add a preface text for multiple columns, set the cursor into the multicolumn inset and use the menu \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator Preface \family default . Write your preface text into that inset. \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset This is an example with some preface text: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset VSpace bigskip \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Flex Multiple Columns status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset Argument 2 status open \begin_layout Plain Layout And the story continues and continues and continues and continues\SpecialChar ldots \end_layout \end_inset \size small On the evening of the crime, he returned from the club exactly at ten. His mother and sister were out spending the evening with a relation. The servant deposed that she heard him enter the front room on the second floor, generally used as his sitting-room. She had lit a fire there, and as it smoked she had opened the window. No sound was heard from the room until eleven-twenty, the hour of the return of Lady Maynooth and her daughter. Desiring to say good-night, she attempted to enter her son's room. The door was locked on the inside, and no answer could be got to their cries and knocking. Help was obtained, and the door forced. The unfortunate young man was found lying near the table. His head had been horribly mutilated by an expanding revolver bullet, but no weapon of any sort was to be found in the room. \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You can also use a section heading as the preface if you use a section command as \SpecialChar TeX Code. For example the command \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code \backslash subsection{subsection title} \end_layout \begin_layout Standard creates a subsection. In this example the preface is a subsubsection: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Flex Multiple Columns status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset Argument 2 status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash subsubsection{ \end_layout \end_inset This is a subsubsection heading as a preface \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout } \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \size small A minute examination of the circumstances served only to make the case more complex. In the first place, no reason could be given why the young man should have fastened the door upon the inside. There was the possibility that the murderer had done this, and had afterwards escaped by the window. The drop was at least twenty feet, however, and a bed of crocuses in full bloom lay beneath. Neither the flowers nor the earth showed any sign of having been disturbed, nor were there any marks upon the narrow strip of grass which separated the house from the road. Apparently, therefore, it was the young man himself who had fastened the door. But how did he come by his death? No one could have climbed up to the window without leaving traces. Suppose a man had fired through the window, he would indeed be a remarkable shot who could with a revolver inflict so deadly a wound. Again, Park Lane is a frequented thoroughfare; there is a cab stand within a hundred yards of the house. No one had heard a shot. \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard If there is less vertical space than 6 \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset text lines is left on the page at the beginning of the multiple columns, a page break will be inserted before the multiple columns. Depending on the number of lines of the preface text, you might want to change this space. This is done by setting the cursor into the mulitcolumn inset behind the preface (if there is any) and using the menu \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator Space \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Before \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Page \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Break \family default . Insert into that inset the amount of space like e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g. \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset 5cm \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset In this example the space is set to 7 \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset text lines by using \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout 7 \backslash baselineskip \end_layout \end_inset (where the command \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash baselineskip \end_layout \end_inset needs to be inserted as \SpecialChar TeX code): \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Flex Multiple Columns status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset Argument 3 status open \begin_layout Plain Layout 7 \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash baselineskip \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \size small On the evening of the crime, he returned from the club exactly at ten. His mother and sister were out spending the evening with a relation. The servant deposed that she heard him enter the front room on the second floor, generally used as his sitting-room. She had lit a fire there, and as it smoked she had opened the window. No sound was heard from the room until eleven-twenty, the hour of the return of Lady Maynooth and her daughter. Desiring to say good-night, she attempted to enter her son's room. The door was locked on the inside, and no answer could be got to their cries and knocking. Help was obtained, and the door forced. The unfortunate young man was found lying near the table. His head had been horribly mutilated by an expanding revolver bullet, but no weapon of any sort was to be found in the room. \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Paragraph Surrounding Space \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The amount of space before and after multiple columns can be changed by changing the length \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash multicolsep \end_layout \end_inset . For example the command \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code \backslash setlength{ \backslash multicolsep}{3cm} \end_layout \begin_layout Standard in \SpecialChar TeX Code changes its value to 3 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset cm. The change must be made before the multiple columns' start. The predefined value is 13 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset pt. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard For this example \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash multicolsep \end_layout \end_inset was set to 2.5 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset cm: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash setlength{ \backslash multicolsep}{2.5cm} \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Flex Multiple Columns status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \size small All day I turned these facts over in my mind, endeavouring to hit upon some theory which could reconcile them all, and to find that line of least resistance which my poor friend had declared to be the starting-point of every investigation. I confess that I made little progress. In the evening I strolled across the Park, and found myself about six o'clock at the Oxford Street end of Park Lane. A group of loafers upon the pavements, all staring up at a particular window, directed me to the house which I had come to see. A tall, thin man with coloured glasses, whom I strongly suspected of being a plain-clothes detective, was pointing out some theory of his own, while the others crowded round to listen to what he said. I got as near him as I could, but his observations seemed to me to be absurd, so I withdrew again in some disgust. As I did so I struck against an elderly, deformed man, who had been behind me, and I knocked down several books which he was carrying. \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Note Greyedout status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Note: \series default The values you set with \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash setlength \end_layout \end_inset will be used for all following multiple columns until you change them again. \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash setlength{ \backslash multicolsep}{13pt} \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Note Note status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout go back to the default \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_deleted 564990737 1672236355 \begin_inset Newpage newpage \end_inset \change_unchanged \end_layout \begin_layout Paragraph Column Breaks \end_layout \begin_layout Standard A column break can be forced by inserting the command \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash columnbreak{} \end_layout \end_inset as \SpecialChar TeX Code to that position in the text where the column should be broken. Note that this leads in most cases to whitespace in the text. \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset Here is an example: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Flex Multiple Columns status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \size small \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset You're surprised to see me, sir, \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset said he, in a strange, croaking voice. \end_layout \begin_layout Plain Layout \size small I acknowledged that I was. \end_layout \begin_layout Plain Layout \size small \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Well, I've a conscience, sir, and when I chanced to see you go into this house, as I came hobbling after you, I thought to myself, I'll just step in and see that kind gentleman, and tell him that if I was a bit gruff in my manner there was not any harm meant, and that I am much obliged to him for picking up my books. \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Plain Layout \size small \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset You make too much of a trifle, \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset said I. \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset May I ask how you knew who I was? \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset AFTER THIS SENTENCE THE COLUMN BREAK IS FORCED. \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash columnbreak{} \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Plain Layout \size small \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Well, sir, if it isn't too great a liberty, I am a neighbour of yours, for you'll find my little bookshop at the corner of Church Street, and very happy to see you, I am sure. Maybe you collect yourself, sir. Here's \noun on British \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Birds \noun default , and \noun on Catullus \noun default , and \noun on The Holy War \noun default \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset – a bargain, every one of them. With five volumes you could just fill that gap on that second shelf. It looks untidy, does it not, sir? \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Paragraph Column Separation \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The width of the columns is automatically calculated, but you can modify the space between the columns. This is done by changing the length \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash columnsep \end_layout \end_inset . Its predefined value is 10 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset pt. Here is an example where \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash columnsep \end_layout \end_inset is set to 3 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset cm: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash setlength{ \backslash columnsep}{3cm} \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Flex Multiple Columns status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \size small My observations of No. \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset 427 Park Lane did little to clear up the problem in which I was interested. The house was separated from the street by a low wall and railing, the whole not more than five feet high. It was perfectly easy, therefore, for anyone to get into the garden, but the window was entirely inaccessible, since there was no water pipe or anything which could help the most active man to climb it. More puzzled than ever, I retraced my steps to Kensington. I had not been in my study five minutes when the maid entered to say that a person desired to see me. To my astonishment it was none other than my strange old book collector, his sharp, wizened face peering out from a frame of white hair, and his precious volumes, a dozen of them at least, wedged under his right arm. \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash setlength{ \backslash columnsep}{10pt} \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Note Note status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout go back to the default \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Paragraph Vertical Lines \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Between the columns a rule with a width of the length \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash columnseprule \end_layout \end_inset is placed. If this rule width is set to 0 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset pt (this is the default), the rule is suppressed. In the following example the rule is 2 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset pt wide: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash setlength{ \backslash columnseprule}{2pt} \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Flex Multiple Columns status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \size small \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset You're surprised to see me, sir, \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset said he, in a strange, croaking voice. \end_layout \begin_layout Plain Layout \size small I acknowledged that I was. \end_layout \begin_layout Plain Layout \size small \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Well, I've a conscience, sir, and when I chanced to see you go into this house, as I came hobbling after you, I thought to myself, I'll just step in and see that kind gentleman, and tell him that if I was a bit gruff in my manner there was not any harm meant, and that I am much obliged to him for picking up my books. \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Plain Layout \size small \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset You make too much of a trifle, \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset said I. \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset May I ask how you knew who I was? \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Plain Layout \size small \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Well, sir, if it isn't too great a liberty, I am a neighbour of yours, for you'll find my little bookshop at the corner of Church Street, and very happy to see you, I am sure. Maybe you collect yourself, sir. Here's \noun on British \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Birds \noun default , and \noun on Catullus \noun default , and \noun on The Holy War \noun default \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset – a bargain, every one of them. With five volumes you could just fill that gap on that second shelf. It looks untidy, does it not, sir? \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset VSpace defskip \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The rule can be colored by redefining the command \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash columnseprulecolor \end_layout \end_inset . This is done by inserting the command \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code \backslash renewcommand{ \backslash columnseprulecolor}{ \backslash color{red}} \end_layout \begin_layout Standard as \SpecialChar TeX Code before the multicolumn inset. Replace \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout red \end_layout \end_inset in this command by a color of your choice. You can use all pre- and self-defined colors. See the \emph on EmbeddedObjects \emph default manual, section \emph on Colored \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Tables \emph default for more information about pre- and self-defined colors. To go back to the default color insert the command \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code \backslash renewcommand{ \backslash columnseprulecolor}{ \backslash normalcolor} \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Here is the example with a cyan rule and 1 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset cm column separation: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash setlength{ \backslash columnsep}{1cm} \end_layout \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash renewcommand{ \backslash columnseprulecolor}{ \backslash color{cyan}} \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Flex Multiple Columns status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \size small \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset You're surprised to see me, sir, \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset said he, in a strange, croaking voice. \end_layout \begin_layout Plain Layout \size small I acknowledged that I was. \end_layout \begin_layout Plain Layout \size small \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Well, I've a conscience, sir, and when I chanced to see you go into this house, as I came hobbling after you, I thought to myself, I'll just step in and see that kind gentleman, and tell him that if I was a bit gruff in my manner there was not any harm meant, and that I am much obliged to him for picking up my books. \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Plain Layout \size small \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset You make too much of a trifle, \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset said I. \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset May I ask how you knew who I was? \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Plain Layout \size small \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Well, sir, if it isn't too great a liberty, I am a neighbour of yours, for you'll find my little bookshop at the corner of Church Street, and very happy to see you, I am sure. Maybe you collect yourself, sir. Here's \noun on British \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Birds \noun default , and \noun on Catullus \noun default , and \noun on The Holy War \noun default \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset – a bargain, every one of them. With five volumes you could just fill that gap on that second shelf. It looks untidy, does it not, sir? \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash setlength{ \backslash columnseprule}{0pt} \end_layout \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash renewcommand{ \backslash columnseprulecolor}{ \backslash normalcolor} \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Note Note status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout go back to the default \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Section \change_inserted 564990737 1671270380 Paragraph Styles \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection \change_inserted 564990737 1671270398 Custom \change_deleted 564990737 1671270396 Non-standard \change_unchanged Paragraph Shapes \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \noindent \SpecialChar LaTeX as well as any other text processor uses by default rectangular paragraphs. For special cases like for example posters, invitation cards or poems you can modify the paragraph shape to one of your choice. \change_deleted 564990737 1672311802 This can be done by using the \SpecialChar LaTeX -package \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout shapepar \end_layout \end_inset which is loaded by using in the document settings the module \family sans Custom paragraph shapes \family default . \change_inserted 564990737 1672311802 This module uses the \family sans shapepar \family default package to provide over a dozen paragraph shapes as well as commands to define custom shapes. \change_unchanged \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Predefined shapes \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \series bold shapepar \series default provides the following shapes: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Tabular \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold \size small Name \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold \size small Description \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold \size small Annotation \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \size small CDlabel \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \size small Circle with circular hole (in the size of a CD/DVD) \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \size small Cannot be scaled, take care there is not too much text \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \size small Circle \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \size small Circle \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \size small Fragile, calculation might fail \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \size small Diamond \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \size small Rhomboid (symbolizing a \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset diamond \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset ) \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \size small - \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \size small Heart \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \size small Heart-like shape \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \size small - \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \size small Hexagon \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \size small Hexagon \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \size small - \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \size small Nut \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \size small Nut for bolt (hexagon with circular hole) \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \size small - \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \size small Square \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \size small Square \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \size small - \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \size small Star \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \size small Five-point star \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \size small - \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \size small Candle \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \size small Burning candle \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \size small - \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \size small Drop down/up \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \size small Normal/reversed rain drop \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \size small Fragile, calculation might fail \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \size small \SpecialChar TeX \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \size small The \SpecialChar TeX logo \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \size small - \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \size small Triangle up/down/ \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset left/right \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \size small Triangles in different orientations \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \size small - \end_layout \end_inset \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard To use a shape for your paragraph, simply select it in \SpecialChar LyX 's pull-down box for environments in the toolbar. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Newpage newpage \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Here is an example paragraph in the shape of a nut: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset VSpace bigskip \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Nut \lang latin Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consetetur sadipscing elitr, sed diam nonumy eirmod tempor invidunt ut labore et dolore magna aliquyam erat, sed diam voluptua. At vero eos et accusam et justo duo dolores et ea rebum. Stet clita kasd gubergren, no sea takimata sanctus est Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet. Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consetetur sadipscing elitr, sed diam nonumy eirmod tempor invidunt ut labore et dolore magna aliquyam erat, sed diam voluptua. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset VSpace bigskip \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Note Greyedout status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Note \series default : \family sans shapepar \family default paragraphs cannot run over a page break. \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset VSpace bigskip \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The package \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout shapepar \end_layout \end_inset takes care that the shape will always be preserved, no matter how much text is in the paragraph. Therefore the paragraph size changes with the amount of contained text. This can lead to paragraph sizes exceeding the page margins. To demonstrate the size scaling, here is the same example paragraph but with twice as much text: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Newpage newpage \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Nut \lang latin Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consetetur sadipscing elitr, sed diam nonumy eirmod tempor invidunt ut labore et dolore magna aliquyam erat, sed diam voluptua. At vero eos et accusam et justo duo dolores et ea rebum. Stet clita kasd gubergren, no sea takimata sanctus est Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet. Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consetetur sadipscing elitr, sed diam nonumy eirmod tempor invidunt ut labore et dolore magna aliquyam erat, sed diam voluptua. Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consetetur sadipscing elitr, sed diam nonumy eirmod tempor invidunt ut labore et dolore magna aliquyam erat, sed diam voluptua. At vero eos et accusam et justo duo dolores et ea rebum. Stet clita kasd gubergren, no sea takimata sanctus est Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet. Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consetetur sadipscing elitr, sed diam nonumy eirmod tempor invidunt ut labore et dolore magna aliquyam erat, sed diam voluptua. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset VSpace bigskip \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard An exception is the shape \family sans CDlabel \family default . It cannot be scaled because it must fit the size of a CD/DVD. Therefore the amount of text that fits into the shape is limited. \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset The \family sans drop \family default shapes and the \family sans circle \family default shape are fragile, meaning that the calculation of their size can fail, depending on the amount of text. You will then get the \SpecialChar LaTeX error \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Arithmetic overflow \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . In this case one can try to remove or add some text; if nothing works one has to use another shape. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset VSpace bigskip \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard For shapes with tips you will maybe see that \SpecialChar LaTeX 's hyphenation routine fails for text in the tips. Therefore it is often necessary to add hyphenation points \family sans ( \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "specialchar-insert hyphenation" \end_inset \family default ) to the corresponding text parts. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset VSpace bigskip \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Shapepar paragraphs are either always centered or placed on the page so that their left border touches the left page margin. You can therefore not use the paragraph dialog to align such paragraphs. A solution is to put the paragraph into a minipage or parbox and align the box. The problem is hereby to find the right width for the box. Because if it is too wide and you center the box, the paragraph is not centered too because it sticks at the left side of the box. So you might have to play a bit with the width until it fits. Here are two heart-shaped paragraphs, the first one is not aligned, the second one is right-aligned: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Newpage newpage \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Heart \noindent \lang latin Lo\SpecialChar softhyphen rem ipsum dolor sit amet, consetetur sadipscing elitr, sed diam nonumy eirmod tempor invidunt ut labore et dolore magna aliquyam erat, sed diam voluptua. At vero eos et accusam et justo duo dolores et ea rebum. Stet clita kasd gubergren, no sea takimata sanctus est Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset VSpace bigskip \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \noindent \align right \begin_inset Box Frameless position "t" hor_pos "c" has_inner_box 1 inner_pos "t" use_parbox 1 use_makebox 0 width "42col%" special "none" height "1in" height_special "totalheight" thickness "0.4pt" separation "3pt" shadowsize "4pt" framecolor "black" backgroundcolor "none" status open \begin_layout Heart \noindent \lang latin Lo\SpecialChar softhyphen rem ipsum dolor sit amet, consetetur sadipscing elitr, sed diam nonumy eirmod tempor invidunt ut labore et dolore magna aliquyam erat, sed diam voluptua. At vero eos et accusam et justo duo dolores et ea rebum. Stet clita kasd gubergren, no sea takimata sanctus est Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet. \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Custom shapes \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You can define any shape you want. Doing this manually is a lot of work because every coordinate must be specified. But there is a way to let the computer calculate the coordinates: \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate Install the program \begin_inset CommandInset href LatexCommand href name "Jpgfdraw" target "https://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/graphics/jpgfdraw" literal "false" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate In \family sans Jpgfdraw \family default go to the menu \family sans TeX/LaTeX\SpecialChar menuseparator Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator Set Normal Size \family default and select the font size you are using in your document. For example this document uses the size 12 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset pt. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate Draw a shape. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate Use the menu \family sans TeX/LaTeX\SpecialChar menuseparator Shapepar \family default to export the shape to coordinates. In the appearing dialog use either the outline of your shape for the coordinates or the path itself. \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout For more information see \begin_inset CommandInset href LatexCommand href target "http://www.dickimaw-books.com/apps/jpgfdraw/manual/shapepar.html" literal "false" \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The coordinates are written into a \SpecialChar TeX file. To use it for your \SpecialChar LyX document \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate Place the cursor before the first character of your paragraph (or into a new empty one). \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate Open in \SpecialChar LyX the menu \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator File\SpecialChar menuseparator Child \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Document \family default , select the file and use \family sans Input \family default as \family sans Include Type. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset VSpace defskip \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Note Greyedout status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Note \series default : The changed shape only applies to the current paragraph; everything is reset to normal for the next paragraph. Therefore the shape definition file must be input into every paragraph with the desired shape. \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset VSpace bigskip \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Here is an example: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset VSpace bigskip \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset CommandInset include LatexCommand input filename "SpecialParagraphShape.tex" literal "true" \end_inset \lang latin Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consetetur sadipscing elitr, sed diam nonumy eirmod tempor invidunt ut labore et dolore magna aliquyam erat, sed diam voluptua. At vero eos et accusam et justo duo dolores et ea rebum. Stet clita kasd gubergren, no sea takimata sanctus est Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet. Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consetetur sadipscing elitr, sed diam nonumy eirmod tempor invidunt ut labore et dolore magna aliquyam erat, sed diam voluptua. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset VSpace bigskip \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \series bold A tip: \series default to draw complexer shapes in \family sans Jpgfdraw \family default you can draw the shape in a program of your choice and import the resulting image to \family sans Jpgfdraw \family default . Then you only need to draw a line or spline along the outline of the image. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset VSpace bigskip \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The module \family sans Custom paragraph shapes \family default also provides the two commands \family sans shapepar \family default and \family sans Shapepar \family default which can be used to define custom shapes coordinate by coordinate. \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout These commands are internally used for all shapes described here. \end_layout \end_inset For information how these styles are used and about further customization possibilities, have a look at the \begin_inset CommandInset href LatexCommand href name "documentation" target "https://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/shapepar/shapepar.pdf" literal "false" \end_inset of the package \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout shapepar \end_layout \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection \change_inserted 564990737 1672311925 Hanging Paragraphs \end_layout \begin_layout Hanging \change_inserted 564990737 1672311925 This module adds the \family sans Hanging \family default paragraph style, that is, one where all but the first line of the paragraph is indented. This may not appear in your \SpecialChar LyX document but will appear in the final output. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection \change_inserted 564990737 1672311925 \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "subsec:Initials" \end_inset Initials (Drop Caps) \end_layout \begin_layout Initial \change_inserted 564990737 1672311925 \begin_inset Argument 2 status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \change_inserted 564990737 1672311925 T \change_unchanged \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Argument 3 status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \change_inserted 564990737 1672311925 his \change_unchanged \end_layout \end_inset module adds a drop capitals paragraph style \family sans Initials \family default for paragraph environments which you can use wherever you want to have drop capitals. You then have three more items in the \family sans Insert \family default menu: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_inserted 564990737 1672311925 \family sans Initial \family default which creates an inset for the drop capital \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_inserted 564990737 1672311925 \family sans Rest of initial \family default which creates an inset for the rest of the word \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_inserted 564990737 1672311925 \family sans Options \family default which allow you configure the formatting of the drop capital. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1672311925 To customize the appearance of the style, see \family sans Help\SpecialChar menuseparator Embedded Objects\SpecialChar menuseparator Objects Surrounded by Text\SpecialChar menuseparator Initials \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Section \change_inserted 564990737 1672312011 Text Markup \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection \change_inserted 564990737 1672312011 Hyphenatable Text Markup \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1672312011 This package defines text styles to highlight, space-out, strike-through, underline and capitalize/small-cap text by means of the \family sans soul \family default package. As opposed to the markup provided by the Text Properties dialog, words marked-up with \family sans soul \family default are hyphenated. See the \begin_inset CommandInset href LatexCommand href name "soul documentation" target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/generic/soul/soul.pdf" literal "false" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection \change_inserted 564990737 1672312011 Logical Markup \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 564990737 1672312011 This module defines some character styles for logical markup: \noun on \begin_inset Flex Noun status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \change_inserted 564990737 1672312011 \noun on noun \change_unchanged \end_layout \end_inset \noun default , \emph on \begin_inset Flex Emph status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \change_inserted 564990737 1672312011 \emph on emph \change_unchanged \end_layout \end_inset \emph default , \begin_inset Flex Strong status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \change_inserted 564990737 1672312011 strong \change_unchanged \end_layout \end_inset , and \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \change_inserted 564990737 1672312011 code \change_unchanged \end_layout \end_inset which are accessed via the \family sans \bar under E \bar default dit\SpecialChar menuseparator Custom \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Text \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \bar under S \bar default tyles \family default menu. \end_layout \begin_layout Chapter \change_deleted 564990737 1671304317 Customizing \change_unchanged Bibliograph \change_inserted 564990737 1671304322 y \change_deleted 564990737 1671304331 ies with Bib\SpecialChar TeX or Biblatex \change_unchanged \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The most basic information about how to use Bib\SpecialChar TeX or \family sans Biblatex \family default with \SpecialChar LyX is contained in the section \emph on Bibliography databases \emph default of the \emph on User's Guide \emph default . The following subsections explain special bibliography features supported by \SpecialChar LyX . \end_layout \begin_layout Section Alternative Citation Styles \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Standard Bib\SpecialChar TeX uses numbers (e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g. \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset [12] \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset ) to refer to a cited work. However, in many scientific disciplines, other citation styles are in use. The most common one is the author-year style (e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g. \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Knuth 1984a \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset ). \SpecialChar LyX supports three packages that provide this style, \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout biblatex \end_layout \end_inset , \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout natbib \end_layout \end_inset , and \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout jurabib \end_layout \end_inset . Each of these packages has their pros and cons, which cannot be listed in detail. If you only want to have simple author-year (or author-numerical) style, or if you want to use one of the countless style files for \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout natbib \end_layout \end_inset , then the established \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout natbib \end_layout \end_inset package is probably your choice. If you look for specific citation styles common in law studies, you might consider the \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout jurabib \end_layout \end_inset package. If you want to have full control over the formatting or look for advanced features such as ibidem, footnote citations, full title citations, advanced date formats (such as 400 BC) or full localization to other languages than English, you should definitely consider \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout biblatex \end_layout \end_inset , which exceeds all other packages in terms of features, but is also quite heavy and more resource-hungry. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The handling of these packages in \SpecialChar LyX is basically the same. Go to \begin_inset Flex Noun status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Settings \end_layout \end_inset and select under \begin_inset Flex Noun status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Bibliography \end_layout \end_inset the \begin_inset Flex Noun status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Style Format \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Flex Noun status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Basic (BibTeX) \end_layout \end_inset , \begin_inset Flex Noun status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Biblatex \end_layout \end_inset , \begin_inset Flex Noun status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Biblatex (Natbib mode) \end_layout \end_inset , \begin_inset Flex Noun status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Natbib (BibTeX) \end_layout \end_inset or \begin_inset Flex Noun status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Jurabib (BibTeX) \end_layout \end_inset (see sec. \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 6.5.3 in the User's Guide for more information on these choices). With all these packages, you will get some extra features in the citation dialog and you can select the style of the reference ( \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Knuth 1984 \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Knuth (1984) \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Knuth, 1984 \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset 1984 \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset etc.). Note that either package needs specifically designed style files. They all ship their own, but there are lots of additional style files, and there is even an interactive style file builder \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout See \begin_inset Flex URL status open \begin_layout Plain Layout ftp://ctan.tug.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/custom-bib/ \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset for \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout natbib \end_layout \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Section Subdivided Bibliographies \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Sometimes you might need to divide your bibliography into several sections. If you are for instance a historian, the possibility to separate sources and scientific works is most likely a \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset must have \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . Unfortunately, Bib\SpecialChar TeX itself does not allow you to do this. But with the help of some \SpecialChar LaTeX packages, Bib\SpecialChar TeX can be extended to fit your needs. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \SpecialChar LyX provides native support for one of these packages, \family typewriter bibtopic \family default . \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Available from \begin_inset Flex URL status open \begin_layout Plain Layout ftp://ctan.tug.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/bibtopic/ \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset The advantage of this package (compared to other packages such as \family typewriter multibib \family default ) is that you don't need to define new citation commands. Instead, you need to prepare different bibliographic databases which include the entries for the different sections of the bibliography. For example: If you want to divide your bibliography into the sections \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Sources \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset and \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Scientific works \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , you first need to create two bibliographic databases, e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g. \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout sources.bib \end_layout \end_inset and \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout scientific.bib \end_layout \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Go to \begin_inset Flex Noun status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Settings \end_layout \end_inset and check under \begin_inset Flex Noun status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Bibliography \end_layout \end_inset the option \begin_inset Flex Noun status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Subdivided bibliography \end_layout \end_inset . Now you can insert multiple Bib\SpecialChar TeX bibliographies, one for each section of your bibliography. Returning to our example: Insert the Bib\SpecialChar TeX bibliography \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout sources.bib \end_layout \end_inset and a second one for the database \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout scientific.bib \end_layout \end_inset . You are free to use the same or different styles for each section. Additionally, you can choose if the bibliography section should contain \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset all cited references \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset of the specified database(s) (which is the default), \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset all uncited references \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset or even \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset all references \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . This might be useful if you would like to separate your bibliography into three sections: \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Cited sources \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Uncited sources \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , and \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Scientific works \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . The titles for the sections can be added as ordinary sections or subsections. Since \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout bibtopic \end_layout \end_inset removes the bibliography title, you have to manually re-add that, too (as a chapter* or section*, for instance). \end_layout \begin_layout Standard With \family sans Biblatex \family default , the procedure is a bit different. Since \family typewriter bibtopic \family default does not work with \family sans Biblatex \family default , the aforementioned \begin_inset Flex Noun status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Subdivided bibliography \end_layout \end_inset option is disabled if you use \family sans Biblatex \family default . However, \family sans Biblatex \family default provides its own means to generate subdivided bibliographies. You can either add keywords to bibliography entries via the \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout keywords \end_layout \end_inset entry option and then filter bibliography sections by keyword (by adding \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout keyword=mykeyword \end_layout \end_inset to the \begin_inset Flex Noun status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Options \end_layout \end_inset field of the dialog that opens if you left-click on the \begin_inset Flex Noun status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Biblatex Generated Bibliography \end_layout \end_inset button), or you can filter by entry types (such as \emph on book \emph default or \emph on article \emph default ) by entering e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g. \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout type=book \end_layout \end_inset or \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout nottype=collection \end_layout \end_inset to the mentioned \begin_inset Flex Noun status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Options \end_layout \end_inset field, or you can create so-called \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Bibliography Categories \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset to which you can assign individual entries. Please refer to the Biblatex manual, section \emph on Subdivided Bibliographies \emph default , for details. \end_layout \begin_layout Section Multiple Bibliographies \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "subsec:Multiple-Bibliographies" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Multiple bibliographies, e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g. \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset a bibliography for each part, chapter, section, subsection or child (sub-document) of the document, are also supported by \SpecialChar LyX . In order to enable it, go to \begin_inset Flex Noun status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator Bibliography \end_layout \end_inset and select the relevant unit (e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g., \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset per section \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset ) in the \begin_inset Flex Noun status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Multiple Bibliographies \end_layout \end_inset combo box. Then add a Bib(la)\SpecialChar TeX bibliography to each unit (e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g., section) of your document. In the output, a separate bibliography, containing only the references done in the current unit is generated. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard If you use Bib\SpecialChar TeX , either the \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout chapterbib \end_layout \end_inset or the \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout bibtopic \end_layout \end_inset package is used to create multiple bibliographies. The former package is used if you select \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset per child document \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset and do \emph on not \emph default check \begin_inset Flex Noun status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Sectioned Bibliography \end_layout \end_inset . In all other cases, \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout bibtopic \end_layout \end_inset is used. \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout An alternative approach, if you are willing to use some \begin_inset Flex Noun status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \SpecialChar TeX Code \end_layout \end_inset (see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Inserting-TeX-Code" nolink "false" \end_inset ), is to use the \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout bibunits \end_layout \end_inset package. \end_layout \end_inset If \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout bibtopic \end_layout \end_inset is used, \SpecialChar LyX encloses the specified units in \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout bibtopic \end_layout \end_inset 's \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash begin{btUnit} \end_layout \end_inset and \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash end{btUnit} \end_layout \end_inset in order to create the units. Note that this approach has some limitations. First, every citation reference has to be inside some \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout btUnit \end_layout \end_inset . So citations outside a defined unit (e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g., before the first section if you use \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset by section \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset ) will appear as \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset ??? \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . You can also create your own units by entering \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash begin{btUnit} \end_layout \end_inset and \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash end{btUnit} \end_layout \end_inset as \SpecialChar TeX code (for instance to work around the mentioned limitation). Note, though, that \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout btUnit \end_layout \end_inset s cannot be nested. A second limitation is that \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout bibtopic \end_layout \end_inset always processes all references of a bibliography database, even if they are not cited. This can result in odd labels (e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g. \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Miller 2014b \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset if two works of this author from 2014 are in the database, even if only one is cited). \end_layout \begin_layout Standard If you use \family sans Biblatex \family default , the \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout refsection \end_layout \end_inset option is used instead. If you need specific units, you can start them with the \SpecialChar TeX code \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash newrefsection \end_layout \end_inset or \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash newrefsegment \end_layout \end_inset , respectively. If you also want to control the end of the unit, use the environment \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash begin{refsection} \end_layout \end_inset \SpecialChar ldots \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash end{refsection} \end_layout \end_inset instead. Note, though, that \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout refsection \end_layout \end_inset s cannot be nested. In addition to the individual bibliography of the current unit, \family sans Biblatex \family default also provides an easy way to output all bibliographies, subsequently, at one place (e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g., at the end of the document). Select \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset all reference units \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset from the Content combo box of the Bib(la)TeX inset dialog in order to achieve this. Please refer to the \family sans Biblatex \family default manual for more information on this topic. \end_layout \begin_layout Chapter \change_deleted 564990737 1671355654 Itemize \change_unchanged Bullet \change_inserted 564990737 1671355667 s \change_deleted 564990737 1671355661 Selection \change_inserted 564990737 1671355684 \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "chap:bullets" \end_inset \change_deleted 564990737 1671355684 \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sec:bullet" \end_inset \change_unchanged \end_layout \begin_layout Standard by \noun on Allan Rae \end_layout \begin_layout Section Introduction \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \SpecialChar LyX provides 216 bullet shapes that can be accessed from a simple dialog. Using this dialog you can easily specify what bullet shape to use at each level of an itemized list. These settings are document-wide so you won't be able to specify different sets of bullets for different paragraphs. \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Well, actually you can but you'll have to do it by hand. \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Section How it looks \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Open the dialog by selecting the \begin_inset Flex Noun status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Settings \end_layout \end_inset menu item and then select the \begin_inset Flex Noun status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Bullets \end_layout \end_inset tab. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The dialog provides you with a table of bullet shapes. A column of buttons on the left of the table provides access to the six different panels of bullet shapes. The row of buttons across the top is used to select which bullet depth you are changing. \change_deleted 244031559 1603875981 A text entry under the table shows the currently selected bullet shape's \SpecialChar LaTeX equivalent and this can be edited if desired. If you do modify the text you will also need to specify any needed packages in the \SpecialChar LaTeX preamble. \change_unchanged \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The six panels are divided up by the packages they require. The following table shows the mappings from button name to \SpecialChar LaTeX package. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \align center \begin_inset Tabular \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none Button \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none Packages Required \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none Standard \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none base \SpecialChar LaTeX \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none Maths \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family typewriter \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none amssymb.sty \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none Ding1 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family typewriter \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none pifont.sty \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none Ding2 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family typewriter \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none pifont.sty \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none Ding3 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family typewriter \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none pifont.sty \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none Ding4 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family typewriter \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none pifont.sty \end_layout \end_inset \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \SpecialChar LyX doesn't stop you using bullets from packages you don't have. If you get errors from \SpecialChar LaTeX when you try to view or print the file, then it is likely you are missing a package. \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \SpecialChar LyX doesn't restrict your use since you may be editing locally and exporting elsewhere. \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Section How to use it \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Select which bullet depth you want to change then select the bullet shape and size. Any changes will not be visible in \SpecialChar LyX , but are visible when viewing the document. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You can reset a bullet shape to the default simply by clicking your right mouse button on the appropriate bullet depth button. \begin_inset Foot status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \change_inserted 564990737 1672138075 \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "fn:If-you-really" \end_inset \change_unchanged If you \emph on really \emph default want to have multiple sets of paragraphs with different sets of bullets in each, then you're going to have to get your hands dirty with \SpecialChar TeX code. The bullet selection dialog can help though because it provides you with the \SpecialChar LaTeX code for a wide range of bullet shapes. To make your own custom paragraphs you have the following options: \end_layout \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset ERT status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash let \backslash savelabelitemi= \backslash labelitemi \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset ERT status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash renewcommand \backslash labelitemi[0]{ \backslash small \backslash ( \backslash sharp \backslash )} \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize Use the \SpecialChar LaTeX command \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash renewcommand{}{} \end_layout \end_inset to specify a new bullet shape for a given depth. You'll also need to save the current bullet shape so you can restore it again afterwards. In this itemized list the following \SpecialChar LaTeX code was used to change the bullet used for the first depth. \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout LyX-Code \backslash let \backslash savelabelitemi= \backslash labelitemi \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code \backslash renewcommand \backslash labelitemi[0]{ \backslash small \backslash ( \backslash sharp \backslash )} \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Itemize Note that the itemize depth is specified in Roman numerals as part of the \family typewriter \backslash labelitem \family default command. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \begin_inset Argument item:1 status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset ERT status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash ( \backslash star \backslash ) \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset Specify each individual entry by starting each item with the bullet shape enclosed in a \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Custom Item \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset inset (available at \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator Custom Item \family default ) and set as \begin_inset Flex Noun status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \SpecialChar TeX Code \end_layout \end_inset . For example, this item was started with \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash ( \backslash star \backslash ) \end_layout \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset ERT status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash renewcommand \backslash labelitemi[0]{ \backslash savelabelitemi} \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Plain Layout You'll also need to revert the labelitem back to its previous setting for the global bullet shape settings to remain in effect. The way used here was: \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code \backslash renewcommand \backslash labelitemi[0]{ \backslash savelabelitemi} \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Chapter Supplemental Tools \end_layout \begin_layout Section Multipart Documents \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection General Operation \end_layout \begin_layout Standard When you are working on a large file with many sections, it is often convenient to break up the document into several files, or perhaps you have something where a table may change from time to time, but the preceding text does not. In these cases, you should seriously consider using multipart documents. For example, scientific papers often have five major sections: the introduction, observations, results, discussion, and conclusion. Each of these could be its own separate \SpecialChar LyX file, with one \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset master \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset file which contains the title, authors, abstract, references, etc., plus the five included files. It is important to note that each of these files is a full \SpecialChar LyX file which can be formatted and printed on its own, as well as included in a master file. Each of these files must have the same document class, however— don't attempt to mix book classes with article classes. You may also include \SpecialChar LaTeX files; however, these files must not have their own preamble (i. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset e. \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset everything up to and including the \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash begin{document} \end_layout \end_inset line as well as the \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash end{document} \end_layout \end_inset line must be deleted) or else errors will be generated when you try to make a DVI file. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \SpecialChar LyX allows you to include files quite easily with \begin_inset Flex Noun status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator Child \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Document \end_layout \end_inset . When you click on this selection a small box is inserted into the file at the current cursor location. Clicking on the box raises a dialog which allows you to select the file to be included, and the method of its inclusion. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The file selection box should by now be obvious. The three inclusion methods are \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset include \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset input \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , and \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset verbatim \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . The methods \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset include \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset and \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset input \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset are similar in many ways, but there are also some notable differences: \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate Files that are \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset included \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset are typeset beginning on a new page, while files that are \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset inputted \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset are typeset starting on the current page. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Included \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset files cannot themselves \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset include \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset further files ( \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset grandchilds \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset ). With \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset input \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , on the other hand, infinite sub-inputting is possible. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Include \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset allow for the output of only selected \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset included \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset files, while maintaining the actual counters (pagination etc.) and references (please refer to the section \emph on Child \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Documents \emph default of the \emph on Embedded \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Objects \emph default manual for details). \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Hence, \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset include \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset is the preferred method for chapters that are outsourced to child documents, while \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset input \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset is more suitable for arbitrary file inheritance. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard A \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset verbatim \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset included file allows you to include a file typeset exactly as it appears in the file, i. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset e. \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset in \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout verbatim \end_layout \end_inset mode, with the characters set in a fixed-width typewriter font. Normally, spaces in this file are invisible, though two consecutive spaces are conserved, unlike \SpecialChar LyX 's normal treatment of spaces. However, setting the \begin_inset Flex Noun status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Mark \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset spaces \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset in \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset output \end_layout \end_inset checkbox typesets a mark to unambiguously define the presence of a space. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Generally, the master file is converted into a full \SpecialChar LaTeX file before typesetting, while the included files are converted to \SpecialChar LaTeX files that do not have all the preamble information. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Cross-References Between Files \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Box Shadowbox position "t" hor_pos "c" has_inner_box 1 inner_pos "t" use_parbox 0 use_makebox 0 width "100col%" special "none" height "1in" height_special "totalheight" thickness "0.4pt" separation "3pt" shadowsize "4pt" framecolor "black" backgroundcolor "none" status open \begin_layout Plain Layout This section is somewhat out of date. Need to describe default master documents and how children are opened when the master is. [[FIXME]] \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard It is possible to set up cross-references between the different files. First, open all the files in question: let's call them A and B in a two file example, where B is included in A. Let's say you insert a label in A, then want to reference it in B. Open the cross-reference dialog whilst in document B, and you can select the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset buffer \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset to use. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Bibliography Lists in all Subdocuments \end_layout \begin_layout Standard If you work with child documents, you might want to have only one main bibliography at the end, but still be able to have a selected bibliography for the child if you output it on its own. Here is how to achieve this. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard For the main document, you just insert a bibliography inset at the place where the main bibliography has to appear (within the master file or within a child). If the bibliography inset is in the master file, the references will be inherited by all children, so they are available in the citation dialog within each child. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard For child-specific bibliographies, insert bibliography insets within the child documents, at the place where the bibliography should appear when the child is compiled separately. However, the trick is to insert them into a branch ( \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator Branch\SpecialChar menuseparator Insert New Branch... \family default ), e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g. called \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Childonly \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . Within the children, activate the branch ( \family sans Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Settings...\SpecialChar menuseparator Branches \family default ). Within the master, deactivate the branch ( \family sans Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Settings...\SpecialChar menuseparator Branches \family default ). Now the child's bibliography will be ignored by the master, but considered by the child. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard If you need multiple bibliographies (e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g., one per child in the \emph on main document \emph default ), please refer to sec. \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Multiple-Bibliographies" nolink "false" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Section \SpecialChar LyX Archives \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Users sometimes need to be able to \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset bundle \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset a \SpecialChar LyX file together with all the images (and other files) on which it depends, either for sending to a publisher or for sharing with a co-author. \SpecialChar LyX includes a Python script ( \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout lyxpak.py \end_layout \end_inset ) that automates this process. To use it, you must have either the \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout zipfile \end_layout \end_inset or \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout tarfile \end_layout \end_inset python modules installed on your system. By default, the script prefers the \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout gzip \end_layout \end_inset -compressed \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout tar \end_layout \end_inset format on Unix-like systems and the \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout zip \end_layout \end_inset format on Windows. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \SpecialChar LyX 's configuration process will set the script up to export a `\SpecialChar LyX Archive', and this format will then be available under \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout File\SpecialChar menuseparator Export \end_layout \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Independently of the platform, the generation of a particular archive format can be forced by adding either the \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -t \end_layout \end_inset (for the \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout tar \end_layout \end_inset format) or \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -z \end_layout \end_inset (for the \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout zip \end_layout \end_inset format) switch to the \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \SpecialChar LyX \SpecialChar menuseparator \SpecialChar LyX Archive \end_layout \end_inset converter in \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator Preferences\SpecialChar menuseparator File Handling\SpecialChar menuseparator Converters \end_layout \end_inset . (Make sure you add the switch after the script name, not before it.) \end_layout \begin_layout Section Fancy Headers and Footers \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The default page layout is rather plain; for an \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout article \end_layout \end_inset document class, all you get is a centered page number at the bottom of the page. This document uses KOMA-script's book class, so it appears to be a bit fancier. But to really put on a show, you need to set the document page style to \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset fancy \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , as mentioned in the \emph on User Guide \emph default . This section describes the \SpecialChar LaTeX code you need to insert in your \SpecialChar LaTeX preamble in order to get the desired effects. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard For more information on fancy headers, see the \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout fancyhdr \end_layout \end_inset package documentation. ( \begin_inset Flex URL status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout https://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/fancyhdr.html \end_layout \end_inset ) \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The page header is divided into three fields, not surprisingly labeled \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset left \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset center \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , and \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset right \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . The footer is also divided into these three fields. The \SpecialChar LaTeX commands to set these fields in the simplest manner are \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash lhead \end_layout \end_inset , \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash chead \end_layout \end_inset , \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash rhead \end_layout \end_inset , \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash lfoot \end_layout \end_inset , etc. Suppose you wish to put your name in the upper left hand corner of each page. Simply insert the following command in the preamble: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \family typewriter \backslash lhead{John Q. DocWriter} \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You will now see your name in the upper left. If a field has a default entry that you would like to get rid of (often the page number appears in the central footer) simply include a command with a blank argument, e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g.: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \family typewriter \backslash cfoot{} \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Let's get really fancy: lets put the section number with the word \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Section \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset (e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g. \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset Section 3) in the upper left, the page number (e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g. \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset Page 4) in the upper right, your name in the lower left, and the date in the lower right. The following commands should now appear in the preamble: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \family typewriter \backslash lhead{Section \backslash thesection} \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \family typewriter \backslash chead{} \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \family typewriter \backslash rhead{Page \backslash thepage} \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \family typewriter \backslash lfoot{John Q. DocWriter} \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \family typewriter \backslash cfoot{} \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \family typewriter \backslash rfoot{ \backslash today} \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The commands \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash thesection \end_layout \end_inset and \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash thepage \end_layout \end_inset access \SpecialChar LaTeX 's section and page counters, and so print out the current section and page number. \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash today \end_layout \end_inset simply prints out today's date. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The thicknesses of the horizontal rules drawn beneath the header and above the footer can also be modified. If you don't want one of the rules, set its thickness to 0. The header rule has a default thickness of 0.4pt, the footer rule is 0pt. Use commands \family typewriter \family default like \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash renewcommand{ \backslash headrulewidth}{0.4pt} \end_layout \end_inset and \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash renewcommand{ \backslash footrulewidth}{0.4pt} \end_layout \end_inset to set the thicknesses. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You can switch the header/footer settings on and off for individual pages using commands like \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash thispagestyle{empty} \end_layout \end_inset , \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash thispagestyle{plain} \end_layout \end_inset , and \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash thispagestyle{fancy} \end_layout \end_inset . Simply insert them in the text on the page you want changed and mark them as \SpecialChar TeX code. In fact, title pages are marked as plain by default, while following pages are marked fancy when using the global fancy setting. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard As a final example, it is possible to include an image in the header or footer. Suppose you want to put a company logo in the upper lefthand corner. You might try something like \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \family typewriter \backslash lhead{ \backslash resizebox{1in}{!}{ \backslash includegraphics{logo.eps}}} \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \noindent (you may need to preface this with \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash usepackage{graphics} \end_layout \end_inset if you don't include graphics elsewhere in your document). \end_layout \begin_layout Chapter \SpecialChar LyX and the World Wide Web \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \SpecialChar LyX has long supported the export of documents to various web-friendly formats, such as HTML. Before version 2.0, however, HTML export was always accomplished by the use of external converters. \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout For details on the use of external converters with \SpecialChar LyX , see the \emph on Converters \emph default section of the Customization manual. \end_layout \end_inset These fall into two large groups: there are converters that use \SpecialChar LaTeX as an intermediate format, such as \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout htlatex \end_layout \end_inset , \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout html2latex \end_layout \end_inset , and \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout plastex \end_layout \end_inset , relying upon \SpecialChar LyX to produce the \SpecialChar LaTeX ; and there is a converter that works directly on \SpecialChar LyX files, \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout e\SpecialChar LyX er \end_layout \end_inset . All of these have different advantages and disadvantages. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The \SpecialChar LaTeX -based converters have the advantage that, in principle, they know everything about the exported document that \SpecialChar LaTeX does. Such converters do not care, for example, if a certain block of code was produced by \SpecialChar LyX or was Evil Red Text. These converters know about \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout aux \end_layout \end_inset files, counters, and references, and can often make use of the \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout bbl \end_layout \end_inset files generated by Bib\SpecialChar TeX . On the other hand, \SpecialChar LaTeX is a very hard language to parse— it is sometimes said that only \SpecialChar TeX itself understands \SpecialChar TeX — and \SpecialChar LaTeX -based converters will often choke on what seem to be quite simple constructs; complex ones can throw them completely, and as of this writing, for example, the \emph on Embedded Objects \emph default manual will not export with \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout htlatex \end_layout \end_inset , though the others will. The other issue concerns how math is handled. These converters typically convert the formulae into little pictures that are then linked from the HTML document. Since these are actually generated by \SpecialChar LaTeX , they are accurate. But they do not scale well, and just getting them to look as if they are actually meant to be in your document— so that the font sizes seem to be roughly the same— can be a challenge. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Alex Fernandez's \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout e\SpecialChar LyX er \end_layout \end_inset ( \begin_inset CommandInset href LatexCommand href name "http://pinchito.es/elyxer/" target "http://pinchito.es/elyxer/" literal "false" \end_inset ) solves some of these problems. In particular, the formulae it produces scale perfectly, since it renders math using a combination of HTML and CSS rather than converting the formulae to images. But even moderately complex formula are rendered less well than with \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout htlatex \end_layout \end_inset ; this reflects the limitations of HTML. \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout That said, \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout e\SpecialChar LyX er \end_layout \end_inset can also use jsMath and MathJax for equations, but this setting is only available globally and requires one to have access to a server that runs the backend. \end_layout \end_inset More importantly (as of version 1.1.1, at least), \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout e\SpecialChar LyX er \end_layout \end_inset has limited support for math macros and no support for user-defined paragraph or character styles. These limitations make \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout e\SpecialChar LyX er \end_layout \end_inset unsuitable for many of the documents \SpecialChar LyX users produce. In principle, of course, these problems could be solved, but the \SpecialChar LyX developers have decided to follow a different path and have made \SpecialChar LyX itself capable of writing XHTML, just as it is capable of writing \SpecialChar LaTeX , DocBook, and plaintext. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard As of this writing, XHTML output remains under development and should probably be regarded as \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset experimental \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout The file \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout development/HTML/HTML.notes \end_layout \end_inset , which can be found in the \SpecialChar LyX source tree or \begin_inset CommandInset href LatexCommand href name "accessed online" target "https://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyxgit/development/HTML/HTML.notes?rev=master" literal "false" \end_inset , usually contains up-to-date information about the state of XHTML output. See also the list of XHTML bugs on \begin_inset CommandInset href LatexCommand href name "the bug tracker" target "https://www.lyx.org/trac/query?status=reopened&status=assigned&status=new&max=0&component=xhtml+export&order=id&col=id&col=summary&col=reporter&col=keywords&keywords=%21%7Efixedintrunk&desc=1" literal "false" \end_inset . \end_layout \end_inset Still, the developers have chosen this approach because it has several potential advantages over the other two. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard These advantages are primarily due to the fact that the XHTML output routines, since they are part of \SpecialChar LyX , know everything \SpecialChar LyX knows about the document being exported. \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Another advantage is that, since these routines are internal to \SpecialChar LyX , they are immune to changes in \SpecialChar LyX 's file format, or to changes in the semantics of existing insets. \end_layout \end_inset So they know about the table of contents (as displayed in the outline), about the counters associated with different paragraph styles, and about user-defined styles. The XHTML output routines know what \SpecialChar LyX knows about internationalization, too, so they will output \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Chapter 1 \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset or \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \lang ngerman Kapitel \lang english 1 \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , depending upon the language in effect at the time. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Quite generally, the output routines know what \SpecialChar LyX knows about document layout, that is, about how the document is to be rendered on screen. We use this information when we output the document as XHTML. In particular, \SpecialChar LyX \emph on automatically \emph default generates CSS style information corresponding to the layout information it uses to render the document on screen: if section headings are supposed to be sans-serif and bold as seen in \SpecialChar LyX , then (by default) they will be sans-serif and bold when viewed in a web browser, too. And this is true not just for pre-defined styles, like Section, but for any style, including user-defined styles. Indeed, the XHTML output routines make no distinction between user-defined paragraph and \change_deleted 244031559 1603876931 character \change_inserted 244031559 1603876940 text \change_unchanged styles and \SpecialChar LyX 's own pre-defined styles: in each case, everything \SpecialChar LyX knows about the styles is contained in the layout files. And much the same is true as regards pre-defined textual insets, such as footnotes, and various custom insets. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The result is that XHTML output can be customized and extended in exactly the same way \SpecialChar LaTeX output can be customized and extended: through layout files and modules. See chapter five of the \emph on Customization \emph default manual for the details. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The remainder of this chapter contains more detailed information on XHTML output, its limitations, and ways to work around those limitations. \end_layout \begin_layout Section Math Output in XHTML \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \SpecialChar LyX offers four choices for how math is rendered. These have various advantages and disadvantages: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize MathML \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset MathML is a dialect of XML designed specifically for mathematics on the web, and it typically renders very well in browsers that support it. The disadvantage is that not all browsers support MathML, and support is not complete even in the Gecko-based browsers, such as Firefox. \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset If \SpecialChar LyX is unable to render a formula as MathML— for example, if the formula uses the \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout xymatrix \end_layout \end_inset package or ERT— then it will instead output the formula as an image. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize HTML \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset As mentioned above, \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout elyxer \end_layout \end_inset outputs math as HTML, styled by CSS. \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \SpecialChar LyX has borrowed some of the CSS for its HTML output from \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout elyxer \end_layout \end_inset . \end_layout \end_inset For simple formulae, this can work quite well, though with more complicated formulae it tends to break down. Still, this method has the advantage that it is very widely supported and so it may be appropriate for documents that contain only a little, fairly simple math. \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset If Lyx is unable to render a formula as HTML— for example, if the formula uses the \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout xymatrix \end_layout \end_inset package or ERT— then it will instead output the formula as an image. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize Images \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset Like \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout htlatex \end_layout \end_inset , \SpecialChar LyX will output formulae as images, the very same images, in fact, that are used for instant preview. \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Instant preview does \emph on not \emph default have to be on for images to be output, however. \end_layout \end_inset The advantage to this method is that the images are simply generated by \SpecialChar LaTeX , so they are very accurate. The disadvantage, as mentioned earlier, is that these are bitmapped images, so they do not scale terribly well, and one cannot copy them, etc. \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset The size of the images can be controlled by setting the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Math Images Scaling \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset parameter under \begin_inset Flex Noun status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator Formats \end_layout \end_inset . \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout For those who want to know, this controls the resolution of the image in dots per inch and is based upon a default of 75 dpi. \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset If \SpecialChar LyX for some reason fails to create an image for a formula (e.g., if a required \SpecialChar LaTeX package is not installed), then it will fall back to outputing the raw \SpecialChar LaTeX . \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \SpecialChar LaTeX \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset Finally, \SpecialChar LyX will happily output math as \SpecialChar LaTeX . As well as being the output of last resort, this method can be used with such tools as \begin_inset CommandInset href LatexCommand href name "jsMath" target "http://www.math.union.edu/~dpvc/jsMath/" literal "false" \end_inset , which uses JavaScript to render \SpecialChar LaTeX embedded in HTML documents. \SpecialChar LyX wraps the \SpecialChar LaTeX in either a \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout span \end_layout \end_inset (for inline formulas) or \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout div \end_layout \end_inset (for displayed formulas) with \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout class='math' \end_layout \end_inset , as is required for jsMath. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard One of these output methods must be selected under \begin_inset Flex Noun status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator Formats \end_layout \end_inset . By default, \SpecialChar LyX outputs MathML. This is a document-wide setting, therefore. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Eventually, \SpecialChar LyX will offer the user the option to select an alternate output method for a particular inset, say, one that isn't being rendered very well by MathML. \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout That said, since \SpecialChar LyX falls back to images if the inset contains ERT, then one can force output as an image by putting some harmless ERT into the math, for example: \begin_inset Formula $a=b\relax$ \end_inset . \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Section Bibliography and Citations \end_layout \begin_layout Standard XHTML output fully supports bibliographies and citations. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Citation labels are generated by the same machinery that generates \SpecialChar LyX 's on-screen labels, so the labels will look in the output much as they do in \SpecialChar LyX , though better. If you are using numerical citations, then \SpecialChar LyX will output numerical labels, such as [1] or [17], rather than simply showing the citation key in square brackets, as it does on-screen. If you are using author-year citations, then \SpecialChar LyX will add lowercase letters to the years, just as Bib\SpecialChar TeX does, if it finds more than one citation for a given author-year combination. The labels will be printed with the bibliography entries. Note that there is, at present, no way to customize the appearance of the labels, for example, to choose between square brackets and parentheses. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Bibliography output is handled by the same machinery that handles the presentation of reference information in the citation dialog, so you will see in the XHTML output pretty much what you would see if you were to look at a given entry in the citation dialog. The formatting can be customized in your layout file or, preferably, in a module. See the \emph on Customization \emph default manual for the details. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The main defect at present is that cross-referenced information is printed with every entry with which it is associated. So you can see things like this: \end_layout \begin_layout Quote Jason Stanley, \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Context and Logical Form \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , in \emph on Language in Context: Selected Essays \emph default (Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2007), pp. 30–68. \end_layout \begin_layout Quote Jason Stanley, \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Semantics in Context \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , in \emph on Language in Context: Selected Essays \emph default (Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2007), pp. 201–30. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard This should be fixed before long. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard There is no support at present for sectioned bibliographies. If you have multiple bibliographies, then \SpecialChar LyX will print the same bibliography over and over. \end_layout \begin_layout Section Indexes \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \SpecialChar LyX will happily export indexes as XHTML, but with certain limitations at the moment. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Index export will be most reliable when you do not attempt to use the fancy constructs that are described in the section on indexes in the \emph on User's Guide \emph default . \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout The main issue here is that \SpecialChar LyX itself does not really handle these. It just lets you enter what you would have to enter in raw \SpecialChar LaTeX . \end_layout \end_inset We'll describe how they are handled using the subsection headings from that section. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize Grouping Index Entries (aka, sub-entries): \SpecialChar LyX makes an effort to support these, but the entries must be separated by \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset ! \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , that is, there must be spaces around the exclamation point. This is because it is otherwise too difficult to check for escaped exclamation points, ones in math, and so forth. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize Page Ranges: There is no support at all for page ranges, since these make no sense with XHMTL. Instead, you will just get two index entries, one at either end. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize Cross-referencing: There is no support for cross-referencing. If \SpecialChar LyX finds an entry containing the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset |see\SpecialChar ldots \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset construct, it is just dropped, and the rest is treated as an ordinary index entry. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize Index Entry Order: \SpecialChar LyX does support attempts to fix the sorting order. It will take what is before the first `@' it finds and use that for sorting, taking what follows the first `@' to be the actual entry. At present, \SpecialChar LyX does not check for escaped `@', so do not try to index email addresses. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize Index Entry Layout: You can format entries by using the text style dialog, or by using any other method available within \SpecialChar LyX itself. There is no support for constructs like: \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset entry|textbf \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . Indeed, if \SpecialChar LyX finds a pipe symbol, `|', in an entry, it will delete it and everything that follows it. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize Multiple Indexes: There is no support for multiple indexes. Rather, all index entries will be printed as one large index. To avoid our printing several versions of the index, we print only the main index, so make sure you have one. \end_layout \begin_layout Section Nomenclature and Glossary \end_layout \begin_layout Standard There is at present no support for glossaries. Adding it would be fairly trivial, and welcome. \end_layout \begin_layout Chapter \change_inserted 1075283030 1616534180 DocBook Output \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 1075283030 1616534386 Apart from HTML, \SpecialChar LyX can generate documents in the DocBook XML vocabulary. With versions 2.3 and before, only select templates could be used to generate DocBook documents (only version 4). Starting with \SpecialChar LyX 2.4, most \SpecialChar LyX layouts can generate valid DocBook documents (only version 5). This feature is built into \SpecialChar LyX and does not require the use of external tools. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 1075283030 1616534437 The result is that the DocBook output can be customized and extended in exactly the same way \SpecialChar LaTeX output can be customized and extended: through layout files and modules. See chapter five of the \emph on Customization \emph default manual for the details. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 1075283030 1616534475 Most \SpecialChar LyX features are supported with DocBook, like math output. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_inserted 1075283030 1616534741 Math output is performed mostly in MathML (the major exception being constructions not supported by \SpecialChar LyX , i.e. ERTs). All formulae are also available in raw \SpecialChar TeX in the DocBook output for further processing. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_inserted 1075283030 1616534852 Bibliographies and citations are implemented, including with an external BibTeX file. Bibliography entries are not prerendered when the detailed information are available, but rather output with the standard DocBook constructs. The external DocBook processor is expected to handle the rendering of entries. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_inserted 1075283030 1616534863 Indexes are supported, including multiple indices. Grouping (with \family typewriter ! \family default ), page ranges, and cross-references ( \family typewriter |see \family default ) are supported, with the exception of the same symbols escaped. Entry order ( \family typewriter @ \family default ) and layout ( \family typewriter |mathbf \family default ) are not supported. There is no support for escaping of index entries. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_inserted 1075283030 1616534884 Glossaries are implemented. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 1075283030 1616534894 Two major parameters can be set at the document level. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_inserted 1075283030 1616534948 Format for tables: \SpecialChar LyX can generate tables either as HTML (default value) or CALS, depending on the user's requirements. Most DocBook processors accept both formats. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_inserted 1075283030 1616535006 MathML prefix: in DocBook, MathML is included within its own name space, unlike HTML. The implication is that there must be an indication of the tags belonging to the MathML standard. Three choices are offered: \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Itemize \change_inserted 1075283030 1616535044 Inline: the MathML name space is defined for each formula (using the \family typewriter xmlns \family default attribute on each formula) \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_inserted 1075283030 1616535090 With the \family typewriter m \family default prefix (default): the MathML name space is defined at the document level (using the \family typewriter xmlns:m \family default attribute on the root element). Each MathML is prefixed with \family typewriter m \family default : for instance, \family typewriter m:math \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_inserted 1075283030 1616620405 With the \family typewriter mml \family default prefix: similar to the \family typewriter m \family default option, but with \family typewriter mml \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 1075283030 1616620470 This option is especially useful if you want \SpecialChar LyX to match your personal style or to work with buggy software that only accepts one prefix for MathML. \change_unchanged \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Chapter The \SpecialChar LyX Server \end_layout \begin_layout Section Introduction \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The `\SpecialChar LyX server' allows other programs to talk to \SpecialChar LyX , invoke \SpecialChar LyX commands, and retrieve information about the \SpecialChar LyX internal state. This is only intended for advanced users, but they should find it useful. It is by writing to the \SpecialChar LyX server, for example, that bibliography managers, such as JabRef, are able to \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset push \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset citations to \SpecialChar LyX . \end_layout \begin_layout Section Starting the \SpecialChar LyX Server \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sec:Starting-the-Server" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The \SpecialChar LyX server works through the use of a pair of named pipes. These are usually located in \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout UserDir \end_layout \end_inset , (except on Windows, where \emph on local \emph default named pipes are special objects located in \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash \backslash . \backslash pipe \end_layout \end_inset ) and have the names \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout lyxpipe.in \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset and \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout lyxpipe.out \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . External programs write into \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout lyxpipe.in \end_layout \end_inset and read back data from \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout lyxpipe.out \end_layout \end_inset . The stem of the pipe names can be defined in the \begin_inset Flex Noun status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator Preferences \end_layout \end_inset dialog, for example \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout "/home/myhome/lyxpipe" \end_layout \end_inset , or \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout " \backslash \backslash . \backslash pipe \backslash lyxpipe" \end_layout \end_inset on Windows (where any working path instead of lyxpipe can be used, for example \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout " \backslash \backslash . \backslash pipe \backslash my \backslash lyx \backslash pipe" \end_layout \end_inset would also work). You \emph on must \emph default configure this manually in order for the server to start. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \SpecialChar LyX will add the ' \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout .in \end_layout \end_inset ' and ' \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout .out \end_layout \end_inset ' to create the pipes. If one of the pipes already exists, \SpecialChar LyX will assume that another \SpecialChar LyX process is already running and will not start the server. On POSIX (Unix like) systems, if for some other reason, an unused \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset stale \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset pipe is left in existence when \SpecialChar LyX closes, then \SpecialChar LyX will try to delete it. If this fails for some reason, you will need to delete the pipes manually and then restart \SpecialChar LyX . On Windows, pipes are deleted by the OS on program termination or crash, so \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset stale \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset pipes should not be possible. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard To have several \SpecialChar LyX processes with servers at the same time, you have to use different configurations, perhaps by using separate user directories, each with its own \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout preferences \end_layout \end_inset file, for each process. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard If you are developing a client program, you might find it useful to enable debugging information from the \SpecialChar LyX server. Do this by starting \SpecialChar LyX as \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout lyx -dbg lyxserver \end_layout \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You can find a complete example client written in C++ in the source distribution as \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout development/lyxserver/server_monitor.cpp \end_layout \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Another useful tool is the command-line based client found in \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout src/client/lyxclient \end_layout \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Section Normal communication \end_layout \begin_layout Standard To issue a \SpecialChar LyX call, the client writes a line of ASCII text into the input pipe. This line has the following format: \end_layout \begin_layout Quote LYXCMD: \emph on clientname \emph default : \emph on function \emph default : \emph on argument \end_layout \begin_layout Description clientname is a name that the client can choose arbitrarily. Its only use is that \SpecialChar LyX will echo it if it sends an answer— so a client can dispatch results from different requesters. \end_layout \begin_layout Description function is the function you want \SpecialChar LyX to perform. It is the same as the commands you'd use in the minibuffer. \end_layout \begin_layout Description argument is an optional argument which is meaningful only to some functions (for instance, the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset self-insert \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset LFUN will insert the argument as text at the cursor position). \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The answer from \SpecialChar LyX will arrive in the output pipe and be of the form \end_layout \begin_layout Quote INFO: \emph on clientname \emph default : \emph on function \emph default : \emph on data \end_layout \begin_layout Standard where \emph on clientname \emph default and \emph on function \emph default are just echoed from the command request, while \emph on data \emph default is more or less useful information filled according to how the command execution worked out. Some commands, such as \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset font-state \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , will return information about the internal state of \SpecialChar LyX , while other will return an empty data-response. This means that the command execution went fine. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard In case of errors, the response from \SpecialChar LyX will have this form \end_layout \begin_layout Quote ERROR: \emph on clientname \emph default : \emph on function \emph default : \emph on error message \end_layout \begin_layout Standard where the \emph on error message \emph default should contain an explanation of why the command failed. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Examples: \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code echo "LYXCMD:test:beginning-of-buffer:" >~/.lyxpipe.in \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset echo "LYXCMD:test:get-xy:" >~/.lyxpipe.in \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset read a <~/.lyxpipe.out \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset echo $a \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection AppleScript (Mac OS X) \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Since \SpecialChar LyX 2.1, \SpecialChar LyX supports basic interactions with AppleScript for normal communication through the command run. This command takes a direct argument (the \series bold function \series default to perform) and an optional argument. It either returns the output of the function or triggers an error with the error message and code. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Example: \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code tell application "\SpecialChar LyX " \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code try \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code -- Stores the current file name into f \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code set f to (run "server-get-filename" with argument "") \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code on error the error_message number the error_number \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code display dialog "Error: " & the error_number & ". " ¬ \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code & the error_message buttons {"OK"} default button 1 \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code end try \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code end tell \end_layout \begin_layout Section Notification \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \SpecialChar LyX can notify clients of events going on asynchronously. Currently it will only do this if the user binds a key sequence with the function \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset notify \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . The format of the string \SpecialChar LyX sends is as follows: \end_layout \begin_layout Quote \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout NOTIFY: \end_layout \end_inset \emph on key-sequence \end_layout \begin_layout Standard where \emph on key-sequence \emph default is the printed representation of the key sequence that was actually typed by the user. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard This mechanism can be used to extend \SpecialChar LyX 's command set and implement macros. Bind some key sequence to \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset notify \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . Then start a client that listens on the output pipe, dispatches the command according to the sequence, and starts a function that may use \SpecialChar LyX calls and \SpecialChar LyX requests to issue a command or a series of commands to \SpecialChar LyX . \end_layout \begin_layout Section The simple \SpecialChar LyX Server Protocol \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \SpecialChar LyX implements a simple protocol that can be used for session management. All messages are of the form \end_layout \begin_layout Quote LYXSRV: \emph on clientname \emph default : \emph on protocol message \end_layout \begin_layout Standard where \emph on protocol message \emph default can be \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset hello \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset or \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset bye \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . If \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset hello \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset is received from a client, \SpecialChar LyX will report back to inform the client that it's listening to it's messages, while \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset bye \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset sent from \SpecialChar LyX will inform clients that \SpecialChar LyX is closing. \end_layout \begin_layout Section Reverse DVI/PDF search \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Some DVI/PDF viewers \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout The following viewers offer the reverse PDF search feature: Okular on KDE/Linux, Qpdfview on Unix, Skim on Mac OSX and SumatraPDF on Windows. \end_layout \end_inset provide \emph on reverse search \emph default facility (also called \emph on inverse search \emph default ). This means that you can tell \SpecialChar LyX to put the cursor to a specific line in the document by clicking at the respective position in the DVI/PDF output. To achieve this, the viewer must be able to communicate with \SpecialChar LyX . This is done via the \SpecialChar LyX server either by using the named pipe ( \emph on lyxpipe \emph default ), or the UNIX domain socket ( \emph on lyxsocket \emph default ) that \SpecialChar LyX creates in its temporary directory (this is the way the \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout lyxclient \end_layout \end_inset program communicates with \SpecialChar LyX ). In some cases, you need a helper script that mediates between the viewer and \SpecialChar LyX , in others, the viewer can communicate with \SpecialChar LyX directly. This depends on the selected viewer and on your operating system. The same applies to the way viewers need to be configured and the way the reverse search is actually performed. In what follows, we will thus describe how to setup reverse search for specific viewers. Before we turn to this, though, we will explain what needs to be done generally to enable reverse search in the DVI/PDF output. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Automatic setup \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "subsec:rev-search" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard In most cases \SpecialChar LyX will do the work for you by pressing the following button in the toolbar: \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "buffer-toggle-output-sync" \end_inset . Alternatively, you can also enable the feature by checking \family sans Synchronize with Output \family default in \begin_inset Flex Noun status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator Formats \end_layout \end_inset . In such a case \SpecialChar LyX will automatically insert the necessary Sync\SpecialChar TeX macro (for PDF) or load the srcltx package (for DVI) respectively. This option can be easily reached also on \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout View/Update \end_layout \end_inset Toolbar. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard If you need a different setting, you can select or input a custom macro from the drop down box just below \begin_inset Flex Noun status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator Output\SpecialChar menuseparator Synchronize with Output \end_layout \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Note that the method \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash synctex=1 \end_layout \end_inset enables gzip compression. If your viewer does not support it, you should instead use \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash synctex=-1 \end_layout \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Please also note that including the \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout srcltx \end_layout \end_inset package or \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout src-specials \end_layout \end_inset sometimes has an undesired impact on the typesetting. Thus, you should switch output synchronization off for the final typesetting if you use the \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout srcltx \end_layout \end_inset package or \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout src-specials \end_layout \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard In case you need some more special settings that are not covered by the automatic settings, read the next section about how to set up output synchronization manually. If the automatic setup suits your needs, you can readily jump to section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:configuring-viewers" nolink "false" \end_inset , where the necessary configuration steps in your viewer – needed both with the automatic and the manual setup – are described. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Manual setup \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \SpecialChar LaTeX provides several different methods for reverse search. Some are built-in in the \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout latex/pdflatex \end_layout \end_inset program, some are provided by external packages. Your choice depends on whether your \SpecialChar LaTeX distribution already provides a given method (the built-in methods are rather new) and whether your viewer can cope with it. The available methods are described in the following. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection* Built-in DVI-search via src-specials (DVI only) \end_layout \begin_layout Standard This method provides the DVI file with the necessary information for reverse search. It is available in \SpecialChar LaTeX since quite some time (any somewhat recent \SpecialChar LaTeX distribution should include it), and it works reliably. To enable it, change the \begin_inset Flex Noun status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout La \family sans TeX \family default (plain)->DVI \end_layout \end_inset or \begin_inset Flex Noun status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout La \family sans TeX \family default (plain)->DraftDVI \end_layout \end_inset converter in \begin_inset Flex Noun status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Preferences\SpecialChar menuseparator File Handling\SpecialChar menuseparator Converters \end_layout \end_inset to \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout latex -src-specials $$i \end_layout \end_inset . If this doesn't work, check if your \SpecialChar TeX engine needs different options (the syntax might differ in some distributions). \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection* External Packages (PDFSync and scrltx) \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The packages \emph on pdfsync \emph default and \emph on scrltx \emph default provide reverse search facility for PDF output (via pdflatex) and DVI output, respectively. In order to enable it, load the packages in the \SpecialChar LyX preamble: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash usepackage{pdfsync} \end_layout \end_inset for reverse PDF search, \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash usepackage[active]{srcltx} \end_layout \end_inset for reverse DVI search. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard If you want to be able to perform both DVI and PDF reverse searches, you can also insert in the preamble the following lines \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code \backslash usepackage{ifpdf} \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \backslash ifpdf \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \backslash usepackage{pdfsync} \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \backslash else \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \backslash usepackage[active]{srcltx} \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \backslash fi \end_layout \begin_layout Standard This way, you can preview the file as either DVI or PDF (pdflatex) and the right package will be used. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Note that PDFSync might affect the output layout of your document. It is therefore advised to disable PDFsync for final documents. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection* Built-in reverse search via Sync\SpecialChar TeX (DVI and PDF) \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Recent versions of \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout (pdf)latex \end_layout \end_inset have built-in support for both PDF and DVI reverse search. This so-called \emph on Sync\SpecialChar TeX \emph default facility is basically the result of the integration of the PDFSync package to the pdftex program and its merge with the \emph on scr-specials \emph default approach. You need at least \SpecialChar TeX Live 2008 or a recent Mik\SpecialChar TeX distribution in order to use it. \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout For some reason, Mik\SpecialChar TeX does not understand/obey the command \SpecialChar LyX inserts into the preamble when you check the "Enable Forward/Reverse Search" button in the toolbar and does not generate the necessary info. \end_layout \begin_layout Plain Layout The generation of the required info can be forced by changing the converter "\SpecialChar LaTeX (pdflatex) -> PDF (pdflatex)" in Preferences->File handling->Converters from the default "pdflatex $$i" to "pdflatex -synctex=1 $$i" (i.e., by adding the -synctex=1 switch). \end_layout \end_inset Also note that only a few PDF viewers (such as Okular and Qpdfview on Unix, Skim on the Mac, SumatraPDF on Windows; see the next section for details) already provide Sync\SpecialChar TeX support. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard To enable Sync\SpecialChar TeX for DVI output, change the \begin_inset Flex Noun status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout La \family sans TeX \family default (plain) -> DVI \end_layout \end_inset or \begin_inset Flex Noun status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout La \family sans TeX \family default (plain) -> DraftDVI \end_layout \end_inset converter in \begin_inset Flex Noun status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Preferences\SpecialChar menuseparator File Handling\SpecialChar menuseparator Converters \end_layout \end_inset to \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout latex -synctex=1 $$i \end_layout \end_inset , and for PDF output, change the \begin_inset Flex Noun status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout La \family sans TeX \family default (pdflatex) -> PDF (pdflatex) \end_layout \end_inset converter to \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout pdflatex -synctex=1 $$i \end_layout \end_inset . Should your viewer not be considered in the following description, or in case of missing success, please check the documentation of your viewer whether the viewer needs to be configured for the use with Sync\SpecialChar TeX . \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Note that the option \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -synctex=1 \end_layout \end_inset option enables gzip compression. If your viewer does not support it, you should instead use \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -synctex=-1 \end_layout \end_inset . \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Configuring and using specific viewers \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "subsec:configuring-viewers" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection* Xdvi (all platforms) \end_layout \begin_layout Standard If you use \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout xdvi \end_layout \end_inset , you don't need to do anything else for performing a reverse DVI search, as \SpecialChar LyX already provides the necessary hooks for automatically using the \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout lyxclient \end_layout \end_inset program. Just setup your document as described above (reverse search is triggered by Ctrl-click or Alt-click on Mac OSX, respectively). \end_layout \begin_layout Standard However, if for whatever reason you want to use the named pipe instead of the socket for communicating with \SpecialChar LyX , simply change the DVI viewer in \begin_inset Flex Noun status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Preferences\SpecialChar menuseparator File Handling\SpecialChar menuseparator File formats \end_layout \end_inset to \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout On Mac OSX you have to use \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout DISPLAY=:0.0 xdvi -editor "lyxeditor.sh %f %l" \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout xdvi -editor "lyxeditor.sh %f %l" \end_layout \end_inset , where \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout lyxeditor.sh \end_layout \end_inset is a suitable script. For example, a minimal shell script is the following one: \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code #!/bin/sh \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset LYXPIPE="/path/to/lyxpipe" \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset COMMAND="LYXCMD:revdvi:server-goto-file-row:$1 $2" \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset echo "$COMMAND" > "${LYXPIPE}".in || exit \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset read TMP < "${LYXPIPE}".out || exit \end_layout \begin_layout Standard where \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout /path/to/lyxpipe \end_layout \end_inset is the LyXServer pipe path specified in \begin_inset Flex Noun status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Preferences\SpecialChar menuseparator Paths \end_layout \end_inset . \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout In the \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout development/tools \end_layout \end_inset folder of a source distribution you can find a \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout lyxeditor \end_layout \end_inset script which is able to locate the \emph on lyxpipe \emph default based on your preferences. \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection* MacDviX (Mac OSX) \end_layout \begin_layout Standard At the end of \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout /Applications/MacDviX_Folder/calleditor.script \end_layout \end_inset , add the following lines: \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code /Applications/LyX.app/Contents/MacOS/lyxeditor "$2" $1 \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset exit 1 \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Modify the lines accordingly if you install \SpecialChar LyX somewhere else than in the Applications folder. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Reverse search is triggered by Alt-click (OPTION-click). \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection* Skim (Mac OSX) \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Enter \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout open -a Skim.app $$i \end_layout \end_inset to the viewer setting in \begin_inset Flex Noun status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Preferences\SpecialChar menuseparator File Handling\SpecialChar menuseparator File formats\SpecialChar menuseparator PDF (pdflatex) \end_layout \end_inset , and then in \begin_inset Flex Noun status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Skim\SpecialChar menuseparator Preferences\SpecialChar menuseparator Sync \end_layout \end_inset choose \begin_inset Flex Noun status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout custom \end_layout \end_inset preset and enter command \begin_inset Flex Noun status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout /Applications/\SpecialChar LyX .app/Contents/MacOS/lyxeditor \end_layout \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Reverse search is triggered by COMMAND-SHIFT-click \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection* Evince (GNOME) \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Reverse search with evince does not work out of the box, but it can be achieved by means of some third party helper scripts. Please refer to \begin_inset CommandInset href LatexCommand href target "https://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/SyncTeX" literal "false" \end_inset for details. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection* Okular (KDE) \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Go to \begin_inset Flex Noun status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator Configure Okular\SpecialChar menuseparator Editor \end_layout \end_inset and select LyX \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset as editor. This inserts the appropriate command ( \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout lyxclient -g %f %l \end_layout \end_inset ). \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Reverse search is triggered by SHIFT-click. \change_inserted -712698321 1578211026 Note that this only works if Okular is in \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Browse \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset mode (i. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset e., the hand symbol is clicked). \change_unchanged \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection* Qpdfview (Unix) \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Qpdfview supports Sync\SpecialChar TeX since version 0.3.5. Go to \begin_inset Flex Noun status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator Behavior \end_layout \end_inset , click on the input field of the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Source editor \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset item and add the command \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout lyxclient -g %1 %2 \end_layout \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Reverse search is triggered by double-click or, in more recent versions, by context menu. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection* YAP (Windows) \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Launch yap, choose its \begin_inset Flex Noun status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout View\SpecialChar menuseparator Options \end_layout \end_inset menu and select the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Inverse DVI Search \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset tab. Click on the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset New\SpecialChar ldots \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset button and, in the window that opens, enter \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \SpecialChar LyX Editor \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset (or any other name you like) in the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Name: \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset field. Now click on the button labeled \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \SpecialChar ldots \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset to open a file dialog and navigate to the directory containing the batch file \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout lyxeditor.bat \end_layout \end_inset (see below). Select \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout lyxeditor.bat \end_layout \end_inset and then specify the program arguments as \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout %f %l \end_layout \end_inset . The \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout lyxeditor.bat \end_layout \end_inset wrapper is used for communicating with \SpecialChar LyX through the \emph on lyxpipe \emph default and is as follows: \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code @echo off \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset echo LYXCMD:revdvi:server-goto-file-row:%~1 %2> \backslash \backslash . \backslash pipe \backslash lyxpipe.in \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset type \backslash \backslash . \backslash pipe \backslash lyxpipe.out \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Make sure that the \SpecialChar LyX Server pipe path you specified in \SpecialChar LyX is \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash \backslash . \backslash pipe \backslash lyxpipe \end_layout \end_inset , otherwise change the \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout lyxeditor.bat \end_layout \end_inset wrapper accordingly. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard In yap, reverse search is triggered by double-click. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection* SumatraPDF (Windows) \end_layout \begin_layout Standard In order to use SumatraPDF for inverse search, enter \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout SumatraPDF -inverse-search "lyxeditor.bat "%f" %l" \end_layout \end_inset in the viewer setting in \begin_inset Flex Noun status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Preferences\SpecialChar menuseparator File Handling\SpecialChar menuseparator File formats\SpecialChar menuseparator PDF (pdflatex) \end_layout \end_inset , where \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout lyxeditor.bat \end_layout \end_inset is the previous wrapper. If SumatraPDF.exe is not in your command PATH, use its full file name. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Reverse search is triggered by double-click. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection* YAP (Cygwin) \end_layout \begin_layout Standard First of all, make sure that yap is your default DVI viewer in the Windows environment, then launch it, choose its \begin_inset Flex Noun status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout View\SpecialChar menuseparator Options \end_layout \end_inset menu and select the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Inverse DVI Search \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset tab. Click on the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset New\SpecialChar ldots \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset button and, in the window that opens, enter \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \SpecialChar LyX Editor \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset (or any other name you like) in the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Name: \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset field. Now click on the button labeled \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \SpecialChar ldots \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset to open a file dialog and navigate to the directory containing the \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout lyxeditor.exe \end_layout \end_inset program (which is installed by default on Cygwin along with the \SpecialChar LyX executable). Select \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout lyxeditor.exe \end_layout \end_inset and then specify the program arguments as \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -g %f %l \end_layout \end_inset . In this way, you will be using the \emph on lyxsocket \emph default for communicating with \SpecialChar LyX . If, for whatever reason, you want to use the \emph on lyxpipe \emph default , omit the \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -g \end_layout \end_inset option and be sure to specify the \SpecialChar LyX Server pipe path in the \SpecialChar LyX preferences. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard In yap, reverse search is triggered by double-click. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection* SumatraPDF (Cygwin) \end_layout \begin_layout Standard In order to use SumatraPDF for inverse search, enter \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout SumatraPDF -inverse-search "lyxeditor -g %f %l" \end_layout \end_inset in the viewer setting in \begin_inset Flex Noun status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Preferences\SpecialChar menuseparator File Handling\SpecialChar menuseparator File formats\SpecialChar menuseparator PDF (pdflatex) \end_layout \end_inset . If SumatraPDF.exe is not in your command PATH, use its full posix path. The \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -g \end_layout \end_inset enables communication via the \emph on lyxsocket \emph default . Again, omit the \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout -g \end_layout \end_inset option if you want to use the \emph on lyxpipe \emph default , and be sure to specify the \SpecialChar LyX Server pipe path in the \SpecialChar LyX preferences. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Reverse search is triggered by double-click. \end_layout \begin_layout Section Forward search \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Forward search is, as the name implies, in a sense the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset opposite \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset of reverse search. It allows you to let the viewer jump to a given position from within \SpecialChar LyX . If forward search is set up (as described in what follows), you can put the cursor anywhere in your \SpecialChar LyX document, and hit \begin_inset Flex Noun status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Navigate\SpecialChar menuseparator Forward search \end_layout \end_inset (or select \begin_inset Flex Noun status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Forward search \end_layout \end_inset in the context menu via right mouse click), and then the viewer will jump to that position as well. This implies, of course, that your viewer supports this function. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard To make forward search possible, you first need to provide the generated output PDF/DVI file with additional information about the \SpecialChar TeX sources. This can be done via the methods described in the section \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:rev-search" nolink "false" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Additionally, you need to configure \SpecialChar LyX for using your viewers in \begin_inset Flex Noun status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator Preferences\SpecialChar menuseparator Output\SpecialChar menuseparator General \end_layout \end_inset . We provide a range of tested configurations for some viewers, which you can select from the drop down list. If none of these configurations suits you, you have to find out and enter a suitable configuration yourself. The definition syntax uses the following placeholders: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \noindent \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout $$n \end_layout \end_inset : row number \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \noindent \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout $$t \end_layout \end_inset : name of the (temporary) exported .tex file (without path) \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \noindent \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout $$f \end_layout \end_inset : name of the (temporary) exported .tex file (including path) \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \noindent \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout $$o \end_layout \end_inset : name of the exported output file (either dvi or pdf, depending on which one exists in the temporary directory) \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Note that only some of the viewers provide full and usable forward search functionality out of the box, among them yap, xdvi, okular \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout You might want to set \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout okular --unique \end_layout \end_inset in \begin_inset Flex Noun status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator Preferences\SpecialChar menuseparator File Handling\SpecialChar menuseparator File \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Formats \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset , qpdfview, and SumatraPDF \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout SumatraPDF can also use DDE commands through the external program CMCDDE — downloadable from \begin_inset CommandInset href LatexCommand href target "http://www.istri.fr/spip/zip/CMCDDE.zip" literal "false" \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset . Others, such as evince \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Forward search with evince can be achieved by means of third party helper scripts. Please refer to \begin_inset CommandInset href LatexCommand href target "https://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/SyncTeX" literal "false" \end_inset for details. \end_layout \end_inset , require some extra tools in order to use forward search. While many of the widespread PDF viewers (most notably Adobe Reader) do not support forward search at all, some other viewers – e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g. xpdf – allow at least to reload the document and jump to a specific page of the file, so you can at least navigate \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset near \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . This latter functionality is provided by an external call of synctex (see the predefined example configurations). \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Forward search works both with DVI and PDF output. \SpecialChar LyX simply checks which preview format you have used before (i. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset e., which format is already there in the temporary directory) and chooses the appropriate configuration for the respective format. \change_deleted 564990737 1672743015 \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_deleted 564990737 1672743015 Special Document Classes \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044 A&A Paper \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044 by \noun on Peter Sütterlin \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044 Introduction \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044 This section describes how \SpecialChar LyX can be used to write articles for submission to the scientific journal \emph on Astronomy and Astrophysics \emph default ( \begin_inset Flex URL status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout https://www.aanda.org/ \end_layout \end_inset ) using Version 5.01 of the document class \family typewriter aa.cls \family default . This package can be downloaded from the ftp site \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044 \begin_inset VSpace medskip \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \align center \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044 \begin_inset Flex URL status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout ftp://ftp.edpsciences.org/pub/aa/readme.html \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044 \begin_inset VSpace medskip \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044 A manual comes together with that package, and this text is not meant to replace the original manual but is merely a short guide in how to realize the correct form of your paper. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044 Please note that the publisher of the journal was changed from Springer to EDP Sciences starting January 1, 2001. That change involved also some slight changes to the style files, namely the removal of the thesaurus command. The \SpecialChar LyX class aa supports the newest version of these style files, V 5.01. If you have an older version installed, please upgrade. For compatibility, the old (version 4) layout has been kept as \family sans article (A&A V4) \family default . Please refer to the comments in \family typewriter \SpecialChar LyX Dir/layouts/aapaper.layout \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044 Getting started \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044 It is recommended you start from the example template distributed with \SpecialChar LyX . If you are not using a template, note the following settings: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044 Select \family sans article (A&A) \family default in the \family sans Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Settings \family default dialog (OK, that one was obvious). \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044 Don't change the option \family sans Page \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset style \family default : Leave it set to \family sans default \family default . The whole layout is done by the macros, you shouldn't change anything. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044 The header block \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044 First thing to enter is the header information. It consists of seven entries, of which some are optional. They are \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044 \family sans Title \family default : [required] \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044 \family sans Subtitle \family default : [optional] \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044 \family sans Author \family default : [required] \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044 \family sans Address \family default : [required] \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044 \family sans Offprints \family default : [optional] if more than one author: whom to contact for offprint requests. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044 \family sans Mail \family default : [optional] mail address for contacts. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044 \family sans Date \family default : [required]. Suggested format is \family typewriter Received: ; Accepted \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044 There is no need to issue the \family typewriter \backslash maketitle \family default command, this is done automatically by \SpecialChar LyX when the header is finished. Although the order of the single header entries doesn't matter it is advised to keep the above sequence, just to get the best optics and meets the layout of the real document. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044 If you want to place footnotes in the header block, e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g. \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset to state your present address, just use the standard footnote via the menu \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator Footnote. \family default \SpecialChar LyX will automagically use the term \family typewriter \backslash thanks{} \family default in that case. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044 Under \family sans Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator Text Style \family default , you'll find two insets which are relevant for the titling: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044 \family sans Institute \family typewriter \family default to mark corresponding author\SpecialChar breakableslash institute pairs. The institutes are numbered sequentially as they appear in the \family sans Address \family default field, so you have to put a marker to each author. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044 \family sans Email \family default to supply an email address for fast contact. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044 In addition to these topics, the macros use one additional \SpecialChar LaTeX command that has no counterpart in \SpecialChar LyX : \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044 \family typewriter \backslash and \family default to separate different names for more than one author and institute, respectively. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044 The appropriate command has to be entered in \SpecialChar LyX and marked as \SpecialChar LaTeX code. See the examples. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044 The abstract \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044 The abstract should immediately follow the header block. With version 5 the abstract environment was changed to a command, and there is now a restriction to only one paragraph. In addition, it should contain an entry with the keywords. This is done via the paragraph style \family sans Keywords \family default . Refer to the example paper. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044 Supported environments \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044 The A&A paper layout supports the following environments for structuring your text: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044 \family sans Standard \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044 \family sans Section \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044 \family sans Subsection \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044 \family sans Subsubsection \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044 \family sans Itemize \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044 \family sans Enumerate \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044 \family sans Description \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044 \family sans Caption \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044 \family sans Abstract \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044 \family sans Acknowledgment \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044 \family sans Bibliography \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044 \family sans \SpecialChar LaTeX \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044 Commands not supported by \SpecialChar LyX \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044 Some commands are not yet supported by the \family sans paper (A&A) \family default layout for \SpecialChar LyX . Some have already been mentioned. For the sake of completeness, they are listed all together here: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044 \family typewriter \backslash and \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044 \family typewriter \backslash authorrunning \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044 \family typewriter \backslash object{} \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044 \family typewriter \backslash titlerunning{} \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044 If you want to use any of these commands, you have to enter them yourself. \series bold Do not forget to mark them as \SpecialChar LaTeX code! \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044 Figure and Table Floats \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044 \SpecialChar LyX provides support for the necessary float environments \family sans figure, figure*, table \family default and \family sans table* \family default , therefore we won't tell much about it here. Refer to the \emph on User's \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Guide \emph default . Just remember that tables should be left-aligned. For that, select the table and change the alignment in \family sans Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator Paragraph \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Settings. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044 There is only one special thing: the figures with caption besides the figure. To create such a figure, you have to do the following: \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044 Create a wide figure float: \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator Float\SpecialChar menuseparator Figure \family default , then right click in the figure and select \family sans Span \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset columns \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044 Enter your caption text. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044 Press \family sans Return \family default to move the cursor above the caption. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044 Insert your figure \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044 Position the cursor behind the figure and insert a horizontal fill: \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator Special \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Character\SpecialChar menuseparator Horizontal \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Fill \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044 Switch to \SpecialChar LaTeX mode: \family sans M-c \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset t \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044 Enter \family typewriter \backslash parbox[b]{55mm}{ \family default . \series bold Do not close the brace! \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044 Position the cursor behind the caption text, switch to \SpecialChar LaTeX mode and insert the closing brace: \family sans M-c \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset t \family default \family typewriter } \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044 Also, refer to the figures in the example paper. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044 Referee layout \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044 For submission, the paper has to be formated in a special double-spacing layout. For this purpose, you have to give the option \family typewriter referee \family default to the document class. This must be done using the custom class options field in the \family sans Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Settings \family default dialog. Just enter the string \family typewriter referee \family default there. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044 The example paper \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_deleted 564990737 1669742044 The \family sans Examples \family default directory contains an example paper written with \SpecialChar LyX . It is the example paper from the original macro package, translated to \SpecialChar LyX . Use it for inspiration, and compare the original \SpecialChar LaTeX code with \SpecialChar LyX way of writing. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_deleted 564990737 1671097429 Dinbrief \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_deleted 564990737 1671097429 The document class \family sans dinbrief \family default can be used to type letters according to German conventions. A template file is included in \family typewriter .../lyx/share/templates \family default for you to use as a starting point. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_deleted 564990737 1671097429 Elsevier Journals \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_deleted 564990737 1671097429 See the \SpecialChar LyX template file \family typewriter elsarticle.lyx \family default . It contains all infos you need. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_deleted 564990737 1669755802 ijmpc and ijmpd \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_deleted 564990737 1669755802 by \noun on Panayotis Papasotiriou \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_deleted 564990737 1669755802 Overview \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_deleted 564990737 1669755802 The ijmpc package is a set of macros that facilitates electronic manuscript submission to the \emph on International Journal of Modern Physics C \emph default . Similarly, the ijmpd package is for creating manuscripts to be submitted to the \emph on International Journal of Modern Physics D \emph default . Both journals are published by World Scientific. The corresponding document classes are named \family typewriter ws-ijmpc.cls \family default and \family typewriter ws-ijmpd.cls \family default , respectively. These files, together with instructions for the authors, can be downloaded from the sites \begin_inset Flex URL status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout http://www.worldscinet.com/ijmpc/mkt/guidelines.shtml \end_layout \end_inset and \begin_inset Flex URL status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout http://www.worldscinet.com/ijmpd/mkt/guidelines.shtml \end_layout \end_inset . Both packages are modified versions of the standard \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset article \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset package, and they are almost (but not exactly) identical. Most of their features are supported by \SpecialChar LyX . I have used \SpecialChar LyX successfully to write articles submitted to both journals without any problem. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_deleted 564990737 1669755802 Writing a paper \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_deleted 564990737 1669755802 As usual, the easiest way to write a paper is to start with a template. Click on \family sans File\SpecialChar menuseparator New from \family default \family sans Template \family default , then choose the \family typewriter ijmpc.lyx \family default or \family typewriter ijmpd.lyx \family default template. This will give an (almost) empty document that includes the most common fields found in a manuscript. Simply overwrite the existing text (including the brackets, \family typewriter <> \family default ) with your text. You should keep in mind the following remarks. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \change_deleted 564990737 1669755802 \SpecialChar LyX won't let you change the font size and the page style of the document, because such modifications are not allowed by both packages. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \change_deleted 564990737 1669755802 The language of the document should not be changed. Before previewing your paper, be sure that the babel package is not used. To do this, click on \begin_inset Info type "menu" arg "dialog-show document" \end_inset \family sans \SpecialChar menuseparator Language \family default , and select \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset None \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset as \family sans Language Package \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \change_deleted 564990737 1669755802 The \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Keywords \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset style must be used to define keywords. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \change_deleted 564990737 1669755802 The ijmpc package provides a style named \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Classification Codes \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , which can be used to define classification codes, such as PACS numbers. Note that this facility is not supported by the ijmpd package. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \change_deleted 564990737 1669755802 Several new environments are available: \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Definition \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Step \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Example \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Remark \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Notation \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Theorem \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Proof \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Corollary \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Lemma \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Proposition \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Prop \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Question \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Claim \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , and \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Conjecture \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . Their use is more or less obvious. \SpecialChar LyX supports all these environments; it will use the proper label, text style, and numbering scheme for each of them. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \change_deleted 564990737 1669755802 Both packages use basic citations; the natbib package should not be used. In \SpecialChar LyX , citation references are shown as usual; in the output, citations are shown as superscripts. If you want to use a citation as normal text, you should use the \family typewriter refcite \family default command, e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g. \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset See Ref. \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset \family typewriter \backslash refcite{key} \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \change_deleted 564990737 1669755802 There is no \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Acknowledgments \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset section in both packages. To put acknowledgments, just use the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Section* \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset environment. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \change_deleted 564990737 1669755802 Appendices may be added to the paper, \emph on after \emph default the Acknowledgments and \shape italic before \shape default the References. \SpecialChar LyX provides a special environment, called \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Appendices Section \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset which marks the beginning of the appendices. This environment should be left blank; it just sends a \SpecialChar LaTeX command, but nothing is really printed. In \SpecialChar LyX , the word \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Appendix \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset is printed with blue letters, as a signal that all sections after that point are appendices. To write an appendix, use the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Appendix \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset environment. \SpecialChar LyX will number each appendix with capital letters, as required by both journals. Note that \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Appendices Section \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset \emph on must \emph default be present before the first appendix; if not, all appendices will be numbered as normal sections in the output. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \change_deleted 564990737 1669755802 The ijmpc and the ijmpd packages use the \family typewriter tbl \family default command to implement table captions. As a result, a table created by \SpecialChar LyX is printed correctly, but its caption is ignored. However, you can use some \SpecialChar TeX code to overcome this problem, so that captions are printed as expected. To do so, create a float table as usual, remove the caption, and replace it with the \SpecialChar TeX code \family typewriter \backslash tbl{ \emph on your table caption \emph default }{ \family default (sic); you must also the \SpecialChar TeX code \family typewriter } \family default immediately after the tabular material. Study the example table included in the template files to see how this trick is implemented. Alternatively, If you need table captions, you should implement the whole table float in a \family typewriter .tex \family default file, then include this file to the \SpecialChar LyX document ( \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator File\SpecialChar menuseparator Child \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Document \family default ). Details on how to create a table float can be found in the files \family typewriter ws-ijmpc.tex \family default and \family typewriter ws-ijmpd.tex \family default , included in the corresponding packages. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_deleted 564990737 1669755802 Preparing a paper for submission \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_deleted 564990737 1669755802 Before you submit your paper you must export the \SpecialChar LyX document as a \SpecialChar LaTeX file ( \family sans File\SpecialChar menuseparator Export\SpecialChar menuseparator \SpecialChar LaTeX \family default ) \begin_inset Foot status open \begin_layout Plain Layout Actually you have the choice between \SpecialChar LaTeX (plain) and pdflatex. If you intend to use pdflatex to prepare the paper, you should use the pdflatex option so that included graphics are converted to PDF format, ready for use by pdflatex. \end_layout \end_inset , then make the following changes to the resulting \family typewriter .tex \family default file. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \change_deleted 564990737 1669755802 Remove the comment lines before the \family typewriter \backslash documentclass \family default command. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \change_deleted 564990737 1669755802 Remove everything between (and including) the \family typewriter \backslash makeatletter \family default and \family typewriter \backslash makeatother \family default commands, except for any commands you specifically put into the \SpecialChar LaTeX preamble. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_deleted 564990737 1672743015 The modified \family typewriter .tex \family default file should be saved and processed through \SpecialChar LaTeX as many times as necessary. You may also want to check the resulting \family typewriter .dvi \family default document. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_deleted 564990737 1669801478 iopart \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_deleted 564990737 1669801478 by \noun on Uwe Stöhr \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_deleted 564990737 1669801478 Overview \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_deleted 564990737 1669801478 The iopart package provides a document class to create electronic manuscript submission to the journals published by the Institute of Physics. Instructions for the authors how to create a paper using the iopart class can be downloaded together with the iopart package from the site \begin_inset Flex URL status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout ftp://ftp.iop.org/pub/journals/latex2e \end_layout \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_deleted 564990737 1669801478 Writing a paper \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_deleted 564990737 1669801478 The easiest way to write a paper is to start with the template \emph on IOP-article.lyx \emph default that is available via \family sans File\SpecialChar menuseparator New From Template \family default The template explains how to use the special text environments. Here are the most important advices: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_deleted 564990737 1669801478 To be able to compile your document to a PDF, PS, or DVI, ensure that the no AMS packages are loaded in \family sans Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator Math Options \family default ! \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_deleted 564990737 1669801478 \size normal The title environment defines the kind of your paper. So use one of the following environments for the title: \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Itemize \change_deleted 564990737 1669801478 \family sans \size normal Title \family default for a Paper \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_deleted 564990737 1669801478 \family sans \size normal Review \family default for a Review \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_deleted 564990737 1669801478 \family sans \size normal Topical \family default for a Topical review \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_deleted 564990737 1669801478 \family sans \size normal Comment \family default for a Comment \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_deleted 564990737 1669801478 \family sans \size normal Note \family default for a Note \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_deleted 564990737 1669801478 \family sans \size normal Paper \family default for a Paper (same as Title) \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_deleted 564990737 1669801478 \family sans \size normal Prelim \family default for a Preliminary communication \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_deleted 564990737 1669801478 \family sans \size normal Rapid \family default for a Rapid communication \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_deleted 564990737 1669801478 \family sans \size normal Letter \family default for a Letter to the editor \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Itemize \change_deleted 564990737 1669801478 \size normal All title environments except of \family sans Letter \family default can have an optional short title. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_deleted 564990737 1669801478 There is a general title environment \family sans Article \family default which is not directly supported by \SpecialChar LyX . This can be used as \SpecialChar TeX code when your document doesn't fit into one of the other title types. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_deleted 564990737 1672743015 For more informations like hints for special table and formula formatting, look at the IOP author guidelines. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_deleted 564990737 1670317155 Kluwer \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_deleted 564990737 1670317155 by \noun on Panayotis Papasotiriou \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_deleted 564990737 1670317155 Overview \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_deleted 564990737 1670317155 The Kluwer package is a set of macros produced by Kluwer Academic Publishers that facilitates electronic manuscript submission to the journals they publish. Most known of them (at least in my domain of interest) are \emph on Astrophysics and Space Science \emph default and \emph on Solar Physics \emph default , but there are many others (see a complete list at \begin_inset Flex URL status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout http://www.wkap.nl/jrnllist.htm/JRNLHOME \end_layout \end_inset ). The Kluwer package may be downloaded from the site \begin_inset Flex URL status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout http://www.wkap.nl/kaphtml.htm/STYLEFILES \end_layout \end_inset . A complete user guide is contained in that package (but it can also be downloaded separately). \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_deleted 564990737 1670317155 \SpecialChar LyX supports many features of the package but not everything. However, the \SpecialChar TeX code needed is reduced to some \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset peculiar \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset commands of the package (see \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:kluwer_peculiarities" nolink "false" \end_inset ). I have recently used \SpecialChar LyX to write an article submitted to the \emph on Astrophysics and Space Science \emph default without any problem. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_deleted 564990737 1670317155 Writing a paper \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_deleted 564990737 1670317155 The easiest way to write a paper is to start with the Kluwer template file. Click on \family sans File\SpecialChar menuseparator New from \family default \family sans Template \family default , then choose the \family typewriter kluwer.lyx \family default template. This will give an (almost) empty document that includes the most common fields found in a manuscript and a short description of their use. As in most templates, simply overwrite the existing text (including the brackets, \family typewriter <> \family default ) with the correct information. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_deleted 564990737 1670317155 Preparing a paper for submission \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_deleted 564990737 1670317155 As in the AAS\SpecialChar TeX package, before you submit your paper to a journal you must \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset postprocess \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset it as follows. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \change_deleted 564990737 1670317155 Export your paper as a \SpecialChar LaTeX file. To do this, click on \family sans File\SpecialChar menuseparator Export\SpecialChar menuseparator \SpecialChar LaTeX \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \change_deleted 564990737 1670317155 Edit the resulting \family typewriter .tex \family default file with a text editor and make the following changes \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Enumerate \change_deleted 564990737 1670317155 remove the comment lines before the \family typewriter \backslash documentclass \family default command, \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \change_deleted 564990737 1670317155 remove everything between (and including) the \family typewriter \backslash makeatletter \family default and \family typewriter \backslash makeatother \family default commands, except for any commands you specifically put into the \SpecialChar LaTeX preamble. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_deleted 564990737 1670317155 Save the resulting \family typewriter .tex \family default file. \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Enumerate \change_deleted 564990737 1670317155 Run the \family typewriter .tex \family default file through \SpecialChar LaTeX as many times as necessary (usually up to three). \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \change_deleted 564990737 1670317155 View the resulting \family typewriter .dvi \family default document using, e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g. \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset \family sans xdvi \family default , and check if everything is OK (it should, if you didn't make any mistake). \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_deleted 564990737 1670317155 \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Peculiarities \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset of the Kluwer package \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "subsec:kluwer_peculiarities" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_deleted 564990737 1670317155 The Kluwer package has the following \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset peculiarities \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \change_deleted 564990737 1670317155 It is possible to write multiple articles in the same \SpecialChar LaTeX file \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout I can't imagine any good reason to do this. \end_layout \end_inset . Each article must be included in the environment \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset article \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . Unfortunately, this environment cannot be omitted, even if you write just one article. Therefore, each article starts with the command \family typewriter \backslash begin{article} \family default and, obviously, ends with the command \family typewriter \backslash end{article} \family default . Although this can be implemented in \SpecialChar LyX , I didn't included it, since it looks ugly and can confuse the novice user. Therefore, you need to enter them directly and mark them as \SpecialChar LaTeX code (the well-known \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \SpecialChar TeX code \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset ). \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \change_deleted 564990737 1670317155 Information given at the beginning of the article (i. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset e. \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset title, subtitle, author, institution, running title, running author, abstract and keywords) must be included in an environment called \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset opening \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . This is not implemented in \SpecialChar LyX , so you must enter title, subtitle etc. \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset between two \SpecialChar TeX code lines ( \family typewriter \backslash begin{opening} \family default and \family typewriter \backslash end{opening} \family default ). \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \change_deleted 564990737 1670317155 According to the user manual, the label of each bibliography item must be written as \family typewriter \backslash protect \backslash citeauthoryear{ \family default \emph on author(s) \family typewriter \emph default }{ \family default \emph on year \family typewriter \emph default } \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_deleted 564990737 1670317155 The \family typewriter kluwer.lyx \family default template takes care of all these \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset peculiarities \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . If you start a new paper using this template you don't need to do anything special. Just \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \change_deleted 564990737 1670317155 don't delete the \SpecialChar TeX code included in the template, and \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \change_deleted 564990737 1670317155 copy the example bibliography item included in the template and modify it as necessary to enter new bibliography items. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_deleted 564990737 1671097446 Paper \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_deleted 564990737 1671097446 The document class \family sans paper \family default provides an alternative to the standard \family sans article \family default class. It provides similar functionality, but you might prefer this layout with sans serif sections, headings, and more. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_deleted 564990737 1671097446 Springer Journals ( \family sans svjour \family default ) \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_deleted 564990737 1671097446 by \noun on Martin Vermeer \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_deleted 564990737 1671097446 Description \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_deleted 564990737 1671097446 These are the layout files for some of the journal formats used by Springer Verlag and listed on \begin_inset Flex URL status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout http://www.springer.de/author/tex/help-journals.html \end_layout \end_inset , where you should also go to fetch the class files (yes, these are \SpecialChar LaTeX2e now!). It is a modular system: the things common to all journals are implemented in \family typewriter svjour.inc \family default , which journal-specific layout files (such as, e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g. \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset \family typewriter svjog.layout \family default for Journal of Geodesy) can include. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_deleted 564990737 1671097446 This means that implementing support for any other Springer journal on this list is as simple as writing your own \family typewriter sv \family default \family typewriter .layout \family default file following the outline given in \family typewriter svjog.layout \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_deleted 564990737 1671097446 It is reasonably well tested only for the Journal of Geodesy. \family typewriter svjour \family default and \family typewriter svjog \family default come with the standard \SpecialChar LyX distribution. Install the relevant class file (downloaded from Springer) in a proper directory, reconfigure \SpecialChar LaTeX (in the te\SpecialChar TeX case by running \family typewriter texhash \family default , as root if necessary — doesn't \SpecialChar LyX take care of this?), reconfigure \SpecialChar LyX and it should work. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_deleted 564990737 1671097446 New styles \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_deleted 564990737 1671097446 A large number of theorem-like styles — \family sans Claim, Conjecture, \family default \family sans \SpecialChar ldots Theorem \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_deleted 564990737 1671097446 \family sans Headnote, Dedication, Subtitle, Running_\SpecialChar LaTeX _Title, Author_Running, Institute, Mail, Offprints, Keywords, Acknowledgements, Acknowledgement \family default . See the Springer class file documentation for details. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_deleted 564990737 1671097446 Supported journals \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_deleted 564990737 1671097446 \emph on Journal of Geodesy \emph default : \family typewriter svjog.layout \family default — Martin Vermeer \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_deleted 564990737 1671097446 \emph on Probability Theory and Related Fields \emph default : \family typewriter svprobth.layout \family default — Jean-Marc Lasgouttes \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_deleted 564990737 1671097446 Add your own, it isn't so hard! \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_deleted 564990737 1671097446 Credits \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_deleted 564990737 1671097446 These files are partly based on the older \family typewriter ejour2.layout \family default , which was again based on a tinkered-with version of an old \SpecialChar LaTeX 2.09 style file from Springer. All this, and the \family typewriter ejour2 \family default layout, are now defunct. Jean-Marc Lasgouttes helped out big in making me find my way around the \SpecialChar LyX layout file mechanism. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_deleted 564990737 1671097446 Bugs \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_deleted 564990737 1671097446 Probably. But probably less than in the old hacked-\SpecialChar LaTeX \family typewriter ejour2 \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Chapter \SpecialChar LyX Features needing Extra Software \end_layout \begin_layout Section Checking \SpecialChar TeX \end_layout \begin_layout Standard by \noun on Asger Alstrup \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Introduction \end_layout \begin_layout Standard If you have the \family typewriter chktex \family default program installed \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \family typewriter chktex \family default is not yet available when you are using the \SpecialChar LaTeX distribution MiK\SpecialChar TeX . \end_layout \end_inset , you'll find in the \family sans Tools \family default menu the entry: \family sans Check \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset TeX \family default . You can get \family typewriter chktex \family default from CTAN, \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset href LatexCommand href target "https://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/chktex.html" literal "false" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The \family sans Chk\SpecialChar TeX \family default package is a program that was written by \begin_inset Flex Noun status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Jens T. \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Berger Thielemann \end_layout \end_inset in frustration because some constructs in \SpecialChar LaTeX are sometimes non-intuitive, and easy to forget. The program runs over your \SpecialChar LaTeX file, checks the integrity of the file, and flags some common errors. In other technical words, it is \family typewriter lint \family default for \SpecialChar LaTeX . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Well, what is a syntax checker doing in \SpecialChar LyX which is supposed to produce correct \SpecialChar LaTeX anyways? The answer is simple: Just as \family typewriter Lint \family default not only checks the \emph on syntax \emph default of C programs, but also does \emph on semantic \emph default checks for type-errors, \family sans Chk\SpecialChar TeX \family default catches some common \emph on typographic \emph default errors, in addition to the syntactical ones. Specifically, \family sans Chk\SpecialChar TeX \family default is capable of detecting several common errors, such as \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize Ellipsis detection: \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset Use \SpecialChar ldots instead of ... \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize No space in front of/after parenthesis: \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset ( wrong spacing ) \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize Enforcement of normal space after common abbreviations: \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g. \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset is too wide spacing. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize Enforcement of end-of-sentence space when the last sentence ends with a capital letter: \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset This is a TEST. And this is wrong spacing. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize Space in front of labels and similar commands: \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset The label should stick right up to the text to avoid falling to a wrong page. \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sec:chktex" \end_inset \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout This footnote is in danger of falling off to a wrong page \end_layout \end_inset The label is separated too much. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize Space in front of references, instead of hard spaces: \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset If you have bad luck, the text will break right between the referenced text and reference number, and that's a pity. See section \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:chktex" nolink "false" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize Use of \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset x \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset instead of \begin_inset Formula $\times$ \end_inset between numbers: \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset 2x2 looks cheap compared to \begin_inset Formula $2\times2$ \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard and more \SpecialChar ldots It is an invaluable tool when you are \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset finishing up \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset your document before printing, and you should run it right after the obligatory spelling check, and before you go fine tuning the typesetting. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection How to use it \end_layout \begin_layout Standard If you have the program installed, usage is as simple as choosing \family sans Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator Check \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset TeX \family default . This will make \SpecialChar LyX generate a \SpecialChar LaTeX file of your document, start \family sans Chk\SpecialChar TeX \family default to check it, and then make \SpecialChar LyX insert \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset error boxes \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset with the warnings from \family sans Chk\SpecialChar TeX \family default , if there were any. The warnings will be placed close to the point of the mistake, and you can quickly find them by using the \family sans Navigate\SpecialChar menuseparator Error \family default menu item, or the shortcut key \family sans C-g \family default from the default \family typewriter cua \family default bind file. Open the error boxes by clicking on them with the mouse, or use the shortcut key \family sans C-i \family default from \family typewriter cua \family default bindings, or the corresponding \family sans C-o \family default for the alternate \family typewriter emacs \family default bind file. Read the warning and correct the mistake, if it is a mistake. If you have trouble understanding what the warning is about, you can safely ignore it. Remember that there is a hidden layer between the document on screen and the technical details in invoking \family sans Chk\SpecialChar TeX \family default , and this gap can make some warnings seem arcane or just plain silly. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard This document is an excellent testing bed for the feature, and it should provide quite a few warnings for you to fiddle with. Since computers are only so smart, expect most of the warnings to be false alarms, though. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection How to fine tune it \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Sometimes, you'll find that \family sans Chk\SpecialChar TeX \family default makes more noise than suits your mood. Then you can choose not to use it, wait until your mood changes, or try to customize \family sans Chk\SpecialChar TeX \family default to get better along with you. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Although \family sans Chk\SpecialChar TeX \family default \emph on is \emph default very configurable and extensible, you should not expect to solve all problems with \family sans Chk\SpecialChar TeX \family default in \SpecialChar LyX this way. Since \SpecialChar LyX has to generate a somewhat special \SpecialChar LaTeX file to be able to match the line numbers from the \family sans Chk\SpecialChar TeX \family default output \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout You can inspect the specific output from \family sans chktex \family default by using \family sans Document\SpecialChar menuseparator \SpecialChar LaTeX \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Log \family default right after a \family sans chktex \family default run. \end_layout \end_inset to the internal document structure, some of the warnings will not appear correctly. There are two things you can do about this: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize Fine tune the \family sans Chk\SpecialChar TeX \family default invocation command line in \begin_inset Flex Noun status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator Preferences\SpecialChar menuseparator Output\SpecialChar menuseparator LaTeX\SpecialChar menuseparator CheckTeX command \end_layout \end_inset , or the global \family sans Chk\SpecialChar TeX \family default installation configuration file (usually with the file \family typewriter chktexrc \family default ). See below to learn what warnings can be enabled and disabled on the command line. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize Export your document as a raw \SpecialChar LaTeX file using \family sans File\SpecialChar menuseparator Export\SpecialChar menuseparator \SpecialChar LaTeX \family default and run \family typewriter chktex \family default manually on that. Invoked in this way, it can be a hassle to find the corresponding place in the document inside \SpecialChar LyX , but with a little patience, you should be able to do it. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Here follows the warning messages that can be enabled and disabled in \family sans Preferences \family default . Use \family typewriter -n# \family default to disable a warning, and \family typewriter -w# \family default to enable a warning. The emphasized entries are disabled by default, because the default is " \family typewriter chktex -n1 -n3 -n6 -n9 -n22 -n25 -n30 -n38 \family default ". \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Notice that you should only use the options that enable and disable warnings, because \SpecialChar LyX relies on some of the other command line parameters to be set in a specific way to have a chance to communicate with \family typewriter chktex \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \size small \emph on Command terminated with space. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \size small Non-breaking space ( \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter ~ \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset ) should have been used. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \size small \emph on You should enclose the previous parenthesis with \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter {} \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \size small Italic correction ( \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter \backslash / \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset ) found in non-italic buffer. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \size small Italic correction ( \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter \backslash / \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset ) found more than once. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \size small \emph on No italic correction ( \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter \backslash / \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset ) found. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \size small Accent command \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter cmd \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset needs use of \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter cmd \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \size small Wrong length of dash may have been used. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \size small \emph on \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter %s \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset expected, found \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter %s \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \size small Solo \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter %s \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset found. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \size small You should use \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter %s \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset to achieve an ellipsis. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \size small Inter-word spacing ( \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter \backslash \family default \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset ) should perhaps be used. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \size small Inter-sentence spacing ( \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter \backslash @ \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset ) should perhaps be used. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \size small Could not find argument for command. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \size small No match found for \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter %s \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \size small Math mode still on at end of \SpecialChar LaTeX file. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \size small Number of \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter char \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset doesn't match the number of \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter char \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \size small You should use either \family typewriter \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family default or \family typewriter \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset \family default as an alternative to \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter " \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \size small You should use " \family typewriter ' \family default " (ASCII 39) instead of " \family typewriter ´ \family default " (ASCII 180). \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \size small User-specified pattern found. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \size small This command might not be intended. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \size small \emph on Comment displayed. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \size small Either \family typewriter '' \backslash ,' \family default or \family typewriter ' \backslash ,'' \family default will look better. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \size small Delete this space to maintain correct page references. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \size small \emph on You might wish to put this between a pair of \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter {} \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \size small You ought to remove spaces in front of punctuation. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \size small Could not execute \SpecialChar LaTeX command. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \size small Don't use \family typewriter \backslash / \family default in front of small punctuation. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \family typewriter \size small $ \backslash times$ \family default may look prettier here. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \size small \emph on Multiple spaces detected in output. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \size small This text may be ignored. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \size small Use \family typewriter \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family default to begin quotation, not \family typewriter ' \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \size small Use \family typewriter ' \family default to end quotation, not \family typewriter \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \size small Don't mix quotes. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \size small You should perhaps use \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter cmd \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset instead. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \size small You should put a space in front of/after parenthesis. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \size small You should avoid spaces in front of/after parenthesis. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \size small \emph on You should not use punctuation in front of/after quotes. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \size small Double space found. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \size small You should put punctuation outside inner/inside display math mode. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \size small You ought to not use primitive \SpecialChar TeX in \SpecialChar LaTeX code. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \size small You should remove spaces in front of \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter %s \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \size small \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter %s \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset is normally not followed by \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter %c \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard In later versions of \SpecialChar LyX , we hope to provide a more complete interface to this tool (and it's smaller cousin \family typewriter lacheck \family default ) to exploit the full power of it. But it's not exactly useless as it is now: go try it on one of your existing documents of a certain length and be surprised. \end_layout \begin_layout Section Version Control in \SpecialChar LyX \end_layout \begin_layout Standard by \noun on Lars Gullik Bjønnes \noun default and \noun on Pavel Sanda \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Introduction \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \SpecialChar LyX supports some of the most basic RCS/CVS/SVN/GIT commands. If you need something a bit more sophisticated you will have to do that manually in a terminal. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Also note that CVS support is not as good as subversion support, so we advise using SVN instead. A good place to start learning Subversion is the SVN Book \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset CommandInset href LatexCommand href target "http://svnbook.red-bean.com/" literal "false" \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset . In the case of RCS you should read \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset rcsintro \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset (a man file, read it with \family typewriter man rcsintro \family default ). This file describes all the basic features of RCS. You should especially notice the comment about a RCS directory, and the notion of a master RCS file (the file ending in \family typewriter ,v \family default ). \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Before you begin to use the version control features in \SpecialChar LyX , you should be familiar with RCS/CVS/SVN/GIT usage. The implementation in \SpecialChar LyX assumes a recent version of the GNU RCS or CVS/SVN package — no guarantees are made for older versions. Most of the log messages are not currently displayed after operations — you can check them in the Messages pane if you are unsure. Regular users of version control will appreciate the VC toolbar, which can be enabled via \family sans View\SpecialChar menuseparator Toolbars\SpecialChar menuseparator Version \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Control \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard For introducing your own external commands consult \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout vc-command \end_layout \end_inset in the manual \emph on \SpecialChar LyX Functions \emph default . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard It is strongly recommended to store documents in uncompressed format if using version control (uncheck \family sans Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Compressed \family default if it is checked): Uncompressed LyX documents are text files and therefore for merging two different versions by version control systems. Compressed LyX documents are binary files, which cannot be merged by version control systems. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection RCS commands in \SpecialChar LyX \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The following sections describe the RCS commands supported by \SpecialChar LyX . You can find them in the \family sans File\SpecialChar menuseparator Version \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Control \family default submenu. \SpecialChar LyX was tested against RCS 5.7/5.8. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection \family sans Register \end_layout \begin_layout Standard If your document is not under revision control, this is the only item shown in the menu. And if it is under revision control, the \family sans Register \family default item is not visible. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard This command registers your document with RCS (unless you are under the directory managed by CVS)\SpecialChar endofsentence You are asked interactively to supply an initial description of the document. The document is now set in Read-Only mode and you have to \family sans Check \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Out \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset For \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Edit \family default , before making any changes to it. A document under revision control has a \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset [RCS: ] \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset item tagged to the filename in the minibuffer. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard RCS command that is run: \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code \family typewriter ci -q -u -i -t-"" \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Read \family typewriter man ci \family default to understand the switches. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection \family sans Check In Changes \end_layout \begin_layout Standard When you are finished editing a file, you check in your changes. When you do this, you are asked for a description of the changes. This is stored in the history log. The version number is bumped, your changes are applied to the master RCS file, the document is unlocked and set to Read-Only mode. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize RCS command: \family typewriter ci -q -u -m"" \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection \family sans Check Out For Edit \end_layout \begin_layout Standard By doing this you lock the document so that only you can edit it. This will also make the document Read-Write only for you. You will usually continue editing for a while and when you are finished you check in your changes. The status line is changed to reflect that you have locked the file. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize RCS command: \family typewriter co -q -l \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection \family sans Revert To Repository Version \end_layout \begin_layout Standard This will discard all changes made to the document since the last check in. You get a warning before changes are discarded. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize RCS command: \family typewriter co -f -u \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection \family sans Copy \end_layout \begin_layout Standard This will create a copy of the current document. Since RCS does not support copy operations natively, the version history is not preserved, and the copy is added as a new file. It requires a clean document without any changes since the last checkin. You are asked for a file name and a description of the copy operation. After that the copy is created, both locally and in the repository. If the parent directories of the copied and original document differ, all relative paths of included files of the copy are adjusted (like in \family sans File\SpecialChar menuseparator Save As \family default \SpecialChar ldots ). Finally, the copy is loaded instead of the original document. \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 RCS \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset commands: \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset Copy \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \family typewriter \begin_inset Quotes qld \end_inset \begin_inset Quotes qld \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset to \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \family typewriter \begin_inset Quotes qld \end_inset \begin_inset Quotes qld \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout ci -q -u \family typewriter -i \begin_inset Quotes qld \end_inset \begin_inset Quotes qld \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection \family sans Undo Last Checkin \end_layout \begin_layout Standard This makes as if the last check in never happened. No changes are made to the document loaded into \SpecialChar LyX , but the last version is removed from the master RCS file. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize RCS command: \family typewriter rcs -o \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection \family sans Show History \end_layout \begin_layout Standard This shows the complete history of the RCS document. The output of \family typewriter rlog \family default is shown in a browser. See \family typewriter man rlog \family default for more info. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Revision info \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \SpecialChar LyX supports RCS version number, author name, date and time of last commit. All those are extracted from \family typewriter rlog -r \family default . See \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:VCS-Revision-Information" nolink "false" \end_inset for details. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection CVS commands in \SpecialChar LyX \end_layout \begin_layout Standard A subset of CVS operations is supported by \SpecialChar LyX . You can find the commands in the \family sans File\SpecialChar menuseparator Version \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Control \family default submenu. The version control system SVN is more powerful, so please use it instead of CVS if possible. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection \family sans General CVS usage \end_layout \begin_layout Standard If you start from scratch with CVS you have to create your repository and checkout the working copy with external tools. If you're using a client-server setup you may need to login before doing the first repository checkout. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard If your documents are under revision control and others are using the same repository problems arise when different changes to the same document at the same location happen. Standard CVS repositories don't operate with a file locking mechanism. This may be surprising, but conflicts only occur if people disagree on the proper content of the same part of a document. So, if co-workers are used to communicate regularly, these conflicts occur rarely. If they don't communicate they have a fundamental problem anyway. Nevertheless some people like to work with so called \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset reserved checkouts \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . If they do so the working copy of all files is readonly when checked out first and the user starts editing after using a special command to make the working copy writable. When the changes are checked in the working copy returns to readonly state. With \SpecialChar LyX one has to edit the \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout .cvsrc \end_layout \end_inset file and add the line \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout cvs -r \end_layout \end_inset to work with reserved checkouts. The benefit is the possibility to see who is using a writable copy of some document. It's not guaranteed only one user makes a copy writable. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \SpecialChar LyX tries to guess if you're using reserved or non-reserved checkouts. If your working copy is readonly or it is writable and an additional copy of your document exists in the CVS/Base sub-directory a reserved otherwise a non-reserved checkout is assumed. When a reserved checkout is detected you have to use \begin_inset Flex Noun status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Check Out \end_layout \end_inset to make your working copy writable if it's readonly. After doing so the \begin_inset Flex Noun status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Check In \end_layout \end_inset operation is possible and that makes your working copy readonly again after transferring your changes to the repository. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard More information about CVS can be found here \begin_inset Flex URL status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout http://www.nongnu.org/cvs \end_layout \end_inset and here \begin_inset Flex URL status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout http://ximbiot.com/cvs \end_layout \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Read \family typewriter man cvs \family default to understand the sub-commands and the switches mentioned below. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection \family sans Register \end_layout \begin_layout Standard If your document is not under revision control, this is the only item shown in the menu. And if it is under revision control, the \family sans Register \family default item is not visible. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard This command registers in CVS your document \begin_inset Flex Strong status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \emph on only \end_layout \end_inset in the case you have already the documents directory under CVS control (in particular \family typewriter CVS/Entries \family default file exists). This means you have to create or checkout the archive by yourself using external tools. (In case you forget that step \SpecialChar LyX registers the document with RCS.) \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Then you are asked interactively to supply an initial description of the document. Don't forget that registered file is not yet checked in. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard CVS command that is run: \family typewriter cvs -q add -m"" "" \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The term \family typewriter "" \family default above and for all other CVS commands is an abbreviation for \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset change the current working directory to file location and use the file name without path component as argument \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection \family sans Check In Changes \end_layout \begin_layout Standard When you are finished editing a file, you commit your changes. When you do this and you had changed the document, you are asked for a description of the changes. After that changes are written to the repository. In case you didn't change the document and a reserved checkout is detected the reservation made on \begin_inset Flex Noun status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Check Out \end_layout \end_inset is undone. \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 CVS \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset command: \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout cvs \family typewriter -q commit -m"" "" \end_layout \end_inset or \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout cvs -q unedit \family typewriter "" \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection \family sans Check Out Changes \end_layout \begin_layout Standard When you are sharing a repository with others, you may have to incorporate their changes into your working copy. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard CVS command: \family typewriter cvs -q update "" \end_layout \begin_layout Standard If a readonly checkout is detected the working copy is made writable and reserved. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard CVS command: \family typewriter cvs -q edit "" \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection \family sans Revert To Repository Version \end_layout \begin_layout Standard This will discard all changes made to the document since the last check in. You get a warning before changes are discarded. Firstly the file is deleted, secondly CVS update command is run. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard CVS command: \family typewriter cvs -q update "" \end_layout \begin_layout Standard If a reserved checkout is detected and the working copy has no changes only the reservation is undone. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard CVS command: \family typewriter cvs -q unedit "" \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection \family sans Copy \end_layout \begin_layout Standard This will create a copy of the current document. Since CVS does not support copy operations natively, the version history is not preserved, and the copy is added as a new file. It requires a clean document without any changes since the last checkin. You are asked for a file name and a description of the copy operation. After that the copy is created, both locally and in the repository. If the parent directories of the copied and original document differ, all relative paths of included files of the copy are adjusted (like in \family sans File\SpecialChar menuseparator Save As \family default \SpecialChar ldots ). Finally, the copy is loaded instead of the original document. \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 CVS \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset commands: \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset Copy \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout "" \end_layout \end_inset to \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout "" \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout cvs -q add "" \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection \family sans Rename \end_layout \begin_layout Standard This will rename the current document. Since CVS does not support rename operations natively, the version history is not preserved, the renamed document is added as a new file, and the original document is deleted. It requires a clean document without any changes since the last checkin. You are asked for a file name and a description of the rename operation. After that the document is renamed, both locally and in the repository. If the parent directories of the new and old file names differ, all relative paths of included files are adjusted (like in \family sans File\SpecialChar menuseparator Save As \family default \SpecialChar ldots ). Finally, the document is reloaded using the new name. \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 CVS \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset commands: \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset Rename \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout "" \end_layout \end_inset to \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout "" \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout cvs -q add "" \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout cvs -q remove "" \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Update of the local directory checkout from repository \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Once your documents gets more complex, containing sub-documents and pictures, including external \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout .tex \end_layout \end_inset files and so on using version control becomes more complicated. \SpecialChar LyX supports updating the whole tree in which resides the document. This become especially useful once you cooperate with people which neither have detailed knowledge about CVS usage nor they have ambition to commit additional material to the repository. You have to organize the files structure so that all external files are in the same directory or subdirectories of the document. It's good practice anyway to store multipart documents in an extra directory. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Update local directory from repository \end_layout \end_inset command updates the whole directory. If local changes are detected user is warned before update starts. In case of merge conflicts both versions of the conflicting document parts are placed in the final document. You have to review and correct the result of the merge. You'll find the conflicts enclosed in pairs of \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout <<<<<<< \end_layout \end_inset and \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout >>>>>>> \end_layout \end_inset separated by \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout ======= \end_layout \end_inset . The first part is your version as before the update operation with the document name prepended. The second one is the repository version with the version number after the sequence of \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout > \end_layout \end_inset signs. \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 CVS \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset commands: \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout cd $path; cvs diff \family typewriter "." \end_layout \end_inset (Ask if changes are detected.) \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout cd $path; cvs -q update \family typewriter "." \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard where \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout $path \end_layout \end_inset stands for the path to the document. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection \family sans Show History \end_layout \begin_layout Standard This shows the complete history of the CVS document. The output of \family typewriter cvs log "" \family default is shown in a browser. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Revision info \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \SpecialChar LyX supports CVS version number, author name, date and time of last commit. All those are extracted from \family typewriter cvs log -r \family default . See \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:VCS-Revision-Information" nolink "false" \end_inset for details. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection SVN commands in \SpecialChar LyX \end_layout \begin_layout Standard SVN is now partially supported by \SpecialChar LyX . You can find the commands in the \family sans File\SpecialChar menuseparator Version \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Control \family default submenu. Please note that if you use password protected access to repository via ssh, you will be asked in terminal window. \SpecialChar LyX was tested against SVN 1.5, 1.6, 1.7 and 1.8 \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Most of the commands will work with 1.4 too, see \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:SVN-Repo-Update" nolink "false" \end_inset . There seems to be currently unresolved permissions problem under SVN 1.8 with reverting changes when file is locked. \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection \family sans Register \end_layout \begin_layout Standard If your document is not under revision control, this is the only item shown in the menu. And if it is under revision control, the \family sans Register \family default item is not visible. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard This command registers in SVN your document ONLY in case you have already the documents directory under SVN control (in particular \family typewriter .svn/entries \family default file exists). This means you have to checkout the archive by yourself. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Then you are asked interactively to supply an initial description of the document. Don't forget that registered file is not yet commited. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard SVN command that is run: \family typewriter svn add -q \begin_inset Quotes qld \end_inset \begin_inset Quotes qld \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Read \family typewriter man svn \family default to understand the switches. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection \family sans Check In Changes \end_layout \begin_layout Standard When you are finished editing a file, you commit your changes. When you do this, you are asked for a description of the changes. After that changes are commited. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard SVN command: \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout In case locking is not enabled. See Section \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:SVN-File-Locking" nolink "false" \end_inset . \end_layout \end_inset \family typewriter svn commit -q -m"" \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection \family sans Check Out For Edit \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Updates the changes of this file from the repository. Be sure you understand SVN merging and conflicts resolving before using this function, because all conflicts has to be resolved manually by you! \end_layout \begin_layout Standard SVN command: \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Ditto. \end_layout \end_inset \family typewriter svn update --non-interactive \begin_inset Quotes qld \end_inset \begin_inset Quotes qld \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection \family sans Revert To Repository Version \end_layout \begin_layout Standard This will discard all changes made to the document since the last check in. You get a warning before changes are discarded. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard SVN command: \family typewriter svn revert -q \begin_inset Quotes qld \end_inset \begin_inset Quotes qld \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection \family sans Copy \end_layout \begin_layout Standard This will create a copy of the current document including the version history. It requires a clean document without any changes since the last checkin. You are asked for a file name and a description of the copy operation. After that the copy is created, both locally and in the repository. If the parent directories of the copied and original document differ, all relative paths of included files of the copy are adjusted (like in \family sans File\SpecialChar menuseparator Save As \family default \SpecialChar ldots ). Finally, the copy is loaded instead of the original document. \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 SVN \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset commands: \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout svn copy -q \family typewriter \begin_inset Quotes qld \end_inset \begin_inset Quotes qld \end_inset \begin_inset Quotes qld \end_inset \begin_inset Quotes qld \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout svn commit \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection \family sans Rename \end_layout \begin_layout Standard This will rename the current document including the version history. It requires a clean document without any changes since the last checkin. You are asked for a file name and a description of the rename operation. After that the document is renamed, both locally and in the repository. If the parent directories of the new and old file names differ, all relative paths of included files are adjusted (like in \family sans File\SpecialChar menuseparator Save As \family default \SpecialChar ldots ). Finally, the document is reloaded using the new name. \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 SVN \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset commands: \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout svn move -q \family typewriter \begin_inset Quotes qld \end_inset \begin_inset Quotes qld \end_inset \begin_inset Quotes qld \end_inset \begin_inset Quotes qld \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout svn commit \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "subsec:SVN-Repo-Update" \end_inset Update of the local directory checkout from repository \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Note that this command will work only with subversion \begin_inset Formula $\geqq1.5$ \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard All the commands above have one shortcoming – they deal with the current document only. Once your document contains pictures, includes external \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout .tex \end_layout \end_inset files and so on administration becomes more complicated. \SpecialChar LyX now supports updating the whole tree in which resides the document \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout One need to organize the files structure so that all external files are in the same directory or subdirectories of the document. \end_layout \end_inset . This become especially useful once you cooperate with people which neither know about subversion management nor they have ambition to commit additional material to the repository. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Update local directory from repository \end_layout \end_inset command updates the whole directory and in case of merge conflicts local version of the files are left, so no unintended data loss occurs. If local changes are detected user is warned before update starts. \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 SVN \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset commands: \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout svn diff $path \end_layout \end_inset (Ask if changes are detected.) \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout svn update --accept mine-full $path \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard where \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout $path \end_layout \end_inset stands for the path to the document. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection \family sans Show History \end_layout \begin_layout Standard This shows the complete history of the SVN document. The output of \family typewriter svn log \begin_inset Quotes qld \end_inset \begin_inset Quotes qld \end_inset \family default is shown in a browser. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection File Locking \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "subsec:SVN-File-Locking" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The file exchange through various revision control systems brings the problem of merge conflicts in case two different users try to edit the same (parts of) document. When such a conflict happens it needs manual resolving and one reasonable alternative is to provide some kind of locking mechanism, which guarantees that only one user is allowed to edit file at the given time. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard SVN has two such mechanisms to provide mutual exclusivity for file access – locks and automatic setting of write permissions (see sec. \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Automatical-Locking-Property" nolink "false" \end_inset ) based on \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout svn:needs-lock \end_layout \end_inset file svn property \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset Flex URL status open \begin_layout Plain Layout http://svnbook.red-bean.com/en/1.2/svn.advanced.locking.html \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset . If this property is detected for a given document \SpecialChar LyX starts to use SVN locks for document editing automatically and the whole check-in/out mechanism switches to the same regimen as for RCS. This in particular means there are two different modes of file use in \SpecialChar LyX : \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize Unlocked state. The loaded file is in the read-only mode. For editing on needs to check-out. \emph on Check-out \emph default consists of updating from the repository and gaining write lock. If the lock is not possible to obtain, we remain in unlocked state. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize Locked state. The loaded file is in the \begin_inset Quotes els \end_inset normal \begin_inset Quotes ers \end_inset edit mode. No other user is allowed to edit the file. \emph on Check-in \emph default consists of commiting changes and releasing write-lock. If no changes have been made to the document, no commit will be produced \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Don't be puzzled by the fact that you will be asked for commit message anyway. \end_layout \end_inset and only the write-lock will be released. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard SVN commands: \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 Check-in: \family typewriter svn commit -q -m"" "" \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset svn unlock "" \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 Check-out: \family typewriter svn update "" \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset svn lock "" \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection \family typewriter \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "subsec:Automatical-Locking-Property" \end_inset \family default Automatic Locking Property \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The above mentioned automatic setting of write permissions of the .lyx file can be set through \family sans File\SpecialChar menuseparator Version \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Control\SpecialChar menuseparator Use Locking Property \family default . This command is active only when the file is not locked on the svn server (i.e. you need to check-out before proceeding). \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 SVN \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset commands: \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 Set: \family typewriter svn propset svn:needs-lock ON "" \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 Unset: \family typewriter svn propdel svn:needs-lock "" \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "subsec:VCS-Revision-Information" \end_inset Revision Information in Documents \end_layout \begin_layout Standard There are more possibilities how to activate revision information in our document. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \SpecialChar LyX supports directly: \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Itemize tree revision information ( \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout vcs-tree-revision \end_layout \end_inset ). The result is the output of the \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout svnversion \end_layout \end_inset command, the following table gives you an idea, how to read the results. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \align center \begin_inset Tabular \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Output \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Meaning \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 4123:4168 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout mixed revision working copy \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 4168M \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout modified working copy \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 4123S \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout switched working copy \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 4123P \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout partial working copy, from a sparse checkout \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 4123:4168MS \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout mixed revision, modified, switched working copy \end_layout \end_inset \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize file revision information. The result comes from parsing the output of \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout svn \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset info \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset --xml \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset file.lyx \end_layout \end_inset . Supported flags are: \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Itemize version number of the last commit ( \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout vcs-revision \end_layout \end_inset ) \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize author of the last commit ( \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout vcs-author \end_layout \end_inset ) \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize date of the last commit ( \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout vcs-date \end_layout \end_inset ) \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize time of the last commit ( \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout vcs-time \end_layout \end_inset ) \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Standard You can obtain this info via InsetInfo ( \change_inserted 5863208 1564400022 Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator Field\SpecialChar menuseparator Version Control Revision \change_deleted 5863208 1564399852 e.g. \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout info-insert buffer vcs-date \end_layout \end_inset \change_unchanged ). The information will be available only when you have the file stored under svn managment (i.e. the \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout .svn \end_layout \end_inset directory is available with your document). \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Itemize Another— a hacking one— possibility is to use svn keywords \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout http://svnbook.red-bean.com/en/1.4/svn.advanced.props.special.keywords.html \end_layout \end_inset . In short – you set file keywords property (e.g. \family sans svn propset svn:keywords 'Rev' file.lyx \family default ) and then paste keyword \SpecialChar TeX code \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout This is an easy way how to ensure that \SpecialChar LyX won't break the line in the middle of keyword tag. \end_layout \end_inset tag in your document (e.g. \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout $Rev$ \end_layout \end_inset ). This way svn client will automatically substitute revision number (e.g. \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout $Rev: 59 $ \end_layout \end_inset ) after each update and commit. There are more problems with this approach. Firstly, the '$' character is used in \SpecialChar TeX world for math equations, so any occurence of math formula \begin_inset Formula $Rev$ \end_inset become \begin_inset Formula $Rev:59$ \end_inset in your \SpecialChar LyX document. Similarly for other keywords like Id, Date, Author, etc. Secondly svn output is dependent on your locales, so its very easy that svn would produce some problematic strings once Date is used. Thirdly you get the whole 'Rev: 59' string in your document instead of the plain number. Until subversion implements user's custom keywords it will be hard to use this approach reliably or let \SpecialChar LyX to support it directly. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection SVN and Windows Environment \end_layout \begin_layout Quote My inclination is to say that if the user cannot figure out the command line operations on their own fairly quickly, they would be well advised to use TortoiseSVN. — P. A. Rubin \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Preparation \end_layout \begin_layout Standard In addition to installing \SpecialChar LyX , and having access to a Subversion repository, the user will need to install the Subversion client program. A Windows installer for the client program is available from \begin_inset CommandInset href LatexCommand href name "CollabNet" target "http://www.collab.net/nonav/downloads/subversion/" literal "false" \end_inset . The user may also want to install \begin_inset CommandInset href LatexCommand href name "TortoiseSVN" target "http://tortoisesvn.tigris.org/" literal "false" \end_inset , which integrates Subversion operations into the context (rightclick) menu of Windows Explorer. Operations done outside \SpecialChar LyX will typically be more convenient using the Explorer context menu. Note that TortoiseSVN is not a replacement for the client program, which is what \SpecialChar LyX itself will use. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Bringing a document under Subversion control \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Before a \SpecialChar LyX document can be brought under version control in Subversion, its parent directory needs to be under version control. If the document is being added to a project already in the repository, this is accomplished by checking the project out to the directory where the new document will be placed. If the project itself is not yet under version control (for instance, if this document starts a new project), the directory must be imported into the repository. This is done outside \SpecialChar LyX . Both import and checkout are easily accomplished from the Explorer context menu using TortoiseSVN, or alternatively can be done using the command line client at a DOS prompt. The procedure for importing the project using TortoiseSVN is described below, assuming an existing repository and a new project being started in \family typewriter C: \backslash new project \family default . For information on using the Subversion client program, run \family typewriter svn --help \family default in a DOS shell. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate Locate \family typewriter C: \backslash new project \family default in Windows Explorer, right click it, and select \family sans TortoiseSVN\SpecialChar menuseparator Repo-browser \family default . If necessary, adjust the URL for the repository, then click OK. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate Right click the level of the repository under which you want to place the new project folder (typically the top level) and click \family sans Create folder \family default Supply a name for the project folder and click OK. Add a message for the log file if desired, then click OK again. The new project folder should appear in the repository. Finally, click OK again to exit the repository browser. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate Once again right click \family typewriter C: \backslash new project \family default , this time selecting SVN Checkout\SpecialChar ldots Select the URL of the project folder you just created in the repository, and set the checkout directory to \family typewriter C: \backslash new project. \family default Click OK. You will be warned about a non-empty folder; click OK to proceed. You should now have a \family typewriter .svn \family default directory under \family typewriter C: \backslash new project. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate Create or open your document in \SpecialChar LyX and click \family sans File\SpecialChar menuseparator Version \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Control\SpecialChar menuseparator Register. \family default Add a log message and click OK to commit the document to version control. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard From this point onward, you should have full functionality in the \family sans File\SpecialChar menuseparator Version \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Control \family default menu. You also have the option of checking the document in and out, viewing its history, etc. using the TortoiseSVN context menu in Windows Explorer or the Subversion client program from a command prompt. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection SSH tunnel used with SVN under Windows \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Compared with Linux setting up an svn client to communicate over ssh under Windows is a rather troublesome task. We will at least offer some hints how to setup the client side but prior knowledge about ssh and the Windows command line is needed, also be prepared for a great deal of frustration\SpecialChar ldots \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate Get an svn client for windows, as described in the previous sections. When it is a fresh install run some svn command (e.g. \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout svn --version \end_layout \end_inset ) to create config files, which you will need to change later on. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate Choose an ssh client for Windows. There are several possibilities, we will use the one from Putty tools \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset Flex URL status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout http://www.chiark.greenend.org.uk/~sgtatham/putty/download.html \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset . You will need to set the connection up so that the client doesn't ask for any password from you. To keep things easy we will use only keys without any additional password protection etc. \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Enumerate Generate keys by \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout puttygen \end_layout \end_inset . Save your private .ppk key file and put the public one on the server side. If the SVN server runs on Linux, note that the format of the public key is not compatible with Linux openssh and you will need to direcly copy-paste the key from the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \emph on Public key for pasting into OpenSSH authorized_keys file \emph default : \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset edit field into the server's \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout ~/.ssh/authorized_keys \end_layout \end_inset / \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout authorized_keys2 \end_layout \end_inset file. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate Get the Putty's \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout plink \end_layout \end_inset . In the SVN config file \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Exact path depends on Windows version, usually somewhere around \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout c: \backslash Documents and Settings \backslash user \backslash Application Data \backslash Subversion \backslash config \end_layout \end_inset / \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout AppData \backslash Roaming \backslash Subversion \end_layout \end_inset . \end_layout \end_inset , section [tunnels], setup ssh command, e.g. \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout ssh=c:/path/plink.exe -i c:/path/private_key.ppk \end_layout \end_inset . \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout It will usually take a lot of time to get exact command right and it depends on many things. For example do not have some remote server saved as a default session in Putty etc. If things fail, try to connect via plink without SVN first. \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Enumerate Checkout the SVN archive, e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g. \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout svn co svn+ssh://user@server/repository_path \end_layout \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection End-of-Line Conversions \end_layout \begin_layout Standard When the collaborators are mixing Linux and Windows environments, \SpecialChar LyX will use different line endings inside the .lyx files. This is not a problem as far as \SpecialChar LyX functionality is concerned, but the commit diffs will be huge and merge-conflicts prone. Fortunately SVN itself knows \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset Flex URL status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout http://svnbook.red-bean.com/en/1.4/svn.advanced.props.file-portability.html \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset how to deal with CR/LF problems when switching .lyx files to the \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout native \end_layout \end_inset mode. \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout For the lazy guys: \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout svn propset svn:eol-style native FILE_NAME \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection GIT commands in \SpecialChar LyX \end_layout \begin_layout Standard A minimal subset of GIT commands is now supported by \SpecialChar LyX . You can find the commands in the \family sans File\SpecialChar menuseparator Version \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Control \family default submenu. Please note that if you use password protected access to repository via ssh, you will be asked in terminal window. \SpecialChar LyX was tested against GIT 1.7. \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Windows users please note that you need to ensure that git is on the path. This can be set from within \SpecialChar LyX at \family sans Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator Preferences\SpecialChar menuseparator Paths\SpecialChar menuseparator PATH prefix \family default . \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard One big difference of GIT and the other supported version control systems is the distributed nature of GIT: With traditional version control systems there is one central server which hosts the repository. Users commit their changes to the server, and get updates made by other users from it. With GIT, users commit to a local repository. The local repository can be synchronized with one or more remote repositories using the \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout pull \end_layout \end_inset and \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout push \end_layout \end_inset GIT commands. \SpecialChar LyX does not interact in any way with remote GIT repositories. It works exclusively with the local repository in a very similar way as with a central CVS or SVN repository. If you use remote GIT repositories you need to do the \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout pull \end_layout \end_inset and \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout push \end_layout \end_inset operations with your favourite GIT client. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection \family sans Register \end_layout \begin_layout Standard If your document is not under revision control, this is the only item shown in the menu. And if it is under revision control, the \family sans Register \family default item is not visible. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard This command registers in GIT your document ONLY in case you have already the documents directory under GIT control (in particular \family typewriter .git/index \family default file exists). This means you have to checkout the archive by yourself. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Then you are asked interactively to supply an initial description of the document. Don't forget that registered file is not yet committed. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard GIT command that is run: \family typewriter git add \begin_inset Quotes qld \end_inset \begin_inset Quotes qld \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Read \family typewriter man git \family default to understand the switches. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection \family sans Check In Changes \end_layout \begin_layout Standard When you are finished editing a file, you commit your changes. When you do this, you are asked for a description of the changes. After that changes are committed. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard GIT command: \family typewriter git commit -q -m"" \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection \family sans Revert To Repository Version \end_layout \begin_layout Standard This will discard all changes made to the document since the last check in. You get a warning before changes are discarded. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard GIT command: \family typewriter git checkout -q \begin_inset Quotes qld \end_inset \begin_inset Quotes qld \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection \family sans Rename \end_layout \begin_layout Standard This will rename the current document including the version history. It requires a clean document without any changes since the last checkin. You are asked for a file name and a description of the rename operation. After that the document is renamed, both locally and in the repository. If the parent directories of the new and old file names differ, all relative paths of included files are adjusted (like in \family sans File\SpecialChar menuseparator Save As \family default \SpecialChar ldots ). Finally, the document is reloaded using the new name. \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 GIT \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset commands: \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout git mv \family typewriter \begin_inset Quotes qld \end_inset \begin_inset Quotes qld \end_inset \begin_inset Quotes qld \end_inset \begin_inset Quotes qld \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout git commit \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection \family sans Show History \end_layout \begin_layout Standard This shows the complete history of the GIT document. The output of \family typewriter git log \begin_inset Quotes qld \end_inset \begin_inset Quotes qld \end_inset \family default is shown in a browser. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Version Info \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \SpecialChar LyX supports GIT hash number of the last commit to the file, \change_inserted 1119979965 1564297456 its abbreviated form, \change_unchanged author name, date and time of last commit. All those are extracted from \family typewriter git log -n 1 --pretty=format:%H%n \change_inserted 1119979965 1564297427 %h%n \change_unchanged %an%n%ai \family default . Tree version information is obtained via \family typewriter git describe --abbrev --dirty --long \family default . See \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:VCS-Revision-Information" nolink "false" \end_inset for other details. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Further tuning \end_layout \begin_layout Standard With the recent addition of the \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout vc-command \end_layout \end_inset function \SpecialChar LyX power users are allowed to create their own commands for revision control. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard As an example you can see how two TortoiseSVN commands could be integrated directly: \end_layout \begin_layout Description Commit: \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout vc-command DR "." "TortoiseProc /command:commit /path:$$p" \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Description Revert: \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout vc-command DR "." "TortoiseProc /command:revert /path:$$p" \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Version control and Document comparison \end_layout \begin_layout Standard One of the typical uses of version control is to inspect the changes between revisions, usually by creating \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout diff \end_layout \end_inset dumps. While this is useful for plain text files, it is much less useful in the case of \SpecialChar LyX files, which have more a complicated structure. Hence we provide binding to the Document comparison feature. There are two ways of calling this feature – either by direct call of \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout vc-compare \end_layout \end_inset \SpecialChar LyX function (for details see \SpecialChar LyX functions manual) or by the toolbar icon \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "vc-compare" \end_inset or the menu item \begin_inset Info type "menu" arg "vc-compare" \end_inset , respectively. One can either compare two chosen revisions of the document or he can simply compare the current version of edited text with older revisions (where ' \begin_inset Flex Noun status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout 0 \end_layout \end_inset ' revisions back means comparison of the edited file with last commited revision). \end_layout \begin_layout Standard This feature is supported for SVN and RCS though due to the more complicated versioning scheme of RCS there is a constraint – when addressing the revisions in dialog, numbers always point to the last number in RCS revision number, i.e. '35' in '1.2.35'. We don't currently support GIT addressing of revisions, one can just compare edited document with its revision X steps backs, where X is addressed as \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout HEAD~X \end_layout \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Section \change_inserted 564990737 1672161575 \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sec:Literate-Programming" \end_inset \change_unchanged Literate Programming \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Updated by \noun on Kayvan Sylvan \noun default (kayvan@sylvan.com) \noun on , \noun default original documentation written by \noun on Edmar Wienskoski Jr. \noun default (edmar-w-jr@technologist.com) \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Introduction \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The main purpose of this documentation is to show you how to use \SpecialChar LyX for literate programming, where it is assumed that you are familiar with this programming technique, and know what \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset tangling \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset and \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset weaving \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset means. If that is not the case, please follow the web links provided in the following sections. There is a lot of good documentation out there covering old development history to the latest tools tips. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard It is also assumed that you are familiar with \SpecialChar LyX itself to a point that you are comfortable changing your \SpecialChar LyX preferences, and X resources file. If that is not the case please refer to other \SpecialChar LyX documentation to cover your specific needs. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Literate Programming \end_layout \begin_layout Standard From the Literate Programming FAQ: \end_layout \begin_layout Quotation Literate programming is the combination of documentation and source together in a fashion suited for reading by human beings. In fact, literate programs should be enjoyable reading, even inviting! (Sorry Bob, I couldn't resist!) In general, literate programs combine source and documentation in a single file. Literate programming tools then parse the file to produce either readable documentation or compilable source. The WEB style of literate programming was created by D. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset E. Knuth during the development of his \SpecialChar TeX typesetting software. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Another excerpt says: \end_layout \begin_layout Quotation \emph on How is literate programming different from verbose commenting? \end_layout \begin_layout Quotation There are three distinguishing characteristics. In order of importance, they are: \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Itemize flexible order of elaboration \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize automatic support for browsing \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize typeset documentation, especially diagrams and mathematics \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Standard Now that I sparked your curiosity, take a look in the references. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection References \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The complete Literate Programming FAQ can be found at: \end_layout \begin_layout Quote Literate Programming FAQ \begin_inset Flex URL status open \begin_layout Plain Layout http://www.literateprogramming.com/lpfaq.pdf \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The FAQ lists 23 (twenty three!) different literate programming tools. Where some are specialized or \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset tailored \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset for particular programming languages, while other have general scope. I selected \noun on Noweb \noun default for my own use for several reasons: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize It can generate the documentation either in \SpecialChar LaTeX or HTML. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize It has a open architecture, i. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset e. \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset it is easy to plug in new filters \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \emph on Filters \emph default are programs that read a given data stream and output a manipulated data stream. That way, a WEB file (consisting of literate code) can be turned into a file consisting only of C program code or \SpecialChar LaTeX code. \end_layout \end_inset and to perform special processing that you may need. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize There is a good selection of filters available already (the HTML is one of them). \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize It is free. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The Noweb web page can be found at: \end_layout \begin_layout Quote Noweb home page \begin_inset Flex URL status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout https://www.cs.tufts.edu/~nr/noweb/ \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Starting from there you can reach many other interesting links and even some literate program examples. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection \SpecialChar LyX and Literate Programming with Noweb \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The \SpecialChar LyX support for Literate Programming is provided by using the generic \SpecialChar LyX converters mechanism. This support is provided in a \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Noweb independent \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset way, i. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset e. \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset you will be able to use this new \SpecialChar LyX feature with some other literate programming tool of your choice by just changing your \SpecialChar LyX preferences. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Generating documents and code (weaving and tangling) \end_layout \begin_layout Paragraph Using the noweb module \end_layout \begin_layout Standard If you have installed Noweb and \SpecialChar LyX successfully, whenever you open a new document, after you have chosen its document class, use the \family sans Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Settings \family default menu to add the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset noweb \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset module. If Noweb is correctly installed, when you click on the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Modules \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset link, you will see the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset noweb \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset module in the available list and you can add it to your document. \end_layout \begin_layout Paragraph Typing code in \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \SpecialChar LyX enables you to write code with a custom inset named \begin_inset Flex Noun status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Chunk \end_layout \end_inset . Noweb delimits chunks like this: \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code <>= \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code code \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code more code \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code even more code \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code @ \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The problem is that whatever is written in between the << and the \family typewriter @ \family default must be taken literally, i. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset e. \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset \SpecialChar LyX should be prevented from making any special interpretation of what has been written. This is also handled by \begin_inset Flex Noun status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Chunk \end_layout \end_inset , that works like a normal text inset but has a free spacing capability. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard As a special note, you can also use the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset %def \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset construct of Noweb in your chunks to add items to Noweb's identifier cross-reference: \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code <>= \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code def some_function(args): \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code "This is the doc string for this function." \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code print "My args: ", args \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code @ %def some_function \end_layout \begin_layout Standard For an example of this usage and the resulting cross-reference output, look at the Literate python program in \emph on LIBDIR/examples/listerrors.lyx \emph default which should make this all clear. \end_layout \begin_layout Paragraph Generating the documentation \end_layout \begin_layout Standard At this point you already have a new document file with a proper document class, and with some code and text on it. How do I print it? The answer is simple, you select \family sans View\SpecialChar menuseparator DVI, \family default etc. Just like you would do for a plain document. No special procedure is required. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard To help orientate you, I will now explain what happens inside \SpecialChar LyX : \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate When the \family sans Update\SpecialChar menuseparator DVI \family default menu option is chosen, a \SpecialChar LaTeX file is generated. \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Standard If the document is of any literate class the generated file will be named with an extension name defined by the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset literate \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset format (defined in the Preferences panel), otherwise the file will have the usual \family typewriter .tex \family default extension. \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Enumerate Note that the only difference so far is in the name of the file, no special processing is required by \SpecialChar LyX . Given that you formatted the code using the \begin_inset Flex Noun status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Chunk \end_layout \end_inset inset that, by itself, takes care of the business. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate If the document is of any literate class \SpecialChar LyX will then use the internal \SpecialChar LyX to Noweb converter, followed by the Noweb to \SpecialChar LaTeX converter \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout The converters are defined in the \family sans Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator Preferences \family default panel, under the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Conversion \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset tab. See section \emph on Converters \emph default of the \emph on Customization \emph default manual for general information about converters. \end_layout \end_inset to generate the \SpecialChar LaTeX file. \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Standard Otherwise it will just skip this step. \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Enumerate Finally, \SpecialChar LaTeX is invoked and the regular post processing continues as in a plain document. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Independence from a particular \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset literate tool \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset is easily achieved by changing the commands that are run by the various converters. \end_layout \begin_layout Paragraph Generating the code \end_layout \begin_layout Standard When the build menu option is chosen or the corresponding button in the toolbar is pressed, a \SpecialChar LaTeX file is generated just like step 1 above. Next, \SpecialChar LyX invokes the \family typewriter Noweb->Program \family default converter. This converter needs to be defined by the user and is not installed by default, though the Program format is. This converter (like any other converter) will have two parts: \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate The converter program itself. This program performs the conversion from the one format to the other (in this case, from the Noweb format to the Program pseudo-format). \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate The error log parser. This is a program whose sole purpose is to rewrite error messages in a format that \SpecialChar LyX understands. This makes it possible for \SpecialChar LyX to place error boxes in the right places in the file buffer. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The first part, the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Converter \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset setting, should be set to \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code \family typewriter build-script $$i \family default $$r \end_layout \begin_layout Standard This basically means that \SpecialChar LyX will call \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset build-script \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset (a program or script) with the name of the Noweb file (normally a file in the \SpecialChar LyX temp directory) and the directory path of the original \SpecialChar LyX file. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard This is an implementation of \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset build-script \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset that you can place in a directory on your path: \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code \family sans #!/bin/sh \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code \family sans # \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code \family sans notangle -Rbuild-script $1 | env NOWEB_SOURCE=$1 NOWEB_OUTPUT_DIR=$2 sh \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The next part of the converter setting is the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Flags \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset which is to be set to \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code \family typewriter parselog=$$s/scripts/listerrors \end_layout \begin_layout Standard This will run any errors that are generated by the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset build-script \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset process through the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset listerrors \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset program. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The build will normally take place in \SpecialChar LyX 's temporary directory, so the files produced by the conversion will be in that directory. \SpecialChar LyX will copy out what it regards as the `main' file, but the \family typewriter Noweb->Program \family default conversion may produce several files, and so most of these would then be deleted when \SpecialChar LyX was closed. This is why we pass in the NOWEB_OUTPUT_DIR environment variable so that the build-script chunk can place the generated files in that location. \end_layout \begin_layout Paragraph Build instructions in the document \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The last piece of the integration between \SpecialChar LyX and noweb is the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset build-script \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset chunk. Generally, the instructions for building your program should be embedded in a chunk of its own. The noweb-specific \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset build-script \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset above uses the notangle command to look for this chunk (called \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset build-script \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset ) and runs its contents through \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset sh \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Typically, such a chunk would look something like this: \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code <>= \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code #!/bin/sh \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset if [ -z "${NOWEB_SOURCE}" ] \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset then \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code NOWEB_SOURCE=myfile.nw \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset fi \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset [... code to extract files ... use NOWEB_OUTPUT_DIR here ...] \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset [... code to compile files ...] \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset @ \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Look in \change_deleted 564990737 1672161716 \emph on LIBDIR/examples/listerrors.lyx \emph default or in \emph on LIBDIR/examples/Literate.lyx \change_inserted 564990737 1672161716 \family sans \emph default File\SpecialChar menuseparator Open Example\SpecialChar menuseparator Modules\SpecialChar menuseparator Noweb Listerrors \change_unchanged \family default which implement \change_deleted 564990737 1672161729 two \change_unchanged versions of the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset listerrors \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset program for some illustrations of how all of these pieces go together or in \change_deleted 564990737 1672161756 \emph on LIBDIR/examples/noweb2lyx.lyx \change_inserted 564990737 1672161756 \family sans \emph default File\SpecialChar menuseparator Open Example\SpecialChar menuseparator Modules\SpecialChar menuseparator Noweb2\SpecialChar LyX \change_unchanged \family default \emph on . \emph default Interestingly, these \change_deleted 564990737 1672161767 three \change_unchanged files show off the language-indepence of the \SpecialChar LyX literate programming support since they are written in Python \change_deleted 564990737 1672161782 , C \change_unchanged and Perl respectively. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Configuring \SpecialChar LyX \end_layout \begin_layout Standard All the Literate Programming support is configured by the \family sans Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator Preferences \family default panel in the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset File Handling \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset tab. The important parts are: \end_layout \begin_layout Description the \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset NoWeb \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset format Set up via the File Formats tab, this is where the Noweb-specific pieces are set up. The \family sans GUI Name \family default is set to \family typewriter NoWeb \family default , the file extension is set to \family typewriter .nw \family default . This tells \SpecialChar LyX to create a file with a \family typewriter .nw \family default extension in the first step of the conversion process. \end_layout \begin_layout Description the \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \family sans Program \family default \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset format This is an empty format whose sole purpose is to be the endpoint of a conversion (which then allows us to set up a converter for it). \end_layout \begin_layout Description \family sans NoWeb \family default -> \family sans \SpecialChar LaTeX \family default This converter performs the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset weaving \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset of the literate document. For Noweb, it is set to \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter noweave -delay -index $$i > $$o \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Description \family sans NoWeb \family default -> \family sans Program \family default This performs the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset tangling step \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . As stated above, the Converter is set to \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter build-script $$i \family default $$r \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , with Flags set to \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter parselog=$$s/scripts/listerrors \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Debug extensions \end_layout \begin_layout Standard There is also a new function implemented in the \SpecialChar LyX server, the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset server-goto-file-row" function, to be used with ddd/gdb or other debugger. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard When debugging code with ddd/gdb, it is possible to invoke a text editor at the current execution position with a single key stroke. The default ddd configuration for that is shift-ctrl-V. It happens that you can define the editor command line invocation in ddd by accessing the \family sans Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator Preferences\SpecialChar menuseparator Helpers \family default dialog and changing the "Edit Sources" entry. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard I take advantage of the newly created \SpecialChar LyX server function and this ddd feature, and set \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Edit Sources \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset to: \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code echo "LYXCMD:monitor:server-goto-file-row:@FILE@ @LINE@" >~/.lyxpipe.in \end_layout \begin_layout Standard With this, whenever you are using ddd and find a point in the program that you want to edit, you just press shift-ctrl-V (in the ddd window), and ddd will forward this information to \SpecialChar LyX through the \SpecialChar LyX server and then the \SpecialChar LyX window will show the same file with the cursor at the same position ddd was pointing to. No more guessing or long scrolling to locate a point in the program back from debugging ! \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Note however that you must enable the \SpecialChar LyX server to get this feature working (it is disabled by default). Sec. \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Starting-the-Server" nolink "false" \end_inset explains how to do that. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Toolbar extensions \end_layout \begin_layout Standard There are six new buttons that can be added to your \SpecialChar LyX toolbar. Four of these buttons are short cuts to layout styles: \family sans Standard \family default , \family sans Section \family default , \family sans \SpecialChar LaTeX \family default , and \family sans \SpecialChar LyX -Code \family default , one for the custom inset \family sans Chunk \family default . The last one is a short cut to the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Build Program \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset File menu entry. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \SpecialChar LyX has a range of buttons that are available for tool bar customization. In my toolbar I like to combine the six short cuts above with two more: One for \family sans Document \family default \SpecialChar menuseparator \family sans Update \family default \SpecialChar menuseparator \family sans DVI \family default and the other for \family sans Document\SpecialChar menuseparator View\SpecialChar menuseparator DVI \family default File menu entries. Here is how it looks like: \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code Toolbar \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code Layouts \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code Icon "layout Standard" \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code Icon "layout Section" \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code Icon "layout \SpecialChar LaTeX " \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code Icon "layout \SpecialChar LyX -Code" \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code Icon "flex.insert Chunk" \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code Separator \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code Icon "buffer-view" \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code Icon "buffer-typeset" \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code Icon "build-program" \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code Separator \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code . \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code . \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code . \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code End \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Colors customization \end_layout \begin_layout Standard There are a number of colors in \SpecialChar LyX that can be customized in \family sans Preferences \family default . One of the things that bothers people is the \SpecialChar LaTeX font color. The default color is red, since the chunks uses \SpecialChar LaTeX font, and there is a lot of chunks in literate documents, you may get tired of seeing everything in red. You can change it by going to the tabs \family sans Look&Feel \family default , \family sans Colors. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The next thing is the visible presence of the newline character in the screen. You can choose the color of this particular character and make it blend in the background. I recommend you choosing a color that is close to the background but not equal, that way you still can see it is there, but it is not bothering you anymore. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection \SpecialChar LyX and knitr/Sweave \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Support for \family sans knitr \family default and \family sans Sweave \family default is documented in \change_inserted 564990737 1672161863 \family sans Help\SpecialChar menuseparator Specific Manuals\SpecialChar menuseparator Knitr \family default and \change_unchanged \change_deleted 564990737 1671643409 the \emph on knitr.lyx \emph default example file \change_inserted 564990737 1672161856 \family sans File\SpecialChar menuseparator Open Example\SpecialChar menuseparator Modules\SpecialChar menuseparator Rnw (knitr) \change_unchanged \family default and in \change_deleted 564990737 1671643461 the Sweave manual (menu \family sans Help\SpecialChar menuseparator Specific Manuals \family default ) \change_inserted 564990737 1672161856 \family sans Help\SpecialChar menuseparator Specific Manuals\SpecialChar menuseparator Sweave \change_deleted 564990737 1672161921 \family default . \change_inserted 564990737 1672161917 and \family sans File\SpecialChar menuseparator Open Example\SpecialChar menuseparator Modules\SpecialChar menuseparator Sweave \family default . \change_deleted 564990737 1672742969 \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_deleted 564990737 1671355343 Special features \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_deleted 564990737 1671355343 You can do everything with \SpecialChar LyX that you can do with \SpecialChar LaTeX . However, \SpecialChar LyX cannot support every \SpecialChar LaTeX feature directly. But you can always use \SpecialChar TeX Code. This chapter shows you some more special things you might want to use. For other special things you can do with figures, tables, floats, boxes and notes, have a look at the \emph on Embedded \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Objects \emph default manual. \change_unchanged \end_layout \end_body \end_document